Ford - F 250 4wd Super Duty - Workshop Manual - 2011 - 2011

Factory Workshop Manual Make Ford Model F 250 2wd Super Duty Engine and year V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011) Please navigate through the PDF using the options provided by OnlyManuals.com on the sidebar. This manual was submitted by Anonymous Date 1st January 2018 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Electronic Brake Control Module: > 10-23-3 > Dec > 10 > Drivetrain - ELD Binding/Unable To Unlock Electronic Brake Control Module: Customer Interest Drivetrain - ELD Binding/Unable To Unlock TSB 10-23-3 12/03/10 SINGLE REAR WHEEL (SRW) - ELECTRONIC LOCKING DIFFERENTIAL (ELD) - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 9/22/2010 - BINDING - UNABLE TO UNLOCK FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350 ISSUE Some 2011 F-250/350 vehicles equipped with SRW and ELD built on or before 9/22/2010 may exhibit a binding condition, unable to unlock. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Reprogram the Anti-lock Brake (ABS) Module to the latest calibration using IDS release 69.04 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2010.9 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 2. Replace the differential case if binding or unable to unlock. Refer to Workshop Manual (WSM), Section 205-05D. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 102303A 2011 F-Super Duty 0.3 Hr. 250/350: Reprogram The Antilock Brake Module (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) 102303B 2011 F-Super Duty 2.6 Hrs. 250/350: Reprogram The Antilock Brake Module, Replace The Differential Case (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 4010 04 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Electronic Brake Control Module: > 10-23-3 > Dec > 10 > Drivetrain - ELD Binding/Unable To Unlock > Page 12 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Electronic Brake Control Module: > 10-23-3 > Dec > 10 > Drivetrain - ELD Binding/Unable To Unlock Electronic Brake Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Drivetrain - ELD Binding/Unable To Unlock TSB 10-23-3 12/03/10 SINGLE REAR WHEEL (SRW) - ELECTRONIC LOCKING DIFFERENTIAL (ELD) - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 9/22/2010 - BINDING - UNABLE TO UNLOCK FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350 ISSUE Some 2011 F-250/350 vehicles equipped with SRW and ELD built on or before 9/22/2010 may exhibit a binding condition, unable to unlock. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Reprogram the Anti-lock Brake (ABS) Module to the latest calibration using IDS release 69.04 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2010.9 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 2. Replace the differential case if binding or unable to unlock. Refer to Workshop Manual (WSM), Section 205-05D. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 102303A 2011 F-Super Duty 0.3 Hr. 250/350: Reprogram The Antilock Brake Module (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) 102303B 2011 F-Super Duty 2.6 Hrs. 250/350: Reprogram The Antilock Brake Module, Replace The Differential Case (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 4010 04 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Electronic Brake Control Module: > 10-23-3 > Dec > 10 > Drivetrain - ELD Binding/Unable To Unlock > Page 18 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Instrument Panel Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 Instrument Panel Control Module: Customer Interest Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Instrument Panel Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 28 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Instrument Panel Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 29 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Instrument Panel Control Module: > 10-23-1 > Dec > 10 > Instruments - Check Fuel Cap Mssg/Oil Pressure Warning Instrument Panel Control Module: Customer Interest Instruments - Check Fuel Cap Mssg/Oil Pressure Warning TSB 10-23-1 12/03/10 LOW OIL PRESSURE WARNING - CHECK FUEL CAP ICON DISPLAYS WHEN SPANISH OR FRENCH LANGUAGE SELECTED FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles may exhibit an intermittent, false low oil pressure warning light/message on initial start-up after an extended engine soak on 6.7L diesel engines only and/or a Check Fuel Cap icon illuminates in the instrument cluster (IC) message center when switched into 4x2 mode and cluster language is set to Spanish or French (4x4 vehicles equipped with 6.2L, 6.8L, or 6.7L engines and base IC only). ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the concern(s). SERVICE PROCEDURE This calibration update resolves the following two (2) concerns: Intermittent false low oil pressure warning light/message on first start-up after an extended engine soak. Applies to the following vehicles: ^ 2011 Super Duty ^ 6.7L engine ^ Both ICs ^ 4x2 and 4x4 ^ Any language selected Check Fuel Cap icon appears in the IC message center when vehicle is switched into 4x2 mode. Applies to the following vehicles: ^ 2011 Super Duty ^ All engines ^ Base ICs only (message centers with a 2 line by 14 character display) ^ 4x4 only, Electronic Shift-On-the-Fly (ESOF), rotary switch on dash, not manual lever on floor ^ Language set to Spanish or French only 1. For one or both concerns, reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 69.05 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2010.9 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE FOR VEHICLES WITH A CHECK FUEL CAP ICON APPEARING IN THE IC MESSAGE CENTER UNEXPECTEDLY OR WHEN SWITCHING INTO 4X2 MODE, THE IC MAY DEFAULT TO ENGLISH. USE THE SETUP MENU TO SET THE IC BACK TO ITS PREVIOUS SETTING. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 102301A 2011 F-Super Duty: 0.3 Hr. Reprogram The Instrument Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Instrument Panel Control Module: > 10-23-1 > Dec > 10 > Instruments - Check Fuel Cap Mssg/Oil Pressure Warning > Page 34 Cluster (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE RECAL 04 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Instrument Panel Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 Instrument Panel Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Instrument Panel Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 40 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Instrument Panel Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 41 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Instrument Panel Control Module: > 10-23-1 > Dec > 10 > Instruments - Check Fuel Cap Mssg/Oil Pressure Warning Instrument Panel Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Instruments - Check Fuel Cap Mssg/Oil Pressure Warning TSB 10-23-1 12/03/10 LOW OIL PRESSURE WARNING - CHECK FUEL CAP ICON DISPLAYS WHEN SPANISH OR FRENCH LANGUAGE SELECTED FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles may exhibit an intermittent, false low oil pressure warning light/message on initial start-up after an extended engine soak on 6.7L diesel engines only and/or a Check Fuel Cap icon illuminates in the instrument cluster (IC) message center when switched into 4x2 mode and cluster language is set to Spanish or French (4x4 vehicles equipped with 6.2L, 6.8L, or 6.7L engines and base IC only). ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the concern(s). SERVICE PROCEDURE This calibration update resolves the following two (2) concerns: Intermittent false low oil pressure warning light/message on first start-up after an extended engine soak. Applies to the following vehicles: ^ 2011 Super Duty ^ 6.7L engine ^ Both ICs ^ 4x2 and 4x4 ^ Any language selected Check Fuel Cap icon appears in the IC message center when vehicle is switched into 4x2 mode. Applies to the following vehicles: ^ 2011 Super Duty ^ All engines ^ Base ICs only (message centers with a 2 line by 14 character display) ^ 4x4 only, Electronic Shift-On-the-Fly (ESOF), rotary switch on dash, not manual lever on floor ^ Language set to Spanish or French only 1. For one or both concerns, reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 69.05 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2010.9 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE FOR VEHICLES WITH A CHECK FUEL CAP ICON APPEARING IN THE IC MESSAGE CENTER UNEXPECTEDLY OR WHEN SWITCHING INTO 4X2 MODE, THE IC MAY DEFAULT TO ENGLISH. USE THE SETUP MENU TO SET THE IC BACK TO ITS PREVIOUS SETTING. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 102301A 2011 F-Super Duty: 0.3 Hr. Reprogram The Instrument Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Instrument Panel Control Module: > 10-23-1 > Dec > 10 > Instruments - Check Fuel Cap Mssg/Oil Pressure Warning > Page 46 Cluster (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE RECAL 04 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > NHTSA11V128000 > Feb > 11 > Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection Body Control Module: Recalls Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: February 21, 2011 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 11V128000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Electrical System: Software POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 8,022 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 Ford F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge, and Lincoln MKX trucks manufactured from October 25, 2010, through November 20, 2010. These vehicles were inspected using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) that had a custom software routine to read the suspect Body Control Module (BCM) serial number. Based on the serial number the BCM was either not affected or replaced. The custom software routine was not reading the correct set of characters, and was not able to identify a BCM that required replacement affected BCMs may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which could result in a vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will inspect the body control module and if necessary replace it free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or about March 7, 2011. Owners may contact Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship CENTER AT 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford safety recall No. 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement Technical Service Bulletin # 10S14S3 Date: 110218 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 61 Attachment I - Administrative Information [NEW!] OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes OASIS will be activated on February 18, 2011. [NEW!] FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes FSA VIN list will be available through the website on February 18, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by March 31, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. [NEW!] STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. [NEW!] SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Previously inspected vehicles have been reactivated in OASIS for Safety Recall 10S14. Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 62 ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES If a customer's vehicle requires replacement of the BCM and it is necessary to order parts Ford will pay for up to two days of vehicle rental except for fuel insurance and tax which will be at the owner's expense. Rentals should be provided only while the vehicle is at the dealership for part replacement. The parts order must be an emergency order (unit down) if the order is placed between 3:00 PM and 7:00 PM (your local time zone) to guarantee the shortest delivery time. Prior approval for more than two rental days is required from the Special Service Support Center. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for rental dollar amounts. [NEW!] CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ Rental Expenses: Must be claimed on the same repair line as labor operation 10S14D. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for dollar amounts. - Misc. Expense Code: RENTAL - Misc. Expense Amount: Actual dollar amount (up to 2 days) Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 63 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION To manage part availability dealers must contact the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line. Dealers will receive a DOES II message when part requirements can be ordered through normal order processing channels. When calling to place an order for a BCM please be prepared to provide dealer P&A; code VIN RO # and vehicle mileage. Questions regarding parts should be directed to the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line or E-mailed. DEALER PRICE For latest prices refer to DOES II. PARTS RETENTION AND RETURN Follow the provisions of the Warranty and Policy Manual for "Parts Retention and Return Procedures." EXCESS STOCK RETURN Excess stock returned for credit must have been purchased from Ford Customer Service Division in accordance with Policy Procedure Bulletin 4000. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 64 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 65 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 66 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 67 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > NHTSA10V659000 > Dec > 10 > Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard Body Control Module: Recalls Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: December 29, 2010 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 10V659000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Structure: Body POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 14,737 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge and Lincoln MKX vehicles. During a six-day production period, the supplier of the body control module manufactured modules that may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which can result in an unattended vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will replace the body control module if necessary free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or before January 10, 2011. owners may contact Ford at 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford's recall campaign number is 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > NHTSA11V128000 > Feb > 11 > Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection Body Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: February 21, 2011 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 11V128000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Electrical System: Software POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 8,022 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 Ford F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge, and Lincoln MKX trucks manufactured from October 25, 2010, through November 20, 2010. These vehicles were inspected using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) that had a custom software routine to read the suspect Body Control Module (BCM) serial number. Based on the serial number the BCM was either not affected or replaced. The custom software routine was not reading the correct set of characters, and was not able to identify a BCM that required replacement affected BCMs may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which could result in a vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will inspect the body control module and if necessary replace it free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or about March 7, 2011. Owners may contact Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship CENTER AT 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford safety recall No. 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement Technical Service Bulletin # 10S14S3 Date: 110218 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 81 Attachment I - Administrative Information [NEW!] OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes OASIS will be activated on February 18, 2011. [NEW!] FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes FSA VIN list will be available through the website on February 18, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by March 31, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. [NEW!] STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. [NEW!] SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Previously inspected vehicles have been reactivated in OASIS for Safety Recall 10S14. Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 82 ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES If a customer's vehicle requires replacement of the BCM and it is necessary to order parts Ford will pay for up to two days of vehicle rental except for fuel insurance and tax which will be at the owner's expense. Rentals should be provided only while the vehicle is at the dealership for part replacement. The parts order must be an emergency order (unit down) if the order is placed between 3:00 PM and 7:00 PM (your local time zone) to guarantee the shortest delivery time. Prior approval for more than two rental days is required from the Special Service Support Center. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for rental dollar amounts. [NEW!] CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ Rental Expenses: Must be claimed on the same repair line as labor operation 10S14D. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for dollar amounts. - Misc. Expense Code: RENTAL - Misc. Expense Amount: Actual dollar amount (up to 2 days) Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 83 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION To manage part availability dealers must contact the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line. Dealers will receive a DOES II message when part requirements can be ordered through normal order processing channels. When calling to place an order for a BCM please be prepared to provide dealer P&A; code VIN RO # and vehicle mileage. Questions regarding parts should be directed to the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line or E-mailed. DEALER PRICE For latest prices refer to DOES II. PARTS RETENTION AND RETURN Follow the provisions of the Warranty and Policy Manual for "Parts Retention and Return Procedures." EXCESS STOCK RETURN Excess stock returned for credit must have been purchased from Ford Customer Service Division in accordance with Policy Procedure Bulletin 4000. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 84 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 85 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 86 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 87 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > NHTSA10V659000 > Dec > 10 > Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard Body Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: December 29, 2010 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 10V659000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Structure: Body POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 14,737 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge and Lincoln MKX vehicles. During a six-day production period, the supplier of the body control module manufactured modules that may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which can result in an unattended vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will replace the body control module if necessary free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or before January 10, 2011. owners may contact Ford at 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford's recall campaign number is 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance Technical Service Bulletin # 11E02 Date: 110426 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 100 Yes, OASIS will be activated on April 26, 2011. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on April 26, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by June 30, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 101 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this repair. Attachment III - Technical Information OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) release 72.03 or higher. SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogram appropriate vehicle modules before performing diagnostics and clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) after programming. For DTCs generated after reprogramming, follow normal diagnostic service procedures. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Reprogram the PCM and TCM to the latest calibration using IDS release 72.03 and higher. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. When reprogramming the PCM on automatic transmission equipped vehicles, the TCM will also be automatically reprogrammed to the latest level. Important Information For Module Programming NOTE: When programming or reprogramming a module, use the following basic checks to ensure programming completes without errors. ^ Make sure the battery is fully charged before carrying out the programming steps and connect IDS/scan tool to a power source. ^ Inspect Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and cables for any damage. Make sure scan tool connections are not interrupted during programming. ^ A hardwired internet connection is strongly recommended. ^ Turn off all unnecessary accessories (radio, heated/cooled seats, head lamps, interior lamps, HVAC system, etc.), close doors. ^ Disconnect/depower any aftermarket accessories (remote start, alarm, power inverter, CB radio, etc.). ^ Follow all scan tool on-screen instructions carefully. ^ Disable IDS/scan tool sleep mode, screensaver, hibernation modes. ^ Create all sessions Key On Engine Off (KOEO). Starting the vehicle before creating a session will cause errors within the programming inhale process. Recovering a PCM/Smart Junction Box (SJB) when programming has resulted in a blank module: NEVER DELETE THE ORIGINAL SESSION! 1. Obtain the original IDS that was used when the programming error occurred during Module Reprogramming (MR) or Programmable Module Installation (PMI). 2. Disconnect the VCM from the data link connector (DLC) and the IDS. 3. Reconnect the VCM to IDS and then connect to the DLC. Once reconnected, the VCM icon should appear in the corner of the IDS screen. If it does not, troubleshoot the IDS to VCM connection. 4. Locate the ORIGINAL vehicle session when programming failed. This should be the last session used in most cases. If not, use the session created Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 102 on the date that the programming failed. NOTE: If the original session is not listed in the previous session list, click the "Recycle bin" icon at the lower right of the previous session screen. This will load any deleted sessions and allow you to look through them. Double-click the session to restore it. 5. Once the session is loaded, the failed process should resume automatically. 6. If programming does not resume automatically, proceed to the Module Programming menu and select the previously attempted process, Programmable Module Installation (PM I) or Module Reprogramming. 7. Follow all on-screen prompts/instructions. 8. Near the end of programming, the IDS will prompt you to select certain parameters. It is important to make a selection for ALL parameters listed. If the correct selection is already highlighted, you must still choose that selection before clicking the "Tick" mark to complete the configuration. 9. The last screen on the IDS may list additional steps required to complete the programming process. Make sure all applicable steps listed on the screen are followed in order. NOTE: AUTOMATIC VEHICLES ONLY: Please advise the customer that this vehicle is equipped with an adaptive transmission shift strategy which allows the vehicle's computer to learn the transmission's unique parameters and improve shift quality. When the adaptive strategy is reset, the computer will begin a relearning process. This relearning process may result in firmer than normal upshifts and downshifts for several days. Owner Letter None available. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration Technical Service Bulletin # 10B17S1 Date: 110408 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 107 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes, OASIS will be activated on September 2, 2010. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on September 2, 2010. Owner names and addresses will be available by September 15, 2010. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this program is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this service action. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for upgrades. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this service action. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the upgrade will not be granted. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 108 ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ PROGRAM TERMS: This program will be in effect through August 31 2011. There is no mileage limit for this program. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this upgrade. Attachment III - Technical Information [NEW!] OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) with a performance enhanced calibration using IDS release 72.01A and higher. This calibration update also contains improvements to address the following symptoms: ^ Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illumination with false engine related DTCs P132B, P0299, PO5OE, and PO6EA ^ Wrench light illumination with false transmission related DTCs P0884, P0731, P0732, P0733, P0734, P0735, and P0729 ^ Low speed, low load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ High pressure (HP) fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed diesel exhaust fluid level indication change after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between Reverse-Drive and Drive-Reverse shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation in D (drive) after descending a grade with the gear shift lever in 1 (first) ^ Delayed current gear indication when using SelectShift mode This calibration also contains the following enhancements: Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 109 ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so the SelectShift gear display will remain activated after shifting out of and back into D (drive) or after a key cycle ^ Added engine overspeed protection feature while descending long grades when towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 rpm engine redline) ^ Increased torque during hill assist operation (see owner guide for additional hill assist information) ^ PTO operation improvements - Automatic Secondary Electronic Idle Controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch is in the ON position - Minimum engine coolant temperature to operate PTO is lowered to 20°F (-7°C) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogramming concerns! errors may be caused by the following: ^ Data Link Connector (DLC) or Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) becoming disconnected. ^ Allowing the IDS to enter any type of sleep mode. ^ Using a wireless IDS to VCM connection. ^ Low voltage on the IDS lap top. ^ Low voltage in the vehicle battery (use of a battery charger is recommended). If you encounter reprogramming concerns, DO NOT DELETE the session. If the original session has accidentally been deleted, recover the original session from the IDS "TRASH CAN" (located in the lower right corner of the previous session screen) and continue to reprogram. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Make sure that all accessories (radio, interior fan, headlights, etc.) are switched off. [NEW!] 3. Verify that the IDS is updated to software release 72.01A and higher. 4. Connect the IDS to the vehicle and start a session. 5. Select the Tool Box tab and then select Module Programming. Touch the tick. 6. Select Module Reprogramming and then select PCM. Touch the tick. 7. NOTE: If the IDS states there are no updates available, either the IDS has not been updated to an appropriate software release level, or the updates have already been performed. A screen will appear stating a later PCM and TCM calibration is available. Follow the on-screen instructions to program the PCM and the TCM to the latest calibration. NOTE: Remind dealership service management that they must provide a copy of the Customer Information Sheet to the vehicle owner. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 110 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 111 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 112 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues Engine Control Module: Customer Interest Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues TSB 11-3-23 03/17/11 6.7L - CALIBRATION UPDATE - VARIOUS ISSUES - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 3/14/2011 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 This article supersedes TSB 10-23-9 to add additional calibration content. ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 3/14/2011 may exhibit malfunction indicator light (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTC's) P0401, P0402, POO9A if driven at highway speeds with a snow plow attached, P164A if idled for extended periods in colder ambient temperatures, 2-3 transmission shift flares, harsh/inconsistent transmission shifting during transmission fluid warm up and tip-in events when at low speeds or coming to a stop. Refer to the Calibration Content for additional details. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure to correct the concern SERVICE PROCEDURE Reprogram the powertrain control module (PCM) and the transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.05 and higher or 72.01 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.3 DVD. The Calibration Update Contains Improvement Actions And Enhancements: ^ DTC P0401 (exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) flow insufficient detected) ^ DTC P0402 (exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) flow excessive detected) ^ DTC P009A (intake air temperature/ambient air temperature correlation) if driven at highway speeds with a snow plow attached ^ False DTC P164A (02 sensor positive current trim circuit performance (bank 1, sensor 1)) if idled for extended periods in colder ambient temperature ^ 2-3 transmission shift flares ^ Harsh/inconsistent transmission shifting during transmission fluid warm up ^ Improved shift feel for tip-in events when at low speed or coming to a stop Previously Released Calibration Content Previously released calibration content included in IDS software release 69.07 and higher contained improvement actions and enhancements to address the following: Calibration Content Vehicles Built On Or Before 11/5/2010 ^ Delayed manual upshifts from 1st to 2nd gear when in Select Shift mode while going down a grade ^ Harsh/delayed 1-2 upshift and downshift ^ Harsh 2-3 upshift on first drive away of day after vehicle soak ^ DEF warning messages won't reset after refilling DEF tank with Key On Engine Running ^ Modified vehicles for rail applications, that will not re-engage PTO operation or speedometer inoperative after riding on the tracks with the front wheels off the ground ^ VSOUT signal inoperable from customer access circuits under dash ^ DTC P2463 or P246C (DPF restriction) and DTC P2459 (DPF regeneration frequency) - adds increased ability to perform manual regeneration at Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues > Page 118 higher load values when performing system diagnostics Calibration Content - Vehicles Built On Or Before 08/23/2010 ^ False DTC P132B (turbocharger/supercharger boost control A performance) ^ False DTC P0299 (turbocharger/supercharger A under-boost condition) ^ False DTC PO5OE (cold start engine exhaust temperature too low) ^ False DTC PO6EA (NOX sensor processor performance (bank 1, sensor 1) ^ DTC P249C (5CR time to closed loop) - improved diagnostics and reporting ^ DTC P249F (excessive time to enter closed loop DPF regeneration control) - improved diagnostics and reporting ^ False DTC P0884 (PCM/TCM power input signal intermittent) ^ DTC(s) and freeze frame data being erased in the PCM when running KOEO, KOER, Datalogger, Active Commands or any other guided diagnostics with IDS ^ False P0731 (gear 1 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0732 (gear 2 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0733 (gear 3 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0734 (gear 4 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0735 (gear 5 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0729 (gear 6 incorrect ratio) ^ Low speed/load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ HP fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed DEF level indication after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between R-D and D-R shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or climbing hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation after descending grades while in 1st gear ^ Flashes/delays of current gear indication when using SelectShift mode ^ Added Brake Over Accelerator (BOA) feature - reduces engine power during off-idle driving when both the accelerator and brake pedals are applied simultaneously ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so SelectShift gear display comes back on whenever going back into drive if the vehicle was turned off while SelectShift mode was still activated ^ Added engine protection feature from overspeed while descending long grades while towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 RPM) ^ Increased torque - during hill assist operation - (see Owner Guide for additional system operation) ^ PTO operational enhancements - (applicable to vehicles equipped with optional PTO) - Automatic secondary electronic idle controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch in on position Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues > Page 119 - Engine coolant temperature to operate PTO lowered to -7 °C (+20 °F) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 110323A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Reprogram The PCM And TCM (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE RECALEM 04 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 Engine Control Module: Customer Interest Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 124 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 125 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance Technical Service Bulletin # 11E02 Date: 110426 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 131 Yes, OASIS will be activated on April 26, 2011. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on April 26, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by June 30, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 132 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this repair. Attachment III - Technical Information OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) release 72.03 or higher. SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogram appropriate vehicle modules before performing diagnostics and clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) after programming. For DTCs generated after reprogramming, follow normal diagnostic service procedures. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Reprogram the PCM and TCM to the latest calibration using IDS release 72.03 and higher. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. When reprogramming the PCM on automatic transmission equipped vehicles, the TCM will also be automatically reprogrammed to the latest level. Important Information For Module Programming NOTE: When programming or reprogramming a module, use the following basic checks to ensure programming completes without errors. ^ Make sure the battery is fully charged before carrying out the programming steps and connect IDS/scan tool to a power source. ^ Inspect Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and cables for any damage. Make sure scan tool connections are not interrupted during programming. ^ A hardwired internet connection is strongly recommended. ^ Turn off all unnecessary accessories (radio, heated/cooled seats, head lamps, interior lamps, HVAC system, etc.), close doors. ^ Disconnect/depower any aftermarket accessories (remote start, alarm, power inverter, CB radio, etc.). ^ Follow all scan tool on-screen instructions carefully. ^ Disable IDS/scan tool sleep mode, screensaver, hibernation modes. ^ Create all sessions Key On Engine Off (KOEO). Starting the vehicle before creating a session will cause errors within the programming inhale process. Recovering a PCM/Smart Junction Box (SJB) when programming has resulted in a blank module: NEVER DELETE THE ORIGINAL SESSION! 1. Obtain the original IDS that was used when the programming error occurred during Module Reprogramming (MR) or Programmable Module Installation (PMI). 2. Disconnect the VCM from the data link connector (DLC) and the IDS. 3. Reconnect the VCM to IDS and then connect to the DLC. Once reconnected, the VCM icon should appear in the corner of the IDS screen. If it does not, troubleshoot the IDS to VCM connection. 4. Locate the ORIGINAL vehicle session when programming failed. This should be the last session used in most cases. If not, use the session created Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 133 on the date that the programming failed. NOTE: If the original session is not listed in the previous session list, click the "Recycle bin" icon at the lower right of the previous session screen. This will load any deleted sessions and allow you to look through them. Double-click the session to restore it. 5. Once the session is loaded, the failed process should resume automatically. 6. If programming does not resume automatically, proceed to the Module Programming menu and select the previously attempted process, Programmable Module Installation (PM I) or Module Reprogramming. 7. Follow all on-screen prompts/instructions. 8. Near the end of programming, the IDS will prompt you to select certain parameters. It is important to make a selection for ALL parameters listed. If the correct selection is already highlighted, you must still choose that selection before clicking the "Tick" mark to complete the configuration. 9. The last screen on the IDS may list additional steps required to complete the programming process. Make sure all applicable steps listed on the screen are followed in order. NOTE: AUTOMATIC VEHICLES ONLY: Please advise the customer that this vehicle is equipped with an adaptive transmission shift strategy which allows the vehicle's computer to learn the transmission's unique parameters and improve shift quality. When the adaptive strategy is reset, the computer will begin a relearning process. This relearning process may result in firmer than normal upshifts and downshifts for several days. Owner Letter None available. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration Technical Service Bulletin # 10B17S1 Date: 110408 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 138 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes, OASIS will be activated on September 2, 2010. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on September 2, 2010. Owner names and addresses will be available by September 15, 2010. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this program is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this service action. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for upgrades. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this service action. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the upgrade will not be granted. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 139 ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ PROGRAM TERMS: This program will be in effect through August 31 2011. There is no mileage limit for this program. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this upgrade. Attachment III - Technical Information [NEW!] OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) with a performance enhanced calibration using IDS release 72.01A and higher. This calibration update also contains improvements to address the following symptoms: ^ Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illumination with false engine related DTCs P132B, P0299, PO5OE, and PO6EA ^ Wrench light illumination with false transmission related DTCs P0884, P0731, P0732, P0733, P0734, P0735, and P0729 ^ Low speed, low load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ High pressure (HP) fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed diesel exhaust fluid level indication change after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between Reverse-Drive and Drive-Reverse shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation in D (drive) after descending a grade with the gear shift lever in 1 (first) ^ Delayed current gear indication when using SelectShift mode This calibration also contains the following enhancements: Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 140 ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so the SelectShift gear display will remain activated after shifting out of and back into D (drive) or after a key cycle ^ Added engine overspeed protection feature while descending long grades when towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 rpm engine redline) ^ Increased torque during hill assist operation (see owner guide for additional hill assist information) ^ PTO operation improvements - Automatic Secondary Electronic Idle Controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch is in the ON position - Minimum engine coolant temperature to operate PTO is lowered to 20°F (-7°C) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogramming concerns! errors may be caused by the following: ^ Data Link Connector (DLC) or Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) becoming disconnected. ^ Allowing the IDS to enter any type of sleep mode. ^ Using a wireless IDS to VCM connection. ^ Low voltage on the IDS lap top. ^ Low voltage in the vehicle battery (use of a battery charger is recommended). If you encounter reprogramming concerns, DO NOT DELETE the session. If the original session has accidentally been deleted, recover the original session from the IDS "TRASH CAN" (located in the lower right corner of the previous session screen) and continue to reprogram. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Make sure that all accessories (radio, interior fan, headlights, etc.) are switched off. [NEW!] 3. Verify that the IDS is updated to software release 72.01A and higher. 4. Connect the IDS to the vehicle and start a session. 5. Select the Tool Box tab and then select Module Programming. Touch the tick. 6. Select Module Reprogramming and then select PCM. Touch the tick. 7. NOTE: If the IDS states there are no updates available, either the IDS has not been updated to an appropriate software release level, or the updates have already been performed. A screen will appear stating a later PCM and TCM calibration is available. Follow the on-screen instructions to program the PCM and the TCM to the latest calibration. NOTE: Remind dealership service management that they must provide a copy of the Customer Information Sheet to the vehicle owner. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 141 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 142 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 143 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues TSB 11-3-23 03/17/11 6.7L - CALIBRATION UPDATE - VARIOUS ISSUES - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 3/14/2011 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 This article supersedes TSB 10-23-9 to add additional calibration content. ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 3/14/2011 may exhibit malfunction indicator light (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTC's) P0401, P0402, POO9A if driven at highway speeds with a snow plow attached, P164A if idled for extended periods in colder ambient temperatures, 2-3 transmission shift flares, harsh/inconsistent transmission shifting during transmission fluid warm up and tip-in events when at low speeds or coming to a stop. Refer to the Calibration Content for additional details. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure to correct the concern SERVICE PROCEDURE Reprogram the powertrain control module (PCM) and the transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.05 and higher or 72.01 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.3 DVD. The Calibration Update Contains Improvement Actions And Enhancements: ^ DTC P0401 (exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) flow insufficient detected) ^ DTC P0402 (exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) flow excessive detected) ^ DTC P009A (intake air temperature/ambient air temperature correlation) if driven at highway speeds with a snow plow attached ^ False DTC P164A (02 sensor positive current trim circuit performance (bank 1, sensor 1)) if idled for extended periods in colder ambient temperature ^ 2-3 transmission shift flares ^ Harsh/inconsistent transmission shifting during transmission fluid warm up ^ Improved shift feel for tip-in events when at low speed or coming to a stop Previously Released Calibration Content Previously released calibration content included in IDS software release 69.07 and higher contained improvement actions and enhancements to address the following: Calibration Content Vehicles Built On Or Before 11/5/2010 ^ Delayed manual upshifts from 1st to 2nd gear when in Select Shift mode while going down a grade ^ Harsh/delayed 1-2 upshift and downshift ^ Harsh 2-3 upshift on first drive away of day after vehicle soak ^ DEF warning messages won't reset after refilling DEF tank with Key On Engine Running ^ Modified vehicles for rail applications, that will not re-engage PTO operation or speedometer inoperative after riding on the tracks with the front wheels off the ground ^ VSOUT signal inoperable from customer access circuits under dash ^ DTC P2463 or P246C (DPF restriction) and DTC P2459 (DPF regeneration frequency) - adds increased ability to perform manual regeneration at Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues > Page 148 higher load values when performing system diagnostics Calibration Content - Vehicles Built On Or Before 08/23/2010 ^ False DTC P132B (turbocharger/supercharger boost control A performance) ^ False DTC P0299 (turbocharger/supercharger A under-boost condition) ^ False DTC PO5OE (cold start engine exhaust temperature too low) ^ False DTC PO6EA (NOX sensor processor performance (bank 1, sensor 1) ^ DTC P249C (5CR time to closed loop) - improved diagnostics and reporting ^ DTC P249F (excessive time to enter closed loop DPF regeneration control) - improved diagnostics and reporting ^ False DTC P0884 (PCM/TCM power input signal intermittent) ^ DTC(s) and freeze frame data being erased in the PCM when running KOEO, KOER, Datalogger, Active Commands or any other guided diagnostics with IDS ^ False P0731 (gear 1 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0732 (gear 2 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0733 (gear 3 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0734 (gear 4 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0735 (gear 5 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0729 (gear 6 incorrect ratio) ^ Low speed/load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ HP fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed DEF level indication after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between R-D and D-R shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or climbing hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation after descending grades while in 1st gear ^ Flashes/delays of current gear indication when using SelectShift mode ^ Added Brake Over Accelerator (BOA) feature - reduces engine power during off-idle driving when both the accelerator and brake pedals are applied simultaneously ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so SelectShift gear display comes back on whenever going back into drive if the vehicle was turned off while SelectShift mode was still activated ^ Added engine protection feature from overspeed while descending long grades while towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 RPM) ^ Increased torque - during hill assist operation - (see Owner Guide for additional system operation) ^ PTO operational enhancements - (applicable to vehicles equipped with optional PTO) - Automatic secondary electronic idle controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch in on position Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues > Page 149 - Engine coolant temperature to operate PTO lowered to -7 °C (+20 °F) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 110323A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Reprogram The PCM And TCM (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE RECALEM 04 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 154 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 155 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues TSB 11-3-23 03/17/11 6.7L - CALIBRATION UPDATE - VARIOUS ISSUES - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 3/14/2011 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 This article supersedes TSB 10-23-9 to add additional calibration content. ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 3/14/2011 may exhibit malfunction indicator light (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTC's) P0401, P0402, POO9A if driven at highway speeds with a snow plow attached, P164A if idled for extended periods in colder ambient temperatures, 2-3 transmission shift flares, harsh/inconsistent transmission shifting during transmission fluid warm up and tip-in events when at low speeds or coming to a stop. Refer to the Calibration Content for additional details. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure to correct the concern SERVICE PROCEDURE Reprogram the powertrain control module (PCM) and the transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.05 and higher or 72.01 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.3 DVD. The Calibration Update Contains Improvement Actions And Enhancements: ^ DTC P0401 (exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) flow insufficient detected) ^ DTC P0402 (exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) flow excessive detected) ^ DTC P009A (intake air temperature/ambient air temperature correlation) if driven at highway speeds with a snow plow attached ^ False DTC P164A (02 sensor positive current trim circuit performance (bank 1, sensor 1)) if idled for extended periods in colder ambient temperature ^ 2-3 transmission shift flares ^ Harsh/inconsistent transmission shifting during transmission fluid warm up ^ Improved shift feel for tip-in events when at low speed or coming to a stop Previously Released Calibration Content Previously released calibration content included in IDS software release 69.07 and higher contained improvement actions and enhancements to address the following: Calibration Content Vehicles Built On Or Before 11/5/2010 ^ Delayed manual upshifts from 1st to 2nd gear when in Select Shift mode while going down a grade ^ Harsh/delayed 1-2 upshift and downshift ^ Harsh 2-3 upshift on first drive away of day after vehicle soak ^ DEF warning messages won't reset after refilling DEF tank with Key On Engine Running ^ Modified vehicles for rail applications, that will not re-engage PTO operation or speedometer inoperative after riding on the tracks with the front wheels off the ground ^ VSOUT signal inoperable from customer access circuits under dash ^ DTC P2463 or P246C (DPF restriction) and DTC P2459 (DPF regeneration frequency) - adds increased ability to perform manual regeneration at Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues > Page 161 higher load values when performing system diagnostics Calibration Content - Vehicles Built On Or Before 08/23/2010 ^ False DTC P132B (turbocharger/supercharger boost control A performance) ^ False DTC P0299 (turbocharger/supercharger A under-boost condition) ^ False DTC PO5OE (cold start engine exhaust temperature too low) ^ False DTC PO6EA (NOX sensor processor performance (bank 1, sensor 1) ^ DTC P249C (5CR time to closed loop) - improved diagnostics and reporting ^ DTC P249F (excessive time to enter closed loop DPF regeneration control) - improved diagnostics and reporting ^ False DTC P0884 (PCM/TCM power input signal intermittent) ^ DTC(s) and freeze frame data being erased in the PCM when running KOEO, KOER, Datalogger, Active Commands or any other guided diagnostics with IDS ^ False P0731 (gear 1 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0732 (gear 2 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0733 (gear 3 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0734 (gear 4 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0735 (gear 5 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0729 (gear 6 incorrect ratio) ^ Low speed/load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ HP fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed DEF level indication after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between R-D and D-R shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or climbing hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation after descending grades while in 1st gear ^ Flashes/delays of current gear indication when using SelectShift mode ^ Added Brake Over Accelerator (BOA) feature - reduces engine power during off-idle driving when both the accelerator and brake pedals are applied simultaneously ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so SelectShift gear display comes back on whenever going back into drive if the vehicle was turned off while SelectShift mode was still activated ^ Added engine protection feature from overspeed while descending long grades while towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 RPM) ^ Increased torque - during hill assist operation - (see Owner Guide for additional system operation) ^ PTO operational enhancements - (applicable to vehicles equipped with optional PTO) - Automatic secondary electronic idle controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch in on position Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues > Page 162 - Engine coolant temperature to operate PTO lowered to -7 °C (+20 °F) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 110323A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Reprogram The PCM And TCM (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE RECALEM 04 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 167 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 168 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance Technical Service Bulletin # 11E02 Date: 110426 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 174 Yes, OASIS will be activated on April 26, 2011. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on April 26, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by June 30, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 175 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this repair. Attachment III - Technical Information OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) release 72.03 or higher. SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogram appropriate vehicle modules before performing diagnostics and clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) after programming. For DTCs generated after reprogramming, follow normal diagnostic service procedures. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Reprogram the PCM and TCM to the latest calibration using IDS release 72.03 and higher. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. When reprogramming the PCM on automatic transmission equipped vehicles, the TCM will also be automatically reprogrammed to the latest level. Important Information For Module Programming NOTE: When programming or reprogramming a module, use the following basic checks to ensure programming completes without errors. ^ Make sure the battery is fully charged before carrying out the programming steps and connect IDS/scan tool to a power source. ^ Inspect Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and cables for any damage. Make sure scan tool connections are not interrupted during programming. ^ A hardwired internet connection is strongly recommended. ^ Turn off all unnecessary accessories (radio, heated/cooled seats, head lamps, interior lamps, HVAC system, etc.), close doors. ^ Disconnect/depower any aftermarket accessories (remote start, alarm, power inverter, CB radio, etc.). ^ Follow all scan tool on-screen instructions carefully. ^ Disable IDS/scan tool sleep mode, screensaver, hibernation modes. ^ Create all sessions Key On Engine Off (KOEO). Starting the vehicle before creating a session will cause errors within the programming inhale process. Recovering a PCM/Smart Junction Box (SJB) when programming has resulted in a blank module: NEVER DELETE THE ORIGINAL SESSION! 1. Obtain the original IDS that was used when the programming error occurred during Module Reprogramming (MR) or Programmable Module Installation (PMI). 2. Disconnect the VCM from the data link connector (DLC) and the IDS. 3. Reconnect the VCM to IDS and then connect to the DLC. Once reconnected, the VCM icon should appear in the corner of the IDS screen. If it does not, troubleshoot the IDS to VCM connection. 4. Locate the ORIGINAL vehicle session when programming failed. This should be the last session used in most cases. If not, use the session created Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 176 on the date that the programming failed. NOTE: If the original session is not listed in the previous session list, click the "Recycle bin" icon at the lower right of the previous session screen. This will load any deleted sessions and allow you to look through them. Double-click the session to restore it. 5. Once the session is loaded, the failed process should resume automatically. 6. If programming does not resume automatically, proceed to the Module Programming menu and select the previously attempted process, Programmable Module Installation (PM I) or Module Reprogramming. 7. Follow all on-screen prompts/instructions. 8. Near the end of programming, the IDS will prompt you to select certain parameters. It is important to make a selection for ALL parameters listed. If the correct selection is already highlighted, you must still choose that selection before clicking the "Tick" mark to complete the configuration. 9. The last screen on the IDS may list additional steps required to complete the programming process. Make sure all applicable steps listed on the screen are followed in order. NOTE: AUTOMATIC VEHICLES ONLY: Please advise the customer that this vehicle is equipped with an adaptive transmission shift strategy which allows the vehicle's computer to learn the transmission's unique parameters and improve shift quality. When the adaptive strategy is reset, the computer will begin a relearning process. This relearning process may result in firmer than normal upshifts and downshifts for several days. Owner Letter None available. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration Technical Service Bulletin # 10B17S1 Date: 110408 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 181 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes, OASIS will be activated on September 2, 2010. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on September 2, 2010. Owner names and addresses will be available by September 15, 2010. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this program is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this service action. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for upgrades. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this service action. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the upgrade will not be granted. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 182 ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ PROGRAM TERMS: This program will be in effect through August 31 2011. There is no mileage limit for this program. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this upgrade. Attachment III - Technical Information [NEW!] OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) with a performance enhanced calibration using IDS release 72.01A and higher. This calibration update also contains improvements to address the following symptoms: ^ Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illumination with false engine related DTCs P132B, P0299, PO5OE, and PO6EA ^ Wrench light illumination with false transmission related DTCs P0884, P0731, P0732, P0733, P0734, P0735, and P0729 ^ Low speed, low load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ High pressure (HP) fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed diesel exhaust fluid level indication change after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between Reverse-Drive and Drive-Reverse shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation in D (drive) after descending a grade with the gear shift lever in 1 (first) ^ Delayed current gear indication when using SelectShift mode This calibration also contains the following enhancements: Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 183 ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so the SelectShift gear display will remain activated after shifting out of and back into D (drive) or after a key cycle ^ Added engine overspeed protection feature while descending long grades when towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 rpm engine redline) ^ Increased torque during hill assist operation (see owner guide for additional hill assist information) ^ PTO operation improvements - Automatic Secondary Electronic Idle Controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch is in the ON position - Minimum engine coolant temperature to operate PTO is lowered to 20°F (-7°C) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogramming concerns! errors may be caused by the following: ^ Data Link Connector (DLC) or Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) becoming disconnected. ^ Allowing the IDS to enter any type of sleep mode. ^ Using a wireless IDS to VCM connection. ^ Low voltage on the IDS lap top. ^ Low voltage in the vehicle battery (use of a battery charger is recommended). If you encounter reprogramming concerns, DO NOT DELETE the session. If the original session has accidentally been deleted, recover the original session from the IDS "TRASH CAN" (located in the lower right corner of the previous session screen) and continue to reprogram. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Make sure that all accessories (radio, interior fan, headlights, etc.) are switched off. [NEW!] 3. Verify that the IDS is updated to software release 72.01A and higher. 4. Connect the IDS to the vehicle and start a session. 5. Select the Tool Box tab and then select Module Programming. Touch the tick. 6. Select Module Reprogramming and then select PCM. Touch the tick. 7. NOTE: If the IDS states there are no updates available, either the IDS has not been updated to an appropriate software release level, or the updates have already been performed. A screen will appear stating a later PCM and TCM calibration is available. Follow the on-screen instructions to program the PCM and the TCM to the latest calibration. NOTE: Remind dealership service management that they must provide a copy of the Customer Information Sheet to the vehicle owner. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 184 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 185 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 186 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Emission Control Systems > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Relays and Modules - Emission Control Systems: > 10-19-7 > Oct > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set Relays and Modules - Emission Control Systems: Customer Interest Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set TSB 10-19-7 10/11/10 6.7L DIESEL - MIL ON - DTCS P207F, P20EE, P2200 AND/OR P2201 - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 6/2/2010 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 6/2/2010 may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P207F, P20EE, P2200 or P2201 and may indicate the vehicle is operating in a derate mode and may experience a loss of power. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Perform visual inspection of Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) module wiring, NOx module and NOx sensor for damaged wire harness, connectors and/or incorrect wire harness routing. a. If no damage or wiring concerns are present, proceed to Step 2. b. If damage is found do not proceed with this article and follow normal Workshop Manual (WSM) diagnostics. 2. Replace the NOx sensor. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101907A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Inspect Wiring, And Replace The NOx Sensor (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 9D378 49 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Emission Control Systems > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > By Symptom for Relays and Modules Emission Control Systems: > 10-19-7 > Oct > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set Relays and Modules - Emission Control Systems: By Symptom Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set TSB 10-19-7 10/11/10 6.7L DIESEL - MIL ON - DTCS P207F, P20EE, P2200 AND/OR P2201 - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 6/2/2010 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 6/2/2010 may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P207F, P20EE, P2200 or P2201 and may indicate the vehicle is operating in a derate mode and may experience a loss of power. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Perform visual inspection of Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) module wiring, NOx module and NOx sensor for damaged wire harness, connectors and/or incorrect wire harness routing. a. If no damage or wiring concerns are present, proceed to Step 2. b. If damage is found do not proceed with this article and follow normal Workshop Manual (WSM) diagnostics. 2. Replace the NOx sensor. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101907A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Inspect Wiring, And Replace The NOx Sensor (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 9D378 49 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Emission Control Systems > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Relays and Modules - Emission Control Systems: > 10-19-7 > Oct > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set Relays and Modules - Emission Control Systems: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set TSB 10-19-7 10/11/10 6.7L DIESEL - MIL ON - DTCS P207F, P20EE, P2200 AND/OR P2201 - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 6/2/2010 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 6/2/2010 may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P207F, P20EE, P2200 or P2201 and may indicate the vehicle is operating in a derate mode and may experience a loss of power. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Perform visual inspection of Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) module wiring, NOx module and NOx sensor for damaged wire harness, connectors and/or incorrect wire harness routing. a. If no damage or wiring concerns are present, proceed to Step 2. b. If damage is found do not proceed with this article and follow normal Workshop Manual (WSM) diagnostics. 2. Replace the NOx sensor. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101907A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Inspect Wiring, And Replace The NOx Sensor (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 9D378 49 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance Technical Service Bulletin # 11E02 Date: 110426 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 215 Yes, OASIS will be activated on April 26, 2011. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on April 26, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by June 30, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 216 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this repair. Attachment III - Technical Information OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) release 72.03 or higher. SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogram appropriate vehicle modules before performing diagnostics and clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) after programming. For DTCs generated after reprogramming, follow normal diagnostic service procedures. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Reprogram the PCM and TCM to the latest calibration using IDS release 72.03 and higher. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. When reprogramming the PCM on automatic transmission equipped vehicles, the TCM will also be automatically reprogrammed to the latest level. Important Information For Module Programming NOTE: When programming or reprogramming a module, use the following basic checks to ensure programming completes without errors. ^ Make sure the battery is fully charged before carrying out the programming steps and connect IDS/scan tool to a power source. ^ Inspect Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and cables for any damage. Make sure scan tool connections are not interrupted during programming. ^ A hardwired internet connection is strongly recommended. ^ Turn off all unnecessary accessories (radio, heated/cooled seats, head lamps, interior lamps, HVAC system, etc.), close doors. ^ Disconnect/depower any aftermarket accessories (remote start, alarm, power inverter, CB radio, etc.). ^ Follow all scan tool on-screen instructions carefully. ^ Disable IDS/scan tool sleep mode, screensaver, hibernation modes. ^ Create all sessions Key On Engine Off (KOEO). Starting the vehicle before creating a session will cause errors within the programming inhale process. Recovering a PCM/Smart Junction Box (SJB) when programming has resulted in a blank module: NEVER DELETE THE ORIGINAL SESSION! 1. Obtain the original IDS that was used when the programming error occurred during Module Reprogramming (MR) or Programmable Module Installation (PMI). 2. Disconnect the VCM from the data link connector (DLC) and the IDS. 3. Reconnect the VCM to IDS and then connect to the DLC. Once reconnected, the VCM icon should appear in the corner of the IDS screen. If it does not, troubleshoot the IDS to VCM connection. 4. Locate the ORIGINAL vehicle session when programming failed. This should be the last session used in most cases. If not, use the session created Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 217 on the date that the programming failed. NOTE: If the original session is not listed in the previous session list, click the "Recycle bin" icon at the lower right of the previous session screen. This will load any deleted sessions and allow you to look through them. Double-click the session to restore it. 5. Once the session is loaded, the failed process should resume automatically. 6. If programming does not resume automatically, proceed to the Module Programming menu and select the previously attempted process, Programmable Module Installation (PM I) or Module Reprogramming. 7. Follow all on-screen prompts/instructions. 8. Near the end of programming, the IDS will prompt you to select certain parameters. It is important to make a selection for ALL parameters listed. If the correct selection is already highlighted, you must still choose that selection before clicking the "Tick" mark to complete the configuration. 9. The last screen on the IDS may list additional steps required to complete the programming process. Make sure all applicable steps listed on the screen are followed in order. NOTE: AUTOMATIC VEHICLES ONLY: Please advise the customer that this vehicle is equipped with an adaptive transmission shift strategy which allows the vehicle's computer to learn the transmission's unique parameters and improve shift quality. When the adaptive strategy is reset, the computer will begin a relearning process. This relearning process may result in firmer than normal upshifts and downshifts for several days. Owner Letter None available. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration Technical Service Bulletin # 10B17S1 Date: 110408 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 222 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes, OASIS will be activated on September 2, 2010. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on September 2, 2010. Owner names and addresses will be available by September 15, 2010. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this program is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this service action. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for upgrades. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this service action. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the upgrade will not be granted. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 223 ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ PROGRAM TERMS: This program will be in effect through August 31 2011. There is no mileage limit for this program. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this upgrade. Attachment III - Technical Information [NEW!] OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) with a performance enhanced calibration using IDS release 72.01A and higher. This calibration update also contains improvements to address the following symptoms: ^ Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illumination with false engine related DTCs P132B, P0299, PO5OE, and PO6EA ^ Wrench light illumination with false transmission related DTCs P0884, P0731, P0732, P0733, P0734, P0735, and P0729 ^ Low speed, low load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ High pressure (HP) fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed diesel exhaust fluid level indication change after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between Reverse-Drive and Drive-Reverse shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation in D (drive) after descending a grade with the gear shift lever in 1 (first) ^ Delayed current gear indication when using SelectShift mode This calibration also contains the following enhancements: Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 224 ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so the SelectShift gear display will remain activated after shifting out of and back into D (drive) or after a key cycle ^ Added engine overspeed protection feature while descending long grades when towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 rpm engine redline) ^ Increased torque during hill assist operation (see owner guide for additional hill assist information) ^ PTO operation improvements - Automatic Secondary Electronic Idle Controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch is in the ON position - Minimum engine coolant temperature to operate PTO is lowered to 20°F (-7°C) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogramming concerns! errors may be caused by the following: ^ Data Link Connector (DLC) or Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) becoming disconnected. ^ Allowing the IDS to enter any type of sleep mode. ^ Using a wireless IDS to VCM connection. ^ Low voltage on the IDS lap top. ^ Low voltage in the vehicle battery (use of a battery charger is recommended). If you encounter reprogramming concerns, DO NOT DELETE the session. If the original session has accidentally been deleted, recover the original session from the IDS "TRASH CAN" (located in the lower right corner of the previous session screen) and continue to reprogram. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Make sure that all accessories (radio, interior fan, headlights, etc.) are switched off. [NEW!] 3. Verify that the IDS is updated to software release 72.01A and higher. 4. Connect the IDS to the vehicle and start a session. 5. Select the Tool Box tab and then select Module Programming. Touch the tick. 6. Select Module Reprogramming and then select PCM. Touch the tick. 7. NOTE: If the IDS states there are no updates available, either the IDS has not been updated to an appropriate software release level, or the updates have already been performed. A screen will appear stating a later PCM and TCM calibration is available. Follow the on-screen instructions to program the PCM and the TCM to the latest calibration. NOTE: Remind dealership service management that they must provide a copy of the Customer Information Sheet to the vehicle owner. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 225 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 226 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 227 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 Control Module: Customer Interest Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 233 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 234 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance Technical Service Bulletin # 11E02 Date: 110426 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 240 Yes, OASIS will be activated on April 26, 2011. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on April 26, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by June 30, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 241 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this repair. Attachment III - Technical Information OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) release 72.03 or higher. SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogram appropriate vehicle modules before performing diagnostics and clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) after programming. For DTCs generated after reprogramming, follow normal diagnostic service procedures. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Reprogram the PCM and TCM to the latest calibration using IDS release 72.03 and higher. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. When reprogramming the PCM on automatic transmission equipped vehicles, the TCM will also be automatically reprogrammed to the latest level. Important Information For Module Programming NOTE: When programming or reprogramming a module, use the following basic checks to ensure programming completes without errors. ^ Make sure the battery is fully charged before carrying out the programming steps and connect IDS/scan tool to a power source. ^ Inspect Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and cables for any damage. Make sure scan tool connections are not interrupted during programming. ^ A hardwired internet connection is strongly recommended. ^ Turn off all unnecessary accessories (radio, heated/cooled seats, head lamps, interior lamps, HVAC system, etc.), close doors. ^ Disconnect/depower any aftermarket accessories (remote start, alarm, power inverter, CB radio, etc.). ^ Follow all scan tool on-screen instructions carefully. ^ Disable IDS/scan tool sleep mode, screensaver, hibernation modes. ^ Create all sessions Key On Engine Off (KOEO). Starting the vehicle before creating a session will cause errors within the programming inhale process. Recovering a PCM/Smart Junction Box (SJB) when programming has resulted in a blank module: NEVER DELETE THE ORIGINAL SESSION! 1. Obtain the original IDS that was used when the programming error occurred during Module Reprogramming (MR) or Programmable Module Installation (PMI). 2. Disconnect the VCM from the data link connector (DLC) and the IDS. 3. Reconnect the VCM to IDS and then connect to the DLC. Once reconnected, the VCM icon should appear in the corner of the IDS screen. If it does not, troubleshoot the IDS to VCM connection. 4. Locate the ORIGINAL vehicle session when programming failed. This should be the last session used in most cases. If not, use the session created Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 242 on the date that the programming failed. NOTE: If the original session is not listed in the previous session list, click the "Recycle bin" icon at the lower right of the previous session screen. This will load any deleted sessions and allow you to look through them. Double-click the session to restore it. 5. Once the session is loaded, the failed process should resume automatically. 6. If programming does not resume automatically, proceed to the Module Programming menu and select the previously attempted process, Programmable Module Installation (PM I) or Module Reprogramming. 7. Follow all on-screen prompts/instructions. 8. Near the end of programming, the IDS will prompt you to select certain parameters. It is important to make a selection for ALL parameters listed. If the correct selection is already highlighted, you must still choose that selection before clicking the "Tick" mark to complete the configuration. 9. The last screen on the IDS may list additional steps required to complete the programming process. Make sure all applicable steps listed on the screen are followed in order. NOTE: AUTOMATIC VEHICLES ONLY: Please advise the customer that this vehicle is equipped with an adaptive transmission shift strategy which allows the vehicle's computer to learn the transmission's unique parameters and improve shift quality. When the adaptive strategy is reset, the computer will begin a relearning process. This relearning process may result in firmer than normal upshifts and downshifts for several days. Owner Letter None available. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration Technical Service Bulletin # 10B17S1 Date: 110408 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 247 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes, OASIS will be activated on September 2, 2010. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on September 2, 2010. Owner names and addresses will be available by September 15, 2010. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this program is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this service action. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for upgrades. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this service action. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the upgrade will not be granted. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 248 ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ PROGRAM TERMS: This program will be in effect through August 31 2011. There is no mileage limit for this program. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this upgrade. Attachment III - Technical Information [NEW!] OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) with a performance enhanced calibration using IDS release 72.01A and higher. This calibration update also contains improvements to address the following symptoms: ^ Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illumination with false engine related DTCs P132B, P0299, PO5OE, and PO6EA ^ Wrench light illumination with false transmission related DTCs P0884, P0731, P0732, P0733, P0734, P0735, and P0729 ^ Low speed, low load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ High pressure (HP) fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed diesel exhaust fluid level indication change after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between Reverse-Drive and Drive-Reverse shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation in D (drive) after descending a grade with the gear shift lever in 1 (first) ^ Delayed current gear indication when using SelectShift mode This calibration also contains the following enhancements: Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 249 ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so the SelectShift gear display will remain activated after shifting out of and back into D (drive) or after a key cycle ^ Added engine overspeed protection feature while descending long grades when towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 rpm engine redline) ^ Increased torque during hill assist operation (see owner guide for additional hill assist information) ^ PTO operation improvements - Automatic Secondary Electronic Idle Controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch is in the ON position - Minimum engine coolant temperature to operate PTO is lowered to 20°F (-7°C) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogramming concerns! errors may be caused by the following: ^ Data Link Connector (DLC) or Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) becoming disconnected. ^ Allowing the IDS to enter any type of sleep mode. ^ Using a wireless IDS to VCM connection. ^ Low voltage on the IDS lap top. ^ Low voltage in the vehicle battery (use of a battery charger is recommended). If you encounter reprogramming concerns, DO NOT DELETE the session. If the original session has accidentally been deleted, recover the original session from the IDS "TRASH CAN" (located in the lower right corner of the previous session screen) and continue to reprogram. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Make sure that all accessories (radio, interior fan, headlights, etc.) are switched off. [NEW!] 3. Verify that the IDS is updated to software release 72.01A and higher. 4. Connect the IDS to the vehicle and start a session. 5. Select the Tool Box tab and then select Module Programming. Touch the tick. 6. Select Module Reprogramming and then select PCM. Touch the tick. 7. NOTE: If the IDS states there are no updates available, either the IDS has not been updated to an appropriate software release level, or the updates have already been performed. A screen will appear stating a later PCM and TCM calibration is available. Follow the on-screen instructions to program the PCM and the TCM to the latest calibration. NOTE: Remind dealership service management that they must provide a copy of the Customer Information Sheet to the vehicle owner. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 250 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 251 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 252 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 257 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 258 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 264 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 265 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance Technical Service Bulletin # 11E02 Date: 110426 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 271 Yes, OASIS will be activated on April 26, 2011. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on April 26, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by June 30, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 272 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this repair. Attachment III - Technical Information OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) release 72.03 or higher. SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogram appropriate vehicle modules before performing diagnostics and clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) after programming. For DTCs generated after reprogramming, follow normal diagnostic service procedures. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Reprogram the PCM and TCM to the latest calibration using IDS release 72.03 and higher. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. When reprogramming the PCM on automatic transmission equipped vehicles, the TCM will also be automatically reprogrammed to the latest level. Important Information For Module Programming NOTE: When programming or reprogramming a module, use the following basic checks to ensure programming completes without errors. ^ Make sure the battery is fully charged before carrying out the programming steps and connect IDS/scan tool to a power source. ^ Inspect Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and cables for any damage. Make sure scan tool connections are not interrupted during programming. ^ A hardwired internet connection is strongly recommended. ^ Turn off all unnecessary accessories (radio, heated/cooled seats, head lamps, interior lamps, HVAC system, etc.), close doors. ^ Disconnect/depower any aftermarket accessories (remote start, alarm, power inverter, CB radio, etc.). ^ Follow all scan tool on-screen instructions carefully. ^ Disable IDS/scan tool sleep mode, screensaver, hibernation modes. ^ Create all sessions Key On Engine Off (KOEO). Starting the vehicle before creating a session will cause errors within the programming inhale process. Recovering a PCM/Smart Junction Box (SJB) when programming has resulted in a blank module: NEVER DELETE THE ORIGINAL SESSION! 1. Obtain the original IDS that was used when the programming error occurred during Module Reprogramming (MR) or Programmable Module Installation (PMI). 2. Disconnect the VCM from the data link connector (DLC) and the IDS. 3. Reconnect the VCM to IDS and then connect to the DLC. Once reconnected, the VCM icon should appear in the corner of the IDS screen. If it does not, troubleshoot the IDS to VCM connection. 4. Locate the ORIGINAL vehicle session when programming failed. This should be the last session used in most cases. If not, use the session created Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 273 on the date that the programming failed. NOTE: If the original session is not listed in the previous session list, click the "Recycle bin" icon at the lower right of the previous session screen. This will load any deleted sessions and allow you to look through them. Double-click the session to restore it. 5. Once the session is loaded, the failed process should resume automatically. 6. If programming does not resume automatically, proceed to the Module Programming menu and select the previously attempted process, Programmable Module Installation (PM I) or Module Reprogramming. 7. Follow all on-screen prompts/instructions. 8. Near the end of programming, the IDS will prompt you to select certain parameters. It is important to make a selection for ALL parameters listed. If the correct selection is already highlighted, you must still choose that selection before clicking the "Tick" mark to complete the configuration. 9. The last screen on the IDS may list additional steps required to complete the programming process. Make sure all applicable steps listed on the screen are followed in order. NOTE: AUTOMATIC VEHICLES ONLY: Please advise the customer that this vehicle is equipped with an adaptive transmission shift strategy which allows the vehicle's computer to learn the transmission's unique parameters and improve shift quality. When the adaptive strategy is reset, the computer will begin a relearning process. This relearning process may result in firmer than normal upshifts and downshifts for several days. Owner Letter None available. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration Technical Service Bulletin # 10B17S1 Date: 110408 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 278 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes, OASIS will be activated on September 2, 2010. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on September 2, 2010. Owner names and addresses will be available by September 15, 2010. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this program is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this service action. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for upgrades. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this service action. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the upgrade will not be granted. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 279 ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ PROGRAM TERMS: This program will be in effect through August 31 2011. There is no mileage limit for this program. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this upgrade. Attachment III - Technical Information [NEW!] OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) with a performance enhanced calibration using IDS release 72.01A and higher. This calibration update also contains improvements to address the following symptoms: ^ Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illumination with false engine related DTCs P132B, P0299, PO5OE, and PO6EA ^ Wrench light illumination with false transmission related DTCs P0884, P0731, P0732, P0733, P0734, P0735, and P0729 ^ Low speed, low load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ High pressure (HP) fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed diesel exhaust fluid level indication change after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between Reverse-Drive and Drive-Reverse shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation in D (drive) after descending a grade with the gear shift lever in 1 (first) ^ Delayed current gear indication when using SelectShift mode This calibration also contains the following enhancements: Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 280 ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so the SelectShift gear display will remain activated after shifting out of and back into D (drive) or after a key cycle ^ Added engine overspeed protection feature while descending long grades when towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 rpm engine redline) ^ Increased torque during hill assist operation (see owner guide for additional hill assist information) ^ PTO operation improvements - Automatic Secondary Electronic Idle Controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch is in the ON position - Minimum engine coolant temperature to operate PTO is lowered to 20°F (-7°C) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogramming concerns! errors may be caused by the following: ^ Data Link Connector (DLC) or Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) becoming disconnected. ^ Allowing the IDS to enter any type of sleep mode. ^ Using a wireless IDS to VCM connection. ^ Low voltage on the IDS lap top. ^ Low voltage in the vehicle battery (use of a battery charger is recommended). If you encounter reprogramming concerns, DO NOT DELETE the session. If the original session has accidentally been deleted, recover the original session from the IDS "TRASH CAN" (located in the lower right corner of the previous session screen) and continue to reprogram. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Make sure that all accessories (radio, interior fan, headlights, etc.) are switched off. [NEW!] 3. Verify that the IDS is updated to software release 72.01A and higher. 4. Connect the IDS to the vehicle and start a session. 5. Select the Tool Box tab and then select Module Programming. Touch the tick. 6. Select Module Reprogramming and then select PCM. Touch the tick. 7. NOTE: If the IDS states there are no updates available, either the IDS has not been updated to an appropriate software release level, or the updates have already been performed. A screen will appear stating a later PCM and TCM calibration is available. Follow the on-screen instructions to program the PCM and the TCM to the latest calibration. NOTE: Remind dealership service management that they must provide a copy of the Customer Information Sheet to the vehicle owner. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 281 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 282 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 283 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control: > 10-18-6 > Sep > 10 > Brakes - Brake Drag Condition Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control: Customer Interest Brakes - Brake Drag Condition TSB 10-18-6 09/27/10 BRAKE DRAG DUE TO STOPLAMP SWITCH ADJUSTMENT FORD: 2010 F-150 2011 F-Super Duty ISSUE Some 2010 F-150 and 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles may exhibit a brake drag condition. This may be due to an improperly adjusted stoplamp switch. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Put vehicle on hoist and lift all four (4) tires off the ground. Confirm brake drag by rotating front and rear wheels by hand and note whether the tires rotate freely. a. No brake drag - this procedure does not apply. b. Brake drag present - proceed to Step 2. 2. Remove the stoplamp switch. Refer to Workshop Manual (WSM), Section 417-01. a. Inspect for brake drag. If no brake drag is present reinstall the stoplamp switch. The stoplamp switch must be installed with the brake pedal in the release position. b. If brake drag is still present with the stoplamp switch removed or after reinstallation, refer to WSM, Section 206-00 for normal diagnostics. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101806A 2010 F-150, 2011 F-Super 0.3 Hr. Duty: Remove And Install Stoplamp Switch Includes Time To Inspect (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 13480 42 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control: > 10-18-6 > Sep > 10 > Brakes - Brake Drag Condition Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control: All Technical Service Bulletins Brakes Brake Drag Condition TSB 10-18-6 09/27/10 BRAKE DRAG DUE TO STOPLAMP SWITCH ADJUSTMENT FORD: 2010 F-150 2011 F-Super Duty ISSUE Some 2010 F-150 and 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles may exhibit a brake drag condition. This may be due to an improperly adjusted stoplamp switch. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Put vehicle on hoist and lift all four (4) tires off the ground. Confirm brake drag by rotating front and rear wheels by hand and note whether the tires rotate freely. a. No brake drag - this procedure does not apply. b. Brake drag present - proceed to Step 2. 2. Remove the stoplamp switch. Refer to Workshop Manual (WSM), Section 417-01. a. Inspect for brake drag. If no brake drag is present reinstall the stoplamp switch. The stoplamp switch must be installed with the brake pedal in the release position. b. If brake drag is still present with the stoplamp switch removed or after reinstallation, refer to WSM, Section 206-00 for normal diagnostics. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101806A 2010 F-150, 2011 F-Super 0.3 Hr. Duty: Remove And Install Stoplamp Switch Includes Time To Inspect (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 13480 42 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control: > Page 298 Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control: By Symptom Technical Service Bulletin # 10-18-6 Date: 100927 Brakes - Brake Drag Condition TSB 10-18-6 09/27/10 BRAKE DRAG DUE TO STOPLAMP SWITCH ADJUSTMENT FORD: 2010 F-150 2011 F-Super Duty ISSUE Some 2010 F-150 and 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles may exhibit a brake drag condition. This may be due to an improperly adjusted stoplamp switch. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Put vehicle on hoist and lift all four (4) tires off the ground. Confirm brake drag by rotating front and rear wheels by hand and note whether the tires rotate freely. a. No brake drag - this procedure does not apply. b. Brake drag present - proceed to Step 2. 2. Remove the stoplamp switch. Refer to Workshop Manual (WSM), Section 417-01. a. Inspect for brake drag. If no brake drag is present reinstall the stoplamp switch. The stoplamp switch must be installed with the brake pedal in the release position. b. If brake drag is still present with the stoplamp switch removed or after reinstallation, refer to WSM, Section 206-00 for normal diagnostics. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101806A 2010 F-150, 2011 F-Super 0.3 Hr. Duty: Remove And Install Stoplamp Switch Includes Time To Inspect (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 13480 42 Disclaimer Technical Service Bulletin # 10-18-6 Date: 100927 Brakes - Brake Drag Condition TSB 10-18-6 09/27/10 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control: > Page 299 BRAKE DRAG DUE TO STOPLAMP SWITCH ADJUSTMENT FORD: 2010 F-150 2011 F-Super Duty ISSUE Some 2010 F-150 and 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles may exhibit a brake drag condition. This may be due to an improperly adjusted stoplamp switch. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Put vehicle on hoist and lift all four (4) tires off the ground. Confirm brake drag by rotating front and rear wheels by hand and note whether the tires rotate freely. a. No brake drag - this procedure does not apply. b. Brake drag present - proceed to Step 2. 2. Remove the stoplamp switch. Refer to Workshop Manual (WSM), Section 417-01. a. Inspect for brake drag. If no brake drag is present reinstall the stoplamp switch. The stoplamp switch must be installed with the brake pedal in the release position. b. If brake drag is still present with the stoplamp switch removed or after reinstallation, refer to WSM, Section 206-00 for normal diagnostics. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101806A 2010 F-150, 2011 F-Super 0.3 Hr. Duty: Remove And Install Stoplamp Switch Includes Time To Inspect (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 13480 42 Disclaimer Technical Service Bulletin # 10-18-6 Date: 100927 Brakes - Brake Drag Condition TSB 10-18-6 09/27/10 BRAKE DRAG DUE TO STOPLAMP SWITCH ADJUSTMENT FORD: 2010 F-150 2011 F-Super Duty ISSUE Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control: > Page 300 Some 2010 F-150 and 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles may exhibit a brake drag condition. This may be due to an improperly adjusted stoplamp switch. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Put vehicle on hoist and lift all four (4) tires off the ground. Confirm brake drag by rotating front and rear wheels by hand and note whether the tires rotate freely. a. No brake drag - this procedure does not apply. b. Brake drag present - proceed to Step 2. 2. Remove the stoplamp switch. Refer to Workshop Manual (WSM), Section 417-01. a. Inspect for brake drag. If no brake drag is present reinstall the stoplamp switch. The stoplamp switch must be installed with the brake pedal in the release position. b. If brake drag is still present with the stoplamp switch removed or after reinstallation, refer to WSM, Section 206-00 for normal diagnostics. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101806A 2010 F-150, 2011 F-Super 0.3 Hr. Duty: Remove And Install Stoplamp Switch Includes Time To Inspect (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 13480 42 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Brake Light Switch > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Brake Light Switch: > 10-18-6 > Sep > 10 > Brakes - Brake Drag Condition Brake Light Switch: Customer Interest Brakes - Brake Drag Condition TSB 10-18-6 09/27/10 BRAKE DRAG DUE TO STOPLAMP SWITCH ADJUSTMENT FORD: 2010 F-150 2011 F-Super Duty ISSUE Some 2010 F-150 and 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles may exhibit a brake drag condition. This may be due to an improperly adjusted stoplamp switch. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Put vehicle on hoist and lift all four (4) tires off the ground. Confirm brake drag by rotating front and rear wheels by hand and note whether the tires rotate freely. a. No brake drag - this procedure does not apply. b. Brake drag present - proceed to Step 2. 2. Remove the stoplamp switch. Refer to Workshop Manual (WSM), Section 417-01. a. Inspect for brake drag. If no brake drag is present reinstall the stoplamp switch. The stoplamp switch must be installed with the brake pedal in the release position. b. If brake drag is still present with the stoplamp switch removed or after reinstallation, refer to WSM, Section 206-00 for normal diagnostics. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101806A 2010 F-150, 2011 F-Super 0.3 Hr. Duty: Remove And Install Stoplamp Switch Includes Time To Inspect (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 13480 42 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Brake Light Switch > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Brake Light Switch: > 10-18-6 > Sep > 10 > Brakes - Brake Drag Condition Brake Light Switch: All Technical Service Bulletins Brakes - Brake Drag Condition TSB 10-18-6 09/27/10 BRAKE DRAG DUE TO STOPLAMP SWITCH ADJUSTMENT FORD: 2010 F-150 2011 F-Super Duty ISSUE Some 2010 F-150 and 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles may exhibit a brake drag condition. This may be due to an improperly adjusted stoplamp switch. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Put vehicle on hoist and lift all four (4) tires off the ground. Confirm brake drag by rotating front and rear wheels by hand and note whether the tires rotate freely. a. No brake drag - this procedure does not apply. b. Brake drag present - proceed to Step 2. 2. Remove the stoplamp switch. Refer to Workshop Manual (WSM), Section 417-01. a. Inspect for brake drag. If no brake drag is present reinstall the stoplamp switch. The stoplamp switch must be installed with the brake pedal in the release position. b. If brake drag is still present with the stoplamp switch removed or after reinstallation, refer to WSM, Section 206-00 for normal diagnostics. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101806A 2010 F-150, 2011 F-Super 0.3 Hr. Duty: Remove And Install Stoplamp Switch Includes Time To Inspect (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 13480 42 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems: > 10-19-7 > Oct > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems: Customer Interest Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set TSB 10-19-7 10/11/10 6.7L DIESEL - MIL ON - DTCS P207F, P20EE, P2200 AND/OR P2201 - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 6/2/2010 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 6/2/2010 may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P207F, P20EE, P2200 or P2201 and may indicate the vehicle is operating in a derate mode and may experience a loss of power. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Perform visual inspection of Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) module wiring, NOx module and NOx sensor for damaged wire harness, connectors and/or incorrect wire harness routing. a. If no damage or wiring concerns are present, proceed to Step 2. b. If damage is found do not proceed with this article and follow normal Workshop Manual (WSM) diagnostics. 2. Replace the NOx sensor. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101907A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Inspect Wiring, And Replace The NOx Sensor (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 9D378 49 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > By Symptom for Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems: > 10-19-7 > Oct > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems: By Symptom Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set TSB 10-19-7 10/11/10 6.7L DIESEL - MIL ON - DTCS P207F, P20EE, P2200 AND/OR P2201 - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 6/2/2010 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 6/2/2010 may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P207F, P20EE, P2200 or P2201 and may indicate the vehicle is operating in a derate mode and may experience a loss of power. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Perform visual inspection of Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) module wiring, NOx module and NOx sensor for damaged wire harness, connectors and/or incorrect wire harness routing. a. If no damage or wiring concerns are present, proceed to Step 2. b. If damage is found do not proceed with this article and follow normal Workshop Manual (WSM) diagnostics. 2. Replace the NOx sensor. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101907A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Inspect Wiring, And Replace The NOx Sensor (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 9D378 49 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems: > 10-19-7 > Oct > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set TSB 10-19-7 10/11/10 6.7L DIESEL - MIL ON - DTCS P207F, P20EE, P2200 AND/OR P2201 - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 6/2/2010 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 6/2/2010 may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P207F, P20EE, P2200 or P2201 and may indicate the vehicle is operating in a derate mode and may experience a loss of power. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Perform visual inspection of Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) module wiring, NOx module and NOx sensor for damaged wire harness, connectors and/or incorrect wire harness routing. a. If no damage or wiring concerns are present, proceed to Step 2. b. If damage is found do not proceed with this article and follow normal Workshop Manual (WSM) diagnostics. 2. Replace the NOx sensor. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101907A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Inspect Wiring, And Replace The NOx Sensor (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 9D378 49 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems: > 10-19-7 > Oct > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems: Customer Interest Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set TSB 10-19-7 10/11/10 6.7L DIESEL - MIL ON - DTCS P207F, P20EE, P2200 AND/OR P2201 - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 6/2/2010 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 6/2/2010 may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P207F, P20EE, P2200 or P2201 and may indicate the vehicle is operating in a derate mode and may experience a loss of power. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Perform visual inspection of Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) module wiring, NOx module and NOx sensor for damaged wire harness, connectors and/or incorrect wire harness routing. a. If no damage or wiring concerns are present, proceed to Step 2. b. If damage is found do not proceed with this article and follow normal Workshop Manual (WSM) diagnostics. 2. Replace the NOx sensor. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101907A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Inspect Wiring, And Replace The NOx Sensor (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 9D378 49 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > By Symptom for Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems: > 10-19-7 > Oct > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems: By Symptom Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set TSB 10-19-7 10/11/10 6.7L DIESEL - MIL ON - DTCS P207F, P20EE, P2200 AND/OR P2201 - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 6/2/2010 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 6/2/2010 may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P207F, P20EE, P2200 or P2201 and may indicate the vehicle is operating in a derate mode and may experience a loss of power. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Perform visual inspection of Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) module wiring, NOx module and NOx sensor for damaged wire harness, connectors and/or incorrect wire harness routing. a. If no damage or wiring concerns are present, proceed to Step 2. b. If damage is found do not proceed with this article and follow normal Workshop Manual (WSM) diagnostics. 2. Replace the NOx sensor. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101907A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Inspect Wiring, And Replace The NOx Sensor (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 9D378 49 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems: > 10-19-7 > Oct > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set TSB 10-19-7 10/11/10 6.7L DIESEL - MIL ON - DTCS P207F, P20EE, P2200 AND/OR P2201 - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 6/2/2010 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 6/2/2010 may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P207F, P20EE, P2200 or P2201 and may indicate the vehicle is operating in a derate mode and may experience a loss of power. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Perform visual inspection of Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) module wiring, NOx module and NOx sensor for damaged wire harness, connectors and/or incorrect wire harness routing. a. If no damage or wiring concerns are present, proceed to Step 2. b. If damage is found do not proceed with this article and follow normal Workshop Manual (WSM) diagnostics. 2. Replace the NOx sensor. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101907A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Inspect Wiring, And Replace The NOx Sensor (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 9D378 49 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Specifications > Alignment Specifications Alignment: Specifications Alignment Specifications Alignment Specifications (1 Of 4) Alignment Specifications (2 Of 4) Alignment Specifications (3 Of 4) Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Specifications > Alignment Specifications > Page 357 Alignment Specifications (4 Of 4) Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Specifications > Alignment Specifications > Page 358 Alignment: Specifications General Specifications General Specifications (1 Of 8) General Specifications (2 Of 8) Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Specifications > Alignment Specifications > Page 359 General Specifications (3 Of 8) General Specifications (4 Of 8) Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Specifications > Alignment Specifications > Page 360 General Specifications (5 Of 8) General Specifications (6 Of 8) General Specifications (7 Of 8) Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Specifications > Alignment Specifications > Page 361 General Specifications (8 Of 8) Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Specifications > Alignment Specifications > Page 362 Alignment: Specifications Torque Specifications Torque Specifications Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > System Information > Service Precautions Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks: Service Precautions TUNE-UP SERVICE PRECAUTIONS - Tag or mark vacuum hoses before disconnecting them. After completing a job, double check that the vacuum hoses are properly connected. - To disconnect vacuum hoses, pull on the end, not the middle of the hose. - To pull apart electrical connectors, pull on the connector itself, not the wires. - Before disconnecting pressurized fuel lines, always perform Fuel Pressure Release procedure in order to reduce the risk of fire and personal injury. - When replacing fuel filters, always check all affected lines and fittings for leaks. - Never drain or store gasoline or diesel fuel in an open container, due to the possibility of fire or explosion. To prevent serious burns: Avoid contact with hot metal parts. - Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > System Information > Service Precautions > Page 366 - Before servicing the vehicle: Protect fenders, upholstery and carpeting with appropriate covers. - Take caution that keys, buckles, or buttons do not scratch paint. - Do not operate the engine indoors without proper ventilation. - Do not smoke while working on the vehicle. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > System Information > Service Precautions Filters: Service Precautions SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WARNING: Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer. Avoid prolonged and repeated contact with oils, particularly used engine oils. - Wear protective clothing, including impervious gloves where practicable. - Do not put oily rags in pockets. - Avoid contaminating clothes, particularly underpants, with oil. - Heavily soiled clothing and oil-impregnated footwear should not be worn. Overalls must be cleaned regularly. - First Aid treatment should be obtained immediately for open cuts and wounds. - Use barrier creams, applying them before each work period, to help the removal of oil from the skin. - Wash with soap and water to ensure all oil is removed (skin cleansers and nail brushes will help). Preparations containing lanolin replace the natural skin oils which have been removed. - Do not use gasoline, kerosine, diesel fuel, gas oil, thinner or solvents for cleaning skin. - If skin disorders develop, obtain medical advice without delay. - Where practicable, degrease components prior to handling. - Where there is a risk of eye contact, eye protection should be worn, for example, chemical goggles or face shields; in addition an eye wash facility should be provided. WARNING: Brake fluid may be irritating to the skin or eyes. In case of contact, take the following actions: - Eye Contact - rinse eyes thoroughly with water. - Skin Contact - wash skin with soap and water. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Hoses > System Information > Service Precautions Hoses: Service Precautions SERVICE PRECAUTIONS To prevent vehicle damage, always observe the following precautions: After servicing a hose, check for leaks before and after test driving the vehicle. - Always use the correct size hose. Do not use standard sized hose in place of metric hose or vice versa. Always use the correct type of hose. Never use vacuum hose in place of fuel hose. Never use heater hose in place of PCV hose. - When replacing hoses which are attached to the engine on one end and the frame or body on the other end, always leave sufficient length to compensate for engine movement from torque. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Brake Fluid > Component Information > Specifications Brake Fluid: Specifications BRAKE (and clutch - if equipped) FLUID Ford Part Name - Motorcraft High Performance DOT 3 Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid Ford Part Number - PM-1-C (US) Ford Specification - WSS-M6C62-A or WSS-M6C65-A1 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Clutch Fluid > Component Information > Specifications Clutch Fluid: Specifications BRAKE (and clutch - if equipped) FLUID Ford Part Name - Motorcraft High Performance DOT 3 Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid Ford Part Number - PM-1-C (US) Ford Specification - WSS-M6C62-A or WSS-M6C65-A1 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Coolant: Capacity Specifications Engine Coolant Capacity Coolant (primary high-temperature cooling) .................................................................................................................................. 29.4 Quarts (27.8 Liters) Engine coolant additive .................................................................................................................................... 48.0 oz.(1.4 Liters) per addition if required. Coolant (secondary cooling system) ............................................................................................................................................... 11.7 Quarts (11.1 Liters) NOTE: Use only the recommended coolant for topping off and coolant changes. Using any other coolant may result in vehicle damage. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 384 Coolant: Fluid Type Specifications Engine Coolant (primary high-temperature cooling system loop)* Ford Part Name - Motorcraft Specialty Orange Engine Coolant with bittering agent (US) - Motorcraft Specialty Orange Engine Coolant (Canada) Ford Part Number - VC-3-B (US) - CVC-3-B (Canada) Ford Specification - WSS-M97B44-D Engine Coolant Additive Ford Part Name - Motorcraft Specialty Orange Engine Coolant Revitalizer Ford Part Number - VC-12 Secondary Cooling System* Ford Part Name - Motorcraft Specialty Orange Engine Coolant with bittering agent (US) - Motorcraft Specialty Orange Engine Coolant (Canada) Ford Part Number - VC-3-B (US) - CVC-3-B (Canada) Ford Specification - WSS-M97B44-D NOTE: Use only the recommended coolant for topping off and coolant changes. Using any other coolant may result in vehicle damage. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Fluid - A/T: Capacity Specifications Automatic Transmission Fluid (5-speed)* .................................................................................................................................. 17.5 Quarts (16.6 Liters)** Automatic Transmission Fluid (6-speed)* .................................................................................................................................. 18.5 Quarts (17.5 Liters)** * Ensure the correct automatic transmission fluid is used. Transmission fluid requirements are indicated on the dipstick blade or the dipstick handle. Check the container to verify the fluid being added is of the correct type. Refer to your scheduled maintenance information to determine the correct service interval. Automatic transmissions that require MERCON LV should only use MERCON LV fluid. Use of any fluid other than the recommended fluid may cause transmission damage. ** Indicates only approximate dry-fill capacity. Some applications may vary based on cooler size and if equipped with an in-tank cooler. The amount of transmission fluid and fluid level should be set by the indication on the dipstick's normal operating range. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 389 Fluid - A/T: Fluid Type Specifications Automatic Transmission Fluid Ford Part Name - Motorcraft MERCON LV ATF Ford Part Number - XT-10-QLV Ford Specification - MERCON LV NOTE: Automatic transmissions that require MERCON LV should only use MERCON LV fluid. Use of any fluid other than the recommended fluid may cause transmission damage. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - Differential > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Fluid - Differential: Capacity Specifications FRONT AXLE LUBRICANT CAPACITY Front Axle ............................................................................................................................................ .................................................. 5.8 pints (2.8 Liters) REAR AXLE LUBRICANT CAPACITY F250/350 - 10.50 Inch Axle (1) ............................................................................................................................................................. 6.9 pints (3.3 Liters) F350 - DANA M80 .............................................................................................. .................................................................................. 8.5 pints (4.0 Liters) F450/550 - DANA S110/S130 ............................................................................................................................................................ 14.0 pints (6.6 Liters) (1) Add 8 oz. (236 ml) of Additive Friction Modifier XL-3 or equivalent meeting Ford Specification EST-M2C118-A for complete refill of limited slip Ford axles. Ford design rear axles contain a synthetic lubricant that does not require changing unless the axle has been submerged in water. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - Differential > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 394 Fluid - Differential: Fluid Type Specifications FRONT AXLE LUBRICANT SPECIFICATIONS Motorcraft SAE 80W-90 Premium Rear Axle Lubricant Ford Part Number ......................................... ................................................................................................................................................ XY-80W90-QL Ford Specification ....................................................................................................... ............................................................................... WSP-M2C197-A REAR AXLE LUBRICANT SPECIFICATIONS F250/350 - Ford 10.50 Inch Axle Motorcraft SAE 75W-140 Synthetic Rear Axle Lubricant Ford Part Number ...................................... ................................................................................................................................................. XY-75W140_QL Ford Specification ..................................................................................................... ................................................................................. WSL-M2C192-A F350 - DANA 80 Motorcraft SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Rear Axle Lubricant Ford Part Number ........................................ ............................................................................................................................................... XY-75W90-QLS Ford Specification ..................................................................................................... ................................................................................. WSS-M2C918-A F450/550 - DANA S110/S130 Motorcraft SAE 75W-140 Synthetic Rear Axle Lubricant Ford Part Number ...................................... ................................................................................................................................................. XY-75W140-QL Ford Specification ..................................................................................................... ................................................................................. WSL-M2C192-A Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - Transfer Case > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Fluid - Transfer Case: Capacity Specifications Transfer case fluid ............................................................................................................................... ................................................ 2.0 quarts (1.9 Liters) Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - Transfer Case > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 399 Fluid - Transfer Case: Fluid Type Specifications TRANSFER CASE FLUID Ford Part Name - Motorcraft Transfer Case Fluid Ford Part Number - XL-12 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Engine Oil > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine - Ticking Noise At Idle Following Oil Change Engine Oil: Technical Service Bulletins Engine - Ticking Noise At Idle Following Oil Change TSB 10-19-2 10/11/10 6.7L DIESEL - TICK/TAP NOISE AT IDLE FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 6.7L diesel equipped vehicles may exhibit a ticking noise at idle after an engine oil change. It is often referred to as Typewriter Noise because of its similarity to the sound of random typing on a mechanical typewriter. Customers may report that when near a building, wall or drive through window, that this noise can be heard from inside the cab. ACTION Follow the Service Information to inform the customer of the characteristic. SERVICE INFORMATION The relationship between the oil film, crankshaft journals, bearing inserts and engine cylinder block produces a sound that is heard as a ticking noise. The overall noise reduction in engines produced today makes this noise seem new when, in fact, it was present in prior model year vehicles, but masked by other noises in the past. Because the 6.7L diesel engine includes a number of design improvements to reduce diesel engine noise, Typewriter Noise can be more noticeable than on previous products. Typewriter Noise is not detrimental to engine function or durability. Other manufacturers of diesel engines have reported the presence of this condition for a number of years. Build tolerance stack-up from engine to engine contributes to perceived differences in noise intensity. When engine temperatures reach 150 °F (65 °C) or higher, (from engine idle up to approximately 1700 RPM's), this noise can typically be heard at the front wheel well and is often isolated to the transmission bell housing or oil pan area. Dealers should not attempt to compare any customer vehicles exhibiting this noise with other similar vehicles as the noise is different from vehicle to vehicle and this may lead to the incorrect conclusion that the vehicle has a condition. Typewriter Noise is a normal operating characteristic of this diesel engine. This noise has no short or long term effects on the engine. Do not attempt repairs to eliminate this noise. This noise is characteristic of the 6.7L diesel engine and will typically cease or diminish significantly within the oil change maintenance interval. Refer to vehicle Owner Guides and Maintenance Guides for approved engine oil viscosities and usage information. Use of different oil viscosities will not eliminate this noise and is not recommended. Customers should be informed that these conditions do not affect engine durability and no repairs are necessary. WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Engine Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Engine Oil: Capacity Specifications Engine Oil ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................ 13.0 quarts (12.4 Liters) NOTE: Includes filter change. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Engine Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 406 Engine Oil: Fluid Type Specifications Ford Part Name - Motorcraft Motor Oil 10W30 Super Duty - Motorcraft Motor Oil 15W40 Super Duty - Motorcraft Motor Oil 5W40 Super Duty - Motorcraft Motor Oil 0W30 Super Duty Ford Part Number - XO-10W30-QSD - XO-15W40-QSD - XO-5W40-QSD - CXO-0W30-LAS12 Ford Specification - WSS-M2C171-E - WSS-M2C171-D Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Power Steering Fluid > Component Information > Specifications Power Steering Fluid: Specifications POWER STEERING FLUID Ford Part Name - Motorcraft MERCON V ATF Ford Part Number - XT-5-QM Ford Specification - MERCON V Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Battery Junction Box (BJB) Fuse: Locations Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 415 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 416 Fuse: Locations Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) Fuse: Application and ID Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 419 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 420 Fuse: Application and ID Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Service and Repair Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator: Service and Repair Message Center Configuration Oil Life Reset and Start Value - Optional Instrument Cluster NOTE: The optional instrument cluster can be identified by a 5 button message center switch located on the steering wheel and a 4.2 inch LCD display located in the center of the instrument cluster. 1. Access the message center main menu screen. Using the up and down arrow buttons scroll and select the Settings tab. Press the OK button. 2. Using the up and down arrow buttons scroll and select the Vehicle tab. Press the OK button. 3. Using the up and down arrow buttons scroll and select the Oil Life Reset tab. Press the OK button. 4. The Oil Life can be reset to either New (diesel only) or to an Oil Life Start Value range of 10% to 100% (gas only). Using the up and down arrow buttons scroll and select the desired setting. Press the OK button to change the setting. A message will appear confirming the setting. To exit use the left arrow to navigate back to the main menu. Oil Life Reset and Start Value - Base Instrument Cluster NOTE: The base cluster message center can be identified by a 3 button message center switch on the steering wheel. 1. Press and release the SETUP button until the message center displays OIL LIFE XXX% HOLD RESET = NEW OIL. 2. Press and hold the RESET button for 2 seconds and release when the message center displays OIL LIFE SET TO XXX%. 3. Press and relase the RESET button to decrease the oil life start value (from 100% to 10%) for each 10% reduction until the desired oil life start value is displayed. 4. Press and release the SETUP button to exit the procedure. Fuel Filter Maintenance Reset - Optional Instrument Cluster NOTE: The optional instrument cluster can be identified by a 5 button message center switch located on the steering wheel and a 4.2 inch LCD display located in the center of the instrument cluster. 1. Access the message center main menu screen. Using the up and down arrow buttons scroll and select the Settings tab. Press the OK button. 2. Using the up and down arrow buttons scroll and select the Vehicle tab. Press the OK button. 3. Using the up and down arrow buttons scroll and select the Maintenance tab. Press the OK button. 4. Using the up and down arrow buttons scroll and select the Fuel Filter tab. Press the OK button. 5. Press and hold the OK button if the fuel filter has been replaced. A message will appear confirming the setting. To exit use the left arrow to navigate back to the main menu. Coolant Changed Maintenance Reset - Optional Instrument Cluster NOTE: The optional instrument cluster can be identified by a 5 button message center switch located on the steering wheel and a 4.2 inch LCD display located in the center of the instrument cluster. 1. Access the message center main menu screen. Using the up and down arrow buttons scroll and select the Settings tab. Press the OK button. 2. Using the up and down arrow buttons scroll and select the Vehicle tab. Press the OK button. 3. Using the up and down arrow buttons scroll and select the Maintenance tab. Press the OK button. 4. Using the up and down arrow buttons scroll and select the Coolant Changed tab. Press the OK button. 5. Press and hold the OK button if the coolant has been changed or additive checked. A message will appear confirming the setting. To exit use the left arrow to navigate back to the main menu. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Oil Change Reminder Lamp > Component Information > Service and Repair Oil Change Reminder Lamp: Service and Repair Message Center Configuration Oil Life Reset and Start Value - Optional Instrument Cluster NOTE: The optional instrument cluster can be identified by a 5 button message center switch located on the steering wheel and a 4.2 inch LCD display located in the center of the instrument cluster. 1. Access the message center main menu screen. Using the up and down arrow buttons scroll and select the Settings tab. Press the OK button. 2. Using the up and down arrow buttons scroll and select the Vehicle tab. Press the OK button. 3. Using the up and down arrow buttons scroll and select the Oil Life Reset tab. Press the OK button. 4. The Oil Life can be reset to either New (diesel only) or to an Oil Life Start Value range of 10% to 100% (gas only). Using the up and down arrow buttons scroll and select the desired setting. Press the OK button to change the setting. A message will appear confirming the setting. To exit use the left arrow to navigate back to the main menu. Oil Life Reset and Start Value - Base Instrument Cluster NOTE: The base cluster message center can be identified by a 3 button message center switch on the steering wheel. 1. Press and release the SETUP button until the message center displays OIL LIFE XXX% HOLD RESET = NEW OIL. 2. Press and hold the RESET button for 2 seconds and release when the message center displays OIL LIFE SET TO XXX%. 3. Press and relase the RESET button to decrease the oil life start value (from 100% to 10%) for each 10% reduction until the desired oil life start value is displayed. 4. Press and release the SETUP button to exit the procedure. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > System Information > Service and Repair > Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Sensor Training Tire Monitoring System: Service and Repair Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Sensor Training Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Sensor Training Special Tool(s) NOTE:If the vehicle has been stationary for more than 30 minutes, the sensors will go into a "sleep mode" to conserve battery power. It will be necessary to wake them up so they will transmit the latest tire pressure information to the Body Control Module (BCM). NOTE:The tire pressure sensor training procedure must be done on a single vehicle, in an area without radio frequency noise and at least 1 m (3 ft) away from other vehicles equipped with Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). Radio frequency noise is generated by electrical motors and appliance operation, cellular telephones, remote transmitters, power inverters and portable entertainment equipment. NOTE:If a sensor does not respond to the activation tool, move the vehicle to rotate the wheels at least one-fourth of a turn and attempt to activate the same sensor again. If the sensor still does not respond, attemp to activate the same sensor again using the customer activation tool (if available). If the sensor still fails to train, attemp to train the sensor with the vehicle doors open. NOTE:The BCM has a 2-minute time limit between sensor responses. If the BCM does not recognize any 1 of the 4 tire pressure sensors during this time limit, the horn will sound twice and the message center (if equipped) will display TIRE NOT TRAINED REPEAT and the entire procedure must be repeated. NOTE:For vehicles with different front and rear tire pressures (such as E-Series and certain F-Series), the tire pressure must be adjusted and the tire pressure sensors must be trained following a tire rotation. Failure to train the sensors will cause the TPMS indicator to illuminate. For vehicles with the same tire pressures for front and rear tires, tire rotation will not affect the system. 1. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position, then press and release the brake pedal. 2. Cycle the ignition switch from the OFF position to the RUN position 3 times, ending in the RUN position. 3. Press and release the brake pedal. 4. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position. 5. Turn the ignition switch from the OFF position to the RUN position 3 times, ending in the RUN position. The horn will sound once and the TPMS indicator will flash if the training mode has been entered successfully. If equipped, the message center will display TRAIN LF TIRE. 6. NOTE: It may take up to 6 seconds to activate a tire pressure sensor. During this time, the activation tool must remain in place 180 degrees from the valve stem. Place the Tire Pressure Monitor Activation Tool on the LF tire sidewall at the valve stem. Press and release the test button on the Tire Pressure Monitor Activation Tool. The horn will sound briefly to indicate that the tire pressure sensor has been recognized by the BCM. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > System Information > Service and Repair > Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Sensor Training > Page 433 7. Within 2 minutes of the horn sounding, place the Tire Pressure Monitor Activation Tool on the RF tire sidewall at the valve stem and press and release the test button to train the RF tire pressure sensor. 8. NOTE: Do not wait more than 2 minutes between training each sensor or the BCM will time out and the entire procedure must be repeated. Repeat Step 7 for the RR and LR tires. The procedure is completed after the last tire has been trained. When the training procedure is complete, the message center (if equipped) will display TIRE TRAINING COMPLETE. For vehicles not equipped with a message center, successful completion of the training procedure will be verified by turning the ignition switch to the OFF position without the horn sounding. If the horn sounds twice when the switch is turned to the OFF position, the training procedure was not successful. 9. Using the scan tool, locate the updated TPMS sensor identifiers trained to the BCM and document them on the applicable warranty claim. 10. NOTE: This step is required to clear DTC C2780, cause the BCM to exit the manufacturing mode and to make sure there are no other concerns with a newly programmed BCM. If the sensors are being trained due to the installation of a new BCM, clear any DTCs and perform the BCM on-demand self test. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > System Information > Service and Repair > Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Sensor Training > Page 434 Tire Monitoring System: Service and Repair Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Sensor Activation Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Sensor Activation NOTE: The tire pressure sensors will go into a "sleep mode" when a vehicle is stationary to conserve battery power. The sensors do not transmit information while in sleep mode. It will be necessary to wake them up so they will transmit the latest tire pressure information. 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. 2. Position the Tire Pressure Monitor Activation Tool against the LF tire sidewall at the tire valve stem. 3. NOTE: The Tire Pressure Monitor Activation Tool will provide feedback in the form of a flashing green light and a beep sound for each successful response from a tire pressure sensor. This feedback may not always be present, do not rely on it as a confirmation that the module heard a particular sensor. NOTE: If a sensor does not respond to the Tire Pressure Monitor Activation Tool, move the vehicle to rotate the wheels at least one-fourth of a turn and attempt to activate the same sensor again. If the sensor still does not respond, attempt to activate the same sensor again using the customer activation tool (if available). If the sensor still fails to train, attempt to train the sensor with the vehicle doors open. Press the test button on the Tire Pressure Monitor Activation Tool to activate the sensor. Activate the sensor at least 2 times. 4. Repeat Steps 2 and 3 for the remaining tires. 5. If the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) indicator remains illuminated after adjusting and activating each sensor, refer to the Symptom Chart in Diagnosis and Testing. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Engine Oil > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Engine - Ticking Noise At Idle Following Oil Change Engine Oil: Technical Service Bulletins Engine - Ticking Noise At Idle Following Oil Change TSB 10-19-2 10/11/10 6.7L DIESEL - TICK/TAP NOISE AT IDLE FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 6.7L diesel equipped vehicles may exhibit a ticking noise at idle after an engine oil change. It is often referred to as Typewriter Noise because of its similarity to the sound of random typing on a mechanical typewriter. Customers may report that when near a building, wall or drive through window, that this noise can be heard from inside the cab. ACTION Follow the Service Information to inform the customer of the characteristic. SERVICE INFORMATION The relationship between the oil film, crankshaft journals, bearing inserts and engine cylinder block produces a sound that is heard as a ticking noise. The overall noise reduction in engines produced today makes this noise seem new when, in fact, it was present in prior model year vehicles, but masked by other noises in the past. Because the 6.7L diesel engine includes a number of design improvements to reduce diesel engine noise, Typewriter Noise can be more noticeable than on previous products. Typewriter Noise is not detrimental to engine function or durability. Other manufacturers of diesel engines have reported the presence of this condition for a number of years. Build tolerance stack-up from engine to engine contributes to perceived differences in noise intensity. When engine temperatures reach 150 °F (65 °C) or higher, (from engine idle up to approximately 1700 RPM's), this noise can typically be heard at the front wheel well and is often isolated to the transmission bell housing or oil pan area. Dealers should not attempt to compare any customer vehicles exhibiting this noise with other similar vehicles as the noise is different from vehicle to vehicle and this may lead to the incorrect conclusion that the vehicle has a condition. Typewriter Noise is a normal operating characteristic of this diesel engine. This noise has no short or long term effects on the engine. Do not attempt repairs to eliminate this noise. This noise is characteristic of the 6.7L diesel engine and will typically cease or diminish significantly within the oil change maintenance interval. Refer to vehicle Owner Guides and Maintenance Guides for approved engine oil viscosities and usage information. Use of different oil viscosities will not eliminate this noise and is not recommended. Customers should be informed that these conditions do not affect engine durability and no repairs are necessary. WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Engine Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Engine Oil: Capacity Specifications Engine Oil ............................................................................................................................................ ............................................ 13.0 quarts (12.4 Liters) NOTE: Includes filter change. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Engine Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 444 Engine Oil: Fluid Type Specifications Ford Part Name - Motorcraft Motor Oil 10W30 Super Duty - Motorcraft Motor Oil 15W40 Super Duty - Motorcraft Motor Oil 5W40 Super Duty - Motorcraft Motor Oil 0W30 Super Duty Ford Part Number - XO-10W30-QSD - XO-15W40-QSD - XO-5W40-QSD - CXO-0W30-LAS12 Ford Specification - WSS-M2C171-E - WSS-M2C171-D Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > System Information > Service Precautions Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks: Service Precautions TUNE-UP SERVICE PRECAUTIONS - Tag or mark vacuum hoses before disconnecting them. After completing a job, double check that the vacuum hoses are properly connected. - To disconnect vacuum hoses, pull on the end, not the middle of the hose. - To pull apart electrical connectors, pull on the connector itself, not the wires. - Before disconnecting pressurized fuel lines, always perform Fuel Pressure Release procedure in order to reduce the risk of fire and personal injury. - When replacing fuel filters, always check all affected lines and fittings for leaks. - Never drain or store gasoline or diesel fuel in an open container, due to the possibility of fire or explosion. To prevent serious burns: Avoid contact with hot metal parts. - Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > System Information > Service Precautions > Page 448 - Before servicing the vehicle: Protect fenders, upholstery and carpeting with appropriate covers. - Take caution that keys, buckles, or buttons do not scratch paint. - Do not operate the engine indoors without proper ventilation. - Do not smoke while working on the vehicle. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Coolant > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Coolant: Capacity Specifications Engine Coolant Capacity Coolant (primary high-temperature cooling) .................................................................................................................................. 29.4 Quarts (27.8 Liters) Engine coolant additive .................................................................................................................................... 48.0 oz.(1.4 Liters) per addition if required. Coolant (secondary cooling system) ............................................................................................................................................... 11.7 Quarts (11.1 Liters) NOTE: Use only the recommended coolant for topping off and coolant changes. Using any other coolant may result in vehicle damage. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Coolant > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 454 Coolant: Fluid Type Specifications Engine Coolant (primary high-temperature cooling system loop)* Ford Part Name - Motorcraft Specialty Orange Engine Coolant with bittering agent (US) - Motorcraft Specialty Orange Engine Coolant (Canada) Ford Part Number - VC-3-B (US) - CVC-3-B (Canada) Ford Specification - WSS-M97B44-D Engine Coolant Additive Ford Part Name - Motorcraft Specialty Orange Engine Coolant Revitalizer Ford Part Number - VC-12 Secondary Cooling System* Ford Part Name - Motorcraft Specialty Orange Engine Coolant with bittering agent (US) - Motorcraft Specialty Orange Engine Coolant (Canada) Ford Part Number - VC-3-B (US) - CVC-3-B (Canada) Ford Specification - WSS-M97B44-D NOTE: Use only the recommended coolant for topping off and coolant changes. Using any other coolant may result in vehicle damage. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Exhaust System > Diesel Particle Filter (DPF) > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Diesel Particle Filter (DPF): > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 Diesel Particle Filter (DPF): Customer Interest Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Exhaust System > Diesel Particle Filter (DPF) > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Diesel Particle Filter (DPF): > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 464 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Exhaust System > Diesel Particle Filter (DPF) > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Diesel Particle Filter (DPF): > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 465 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Exhaust System > Diesel Particle Filter (DPF) > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Diesel Particle Filter (DPF): > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 Diesel Particle Filter (DPF): All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Exhaust System > Diesel Particle Filter (DPF) > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Diesel Particle Filter (DPF): > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 471 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Exhaust System > Diesel Particle Filter (DPF) > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Diesel Particle Filter (DPF): > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 472 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > NHTSA11V128000 > Feb > 11 > Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection Body Control Module: Recalls Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: February 21, 2011 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 11V128000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Electrical System: Software POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 8,022 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 Ford F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge, and Lincoln MKX trucks manufactured from October 25, 2010, through November 20, 2010. These vehicles were inspected using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) that had a custom software routine to read the suspect Body Control Module (BCM) serial number. Based on the serial number the BCM was either not affected or replaced. The custom software routine was not reading the correct set of characters, and was not able to identify a BCM that required replacement affected BCMs may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which could result in a vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will inspect the body control module and if necessary replace it free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or about March 7, 2011. Owners may contact Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship CENTER AT 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford safety recall No. 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement Technical Service Bulletin # 10S14S3 Date: 110218 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 488 Attachment I - Administrative Information [NEW!] OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes OASIS will be activated on February 18, 2011. [NEW!] FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes FSA VIN list will be available through the website on February 18, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by March 31, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. [NEW!] STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. [NEW!] SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Previously inspected vehicles have been reactivated in OASIS for Safety Recall 10S14. Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 489 ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES If a customer's vehicle requires replacement of the BCM and it is necessary to order parts Ford will pay for up to two days of vehicle rental except for fuel insurance and tax which will be at the owner's expense. Rentals should be provided only while the vehicle is at the dealership for part replacement. The parts order must be an emergency order (unit down) if the order is placed between 3:00 PM and 7:00 PM (your local time zone) to guarantee the shortest delivery time. Prior approval for more than two rental days is required from the Special Service Support Center. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for rental dollar amounts. [NEW!] CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ Rental Expenses: Must be claimed on the same repair line as labor operation 10S14D. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for dollar amounts. - Misc. Expense Code: RENTAL - Misc. Expense Amount: Actual dollar amount (up to 2 days) Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 490 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION To manage part availability dealers must contact the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line. Dealers will receive a DOES II message when part requirements can be ordered through normal order processing channels. When calling to place an order for a BCM please be prepared to provide dealer P&A; code VIN RO # and vehicle mileage. Questions regarding parts should be directed to the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line or E-mailed. DEALER PRICE For latest prices refer to DOES II. PARTS RETENTION AND RETURN Follow the provisions of the Warranty and Policy Manual for "Parts Retention and Return Procedures." EXCESS STOCK RETURN Excess stock returned for credit must have been purchased from Ford Customer Service Division in accordance with Policy Procedure Bulletin 4000. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 491 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 492 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 493 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 494 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > NHTSA10V659000 > Dec > 10 > Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard Body Control Module: Recalls Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: December 29, 2010 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 10V659000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Structure: Body POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 14,737 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge and Lincoln MKX vehicles. During a six-day production period, the supplier of the body control module manufactured modules that may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which can result in an unattended vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will replace the body control module if necessary free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or before January 10, 2011. owners may contact Ford at 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford's recall campaign number is 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > NHTSA11V128000 > Feb > 11 > Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection Body Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: February 21, 2011 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 11V128000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Electrical System: Software POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 8,022 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 Ford F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge, and Lincoln MKX trucks manufactured from October 25, 2010, through November 20, 2010. These vehicles were inspected using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) that had a custom software routine to read the suspect Body Control Module (BCM) serial number. Based on the serial number the BCM was either not affected or replaced. The custom software routine was not reading the correct set of characters, and was not able to identify a BCM that required replacement affected BCMs may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which could result in a vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will inspect the body control module and if necessary replace it free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or about March 7, 2011. Owners may contact Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship CENTER AT 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford safety recall No. 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement Technical Service Bulletin # 10S14S3 Date: 110218 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 508 Attachment I - Administrative Information [NEW!] OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes OASIS will be activated on February 18, 2011. [NEW!] FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes FSA VIN list will be available through the website on February 18, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by March 31, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. [NEW!] STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. [NEW!] SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Previously inspected vehicles have been reactivated in OASIS for Safety Recall 10S14. Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 509 ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES If a customer's vehicle requires replacement of the BCM and it is necessary to order parts Ford will pay for up to two days of vehicle rental except for fuel insurance and tax which will be at the owner's expense. Rentals should be provided only while the vehicle is at the dealership for part replacement. The parts order must be an emergency order (unit down) if the order is placed between 3:00 PM and 7:00 PM (your local time zone) to guarantee the shortest delivery time. Prior approval for more than two rental days is required from the Special Service Support Center. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for rental dollar amounts. [NEW!] CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ Rental Expenses: Must be claimed on the same repair line as labor operation 10S14D. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for dollar amounts. - Misc. Expense Code: RENTAL - Misc. Expense Amount: Actual dollar amount (up to 2 days) Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 510 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION To manage part availability dealers must contact the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line. Dealers will receive a DOES II message when part requirements can be ordered through normal order processing channels. When calling to place an order for a BCM please be prepared to provide dealer P&A; code VIN RO # and vehicle mileage. Questions regarding parts should be directed to the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line or E-mailed. DEALER PRICE For latest prices refer to DOES II. PARTS RETENTION AND RETURN Follow the provisions of the Warranty and Policy Manual for "Parts Retention and Return Procedures." EXCESS STOCK RETURN Excess stock returned for credit must have been purchased from Ford Customer Service Division in accordance with Policy Procedure Bulletin 4000. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 511 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 512 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 513 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 514 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > NHTSA10V659000 > Dec > 10 > Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard Body Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: December 29, 2010 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 10V659000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Structure: Body POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 14,737 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge and Lincoln MKX vehicles. During a six-day production period, the supplier of the body control module manufactured modules that may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which can result in an unattended vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will replace the body control module if necessary free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or before January 10, 2011. owners may contact Ford at 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford's recall campaign number is 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance Technical Service Bulletin # 11E02 Date: 110426 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 527 Yes, OASIS will be activated on April 26, 2011. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on April 26, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by June 30, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 528 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this repair. Attachment III - Technical Information OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) release 72.03 or higher. SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogram appropriate vehicle modules before performing diagnostics and clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) after programming. For DTCs generated after reprogramming, follow normal diagnostic service procedures. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Reprogram the PCM and TCM to the latest calibration using IDS release 72.03 and higher. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. When reprogramming the PCM on automatic transmission equipped vehicles, the TCM will also be automatically reprogrammed to the latest level. Important Information For Module Programming NOTE: When programming or reprogramming a module, use the following basic checks to ensure programming completes without errors. ^ Make sure the battery is fully charged before carrying out the programming steps and connect IDS/scan tool to a power source. ^ Inspect Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and cables for any damage. Make sure scan tool connections are not interrupted during programming. ^ A hardwired internet connection is strongly recommended. ^ Turn off all unnecessary accessories (radio, heated/cooled seats, head lamps, interior lamps, HVAC system, etc.), close doors. ^ Disconnect/depower any aftermarket accessories (remote start, alarm, power inverter, CB radio, etc.). ^ Follow all scan tool on-screen instructions carefully. ^ Disable IDS/scan tool sleep mode, screensaver, hibernation modes. ^ Create all sessions Key On Engine Off (KOEO). Starting the vehicle before creating a session will cause errors within the programming inhale process. Recovering a PCM/Smart Junction Box (SJB) when programming has resulted in a blank module: NEVER DELETE THE ORIGINAL SESSION! 1. Obtain the original IDS that was used when the programming error occurred during Module Reprogramming (MR) or Programmable Module Installation (PMI). 2. Disconnect the VCM from the data link connector (DLC) and the IDS. 3. Reconnect the VCM to IDS and then connect to the DLC. Once reconnected, the VCM icon should appear in the corner of the IDS screen. If it does not, troubleshoot the IDS to VCM connection. 4. Locate the ORIGINAL vehicle session when programming failed. This should be the last session used in most cases. If not, use the session created Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 529 on the date that the programming failed. NOTE: If the original session is not listed in the previous session list, click the "Recycle bin" icon at the lower right of the previous session screen. This will load any deleted sessions and allow you to look through them. Double-click the session to restore it. 5. Once the session is loaded, the failed process should resume automatically. 6. If programming does not resume automatically, proceed to the Module Programming menu and select the previously attempted process, Programmable Module Installation (PM I) or Module Reprogramming. 7. Follow all on-screen prompts/instructions. 8. Near the end of programming, the IDS will prompt you to select certain parameters. It is important to make a selection for ALL parameters listed. If the correct selection is already highlighted, you must still choose that selection before clicking the "Tick" mark to complete the configuration. 9. The last screen on the IDS may list additional steps required to complete the programming process. Make sure all applicable steps listed on the screen are followed in order. NOTE: AUTOMATIC VEHICLES ONLY: Please advise the customer that this vehicle is equipped with an adaptive transmission shift strategy which allows the vehicle's computer to learn the transmission's unique parameters and improve shift quality. When the adaptive strategy is reset, the computer will begin a relearning process. This relearning process may result in firmer than normal upshifts and downshifts for several days. Owner Letter None available. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration Technical Service Bulletin # 10B17S1 Date: 110408 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 534 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes, OASIS will be activated on September 2, 2010. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on September 2, 2010. Owner names and addresses will be available by September 15, 2010. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this program is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this service action. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for upgrades. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this service action. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the upgrade will not be granted. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 535 ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ PROGRAM TERMS: This program will be in effect through August 31 2011. There is no mileage limit for this program. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this upgrade. Attachment III - Technical Information [NEW!] OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) with a performance enhanced calibration using IDS release 72.01A and higher. This calibration update also contains improvements to address the following symptoms: ^ Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illumination with false engine related DTCs P132B, P0299, PO5OE, and PO6EA ^ Wrench light illumination with false transmission related DTCs P0884, P0731, P0732, P0733, P0734, P0735, and P0729 ^ Low speed, low load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ High pressure (HP) fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed diesel exhaust fluid level indication change after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between Reverse-Drive and Drive-Reverse shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation in D (drive) after descending a grade with the gear shift lever in 1 (first) ^ Delayed current gear indication when using SelectShift mode This calibration also contains the following enhancements: Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 536 ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so the SelectShift gear display will remain activated after shifting out of and back into D (drive) or after a key cycle ^ Added engine overspeed protection feature while descending long grades when towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 rpm engine redline) ^ Increased torque during hill assist operation (see owner guide for additional hill assist information) ^ PTO operation improvements - Automatic Secondary Electronic Idle Controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch is in the ON position - Minimum engine coolant temperature to operate PTO is lowered to 20°F (-7°C) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogramming concerns! errors may be caused by the following: ^ Data Link Connector (DLC) or Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) becoming disconnected. ^ Allowing the IDS to enter any type of sleep mode. ^ Using a wireless IDS to VCM connection. ^ Low voltage on the IDS lap top. ^ Low voltage in the vehicle battery (use of a battery charger is recommended). If you encounter reprogramming concerns, DO NOT DELETE the session. If the original session has accidentally been deleted, recover the original session from the IDS "TRASH CAN" (located in the lower right corner of the previous session screen) and continue to reprogram. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Make sure that all accessories (radio, interior fan, headlights, etc.) are switched off. [NEW!] 3. Verify that the IDS is updated to software release 72.01A and higher. 4. Connect the IDS to the vehicle and start a session. 5. Select the Tool Box tab and then select Module Programming. Touch the tick. 6. Select Module Reprogramming and then select PCM. Touch the tick. 7. NOTE: If the IDS states there are no updates available, either the IDS has not been updated to an appropriate software release level, or the updates have already been performed. A screen will appear stating a later PCM and TCM calibration is available. Follow the on-screen instructions to program the PCM and the TCM to the latest calibration. NOTE: Remind dealership service management that they must provide a copy of the Customer Information Sheet to the vehicle owner. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 537 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 538 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 539 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues Engine Control Module: Customer Interest Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues TSB 11-3-23 03/17/11 6.7L - CALIBRATION UPDATE - VARIOUS ISSUES - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 3/14/2011 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 This article supersedes TSB 10-23-9 to add additional calibration content. ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 3/14/2011 may exhibit malfunction indicator light (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTC's) P0401, P0402, POO9A if driven at highway speeds with a snow plow attached, P164A if idled for extended periods in colder ambient temperatures, 2-3 transmission shift flares, harsh/inconsistent transmission shifting during transmission fluid warm up and tip-in events when at low speeds or coming to a stop. Refer to the Calibration Content for additional details. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure to correct the concern SERVICE PROCEDURE Reprogram the powertrain control module (PCM) and the transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.05 and higher or 72.01 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.3 DVD. The Calibration Update Contains Improvement Actions And Enhancements: ^ DTC P0401 (exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) flow insufficient detected) ^ DTC P0402 (exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) flow excessive detected) ^ DTC P009A (intake air temperature/ambient air temperature correlation) if driven at highway speeds with a snow plow attached ^ False DTC P164A (02 sensor positive current trim circuit performance (bank 1, sensor 1)) if idled for extended periods in colder ambient temperature ^ 2-3 transmission shift flares ^ Harsh/inconsistent transmission shifting during transmission fluid warm up ^ Improved shift feel for tip-in events when at low speed or coming to a stop Previously Released Calibration Content Previously released calibration content included in IDS software release 69.07 and higher contained improvement actions and enhancements to address the following: Calibration Content Vehicles Built On Or Before 11/5/2010 ^ Delayed manual upshifts from 1st to 2nd gear when in Select Shift mode while going down a grade ^ Harsh/delayed 1-2 upshift and downshift ^ Harsh 2-3 upshift on first drive away of day after vehicle soak ^ DEF warning messages won't reset after refilling DEF tank with Key On Engine Running ^ Modified vehicles for rail applications, that will not re-engage PTO operation or speedometer inoperative after riding on the tracks with the front wheels off the ground ^ VSOUT signal inoperable from customer access circuits under dash ^ DTC P2463 or P246C (DPF restriction) and DTC P2459 (DPF regeneration frequency) - adds increased ability to perform manual regeneration at Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues > Page 545 higher load values when performing system diagnostics Calibration Content - Vehicles Built On Or Before 08/23/2010 ^ False DTC P132B (turbocharger/supercharger boost control A performance) ^ False DTC P0299 (turbocharger/supercharger A under-boost condition) ^ False DTC PO5OE (cold start engine exhaust temperature too low) ^ False DTC PO6EA (NOX sensor processor performance (bank 1, sensor 1) ^ DTC P249C (5CR time to closed loop) - improved diagnostics and reporting ^ DTC P249F (excessive time to enter closed loop DPF regeneration control) - improved diagnostics and reporting ^ False DTC P0884 (PCM/TCM power input signal intermittent) ^ DTC(s) and freeze frame data being erased in the PCM when running KOEO, KOER, Datalogger, Active Commands or any other guided diagnostics with IDS ^ False P0731 (gear 1 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0732 (gear 2 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0733 (gear 3 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0734 (gear 4 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0735 (gear 5 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0729 (gear 6 incorrect ratio) ^ Low speed/load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ HP fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed DEF level indication after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between R-D and D-R shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or climbing hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation after descending grades while in 1st gear ^ Flashes/delays of current gear indication when using SelectShift mode ^ Added Brake Over Accelerator (BOA) feature - reduces engine power during off-idle driving when both the accelerator and brake pedals are applied simultaneously ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so SelectShift gear display comes back on whenever going back into drive if the vehicle was turned off while SelectShift mode was still activated ^ Added engine protection feature from overspeed while descending long grades while towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 RPM) ^ Increased torque - during hill assist operation - (see Owner Guide for additional system operation) ^ PTO operational enhancements - (applicable to vehicles equipped with optional PTO) - Automatic secondary electronic idle controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch in on position Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues > Page 546 - Engine coolant temperature to operate PTO lowered to -7 °C (+20 °F) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 110323A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Reprogram The PCM And TCM (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE RECALEM 04 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 Engine Control Module: Customer Interest Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 551 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 552 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance Technical Service Bulletin # 11E02 Date: 110426 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 558 Yes, OASIS will be activated on April 26, 2011. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on April 26, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by June 30, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 559 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this repair. Attachment III - Technical Information OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) release 72.03 or higher. SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogram appropriate vehicle modules before performing diagnostics and clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) after programming. For DTCs generated after reprogramming, follow normal diagnostic service procedures. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Reprogram the PCM and TCM to the latest calibration using IDS release 72.03 and higher. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. When reprogramming the PCM on automatic transmission equipped vehicles, the TCM will also be automatically reprogrammed to the latest level. Important Information For Module Programming NOTE: When programming or reprogramming a module, use the following basic checks to ensure programming completes without errors. ^ Make sure the battery is fully charged before carrying out the programming steps and connect IDS/scan tool to a power source. ^ Inspect Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and cables for any damage. Make sure scan tool connections are not interrupted during programming. ^ A hardwired internet connection is strongly recommended. ^ Turn off all unnecessary accessories (radio, heated/cooled seats, head lamps, interior lamps, HVAC system, etc.), close doors. ^ Disconnect/depower any aftermarket accessories (remote start, alarm, power inverter, CB radio, etc.). ^ Follow all scan tool on-screen instructions carefully. ^ Disable IDS/scan tool sleep mode, screensaver, hibernation modes. ^ Create all sessions Key On Engine Off (KOEO). Starting the vehicle before creating a session will cause errors within the programming inhale process. Recovering a PCM/Smart Junction Box (SJB) when programming has resulted in a blank module: NEVER DELETE THE ORIGINAL SESSION! 1. Obtain the original IDS that was used when the programming error occurred during Module Reprogramming (MR) or Programmable Module Installation (PMI). 2. Disconnect the VCM from the data link connector (DLC) and the IDS. 3. Reconnect the VCM to IDS and then connect to the DLC. Once reconnected, the VCM icon should appear in the corner of the IDS screen. If it does not, troubleshoot the IDS to VCM connection. 4. Locate the ORIGINAL vehicle session when programming failed. This should be the last session used in most cases. If not, use the session created Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 560 on the date that the programming failed. NOTE: If the original session is not listed in the previous session list, click the "Recycle bin" icon at the lower right of the previous session screen. This will load any deleted sessions and allow you to look through them. Double-click the session to restore it. 5. Once the session is loaded, the failed process should resume automatically. 6. If programming does not resume automatically, proceed to the Module Programming menu and select the previously attempted process, Programmable Module Installation (PM I) or Module Reprogramming. 7. Follow all on-screen prompts/instructions. 8. Near the end of programming, the IDS will prompt you to select certain parameters. It is important to make a selection for ALL parameters listed. If the correct selection is already highlighted, you must still choose that selection before clicking the "Tick" mark to complete the configuration. 9. The last screen on the IDS may list additional steps required to complete the programming process. Make sure all applicable steps listed on the screen are followed in order. NOTE: AUTOMATIC VEHICLES ONLY: Please advise the customer that this vehicle is equipped with an adaptive transmission shift strategy which allows the vehicle's computer to learn the transmission's unique parameters and improve shift quality. When the adaptive strategy is reset, the computer will begin a relearning process. This relearning process may result in firmer than normal upshifts and downshifts for several days. Owner Letter None available. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration Technical Service Bulletin # 10B17S1 Date: 110408 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 565 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes, OASIS will be activated on September 2, 2010. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on September 2, 2010. Owner names and addresses will be available by September 15, 2010. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this program is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this service action. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for upgrades. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this service action. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the upgrade will not be granted. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 566 ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ PROGRAM TERMS: This program will be in effect through August 31 2011. There is no mileage limit for this program. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this upgrade. Attachment III - Technical Information [NEW!] OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) with a performance enhanced calibration using IDS release 72.01A and higher. This calibration update also contains improvements to address the following symptoms: ^ Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illumination with false engine related DTCs P132B, P0299, PO5OE, and PO6EA ^ Wrench light illumination with false transmission related DTCs P0884, P0731, P0732, P0733, P0734, P0735, and P0729 ^ Low speed, low load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ High pressure (HP) fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed diesel exhaust fluid level indication change after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between Reverse-Drive and Drive-Reverse shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation in D (drive) after descending a grade with the gear shift lever in 1 (first) ^ Delayed current gear indication when using SelectShift mode This calibration also contains the following enhancements: Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 567 ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so the SelectShift gear display will remain activated after shifting out of and back into D (drive) or after a key cycle ^ Added engine overspeed protection feature while descending long grades when towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 rpm engine redline) ^ Increased torque during hill assist operation (see owner guide for additional hill assist information) ^ PTO operation improvements - Automatic Secondary Electronic Idle Controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch is in the ON position - Minimum engine coolant temperature to operate PTO is lowered to 20°F (-7°C) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogramming concerns! errors may be caused by the following: ^ Data Link Connector (DLC) or Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) becoming disconnected. ^ Allowing the IDS to enter any type of sleep mode. ^ Using a wireless IDS to VCM connection. ^ Low voltage on the IDS lap top. ^ Low voltage in the vehicle battery (use of a battery charger is recommended). If you encounter reprogramming concerns, DO NOT DELETE the session. If the original session has accidentally been deleted, recover the original session from the IDS "TRASH CAN" (located in the lower right corner of the previous session screen) and continue to reprogram. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Make sure that all accessories (radio, interior fan, headlights, etc.) are switched off. [NEW!] 3. Verify that the IDS is updated to software release 72.01A and higher. 4. Connect the IDS to the vehicle and start a session. 5. Select the Tool Box tab and then select Module Programming. Touch the tick. 6. Select Module Reprogramming and then select PCM. Touch the tick. 7. NOTE: If the IDS states there are no updates available, either the IDS has not been updated to an appropriate software release level, or the updates have already been performed. A screen will appear stating a later PCM and TCM calibration is available. Follow the on-screen instructions to program the PCM and the TCM to the latest calibration. NOTE: Remind dealership service management that they must provide a copy of the Customer Information Sheet to the vehicle owner. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 568 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 569 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 570 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues TSB 11-3-23 03/17/11 6.7L - CALIBRATION UPDATE - VARIOUS ISSUES - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 3/14/2011 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 This article supersedes TSB 10-23-9 to add additional calibration content. ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 3/14/2011 may exhibit malfunction indicator light (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTC's) P0401, P0402, POO9A if driven at highway speeds with a snow plow attached, P164A if idled for extended periods in colder ambient temperatures, 2-3 transmission shift flares, harsh/inconsistent transmission shifting during transmission fluid warm up and tip-in events when at low speeds or coming to a stop. Refer to the Calibration Content for additional details. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure to correct the concern SERVICE PROCEDURE Reprogram the powertrain control module (PCM) and the transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.05 and higher or 72.01 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.3 DVD. The Calibration Update Contains Improvement Actions And Enhancements: ^ DTC P0401 (exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) flow insufficient detected) ^ DTC P0402 (exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) flow excessive detected) ^ DTC P009A (intake air temperature/ambient air temperature correlation) if driven at highway speeds with a snow plow attached ^ False DTC P164A (02 sensor positive current trim circuit performance (bank 1, sensor 1)) if idled for extended periods in colder ambient temperature ^ 2-3 transmission shift flares ^ Harsh/inconsistent transmission shifting during transmission fluid warm up ^ Improved shift feel for tip-in events when at low speed or coming to a stop Previously Released Calibration Content Previously released calibration content included in IDS software release 69.07 and higher contained improvement actions and enhancements to address the following: Calibration Content Vehicles Built On Or Before 11/5/2010 ^ Delayed manual upshifts from 1st to 2nd gear when in Select Shift mode while going down a grade ^ Harsh/delayed 1-2 upshift and downshift ^ Harsh 2-3 upshift on first drive away of day after vehicle soak ^ DEF warning messages won't reset after refilling DEF tank with Key On Engine Running ^ Modified vehicles for rail applications, that will not re-engage PTO operation or speedometer inoperative after riding on the tracks with the front wheels off the ground ^ VSOUT signal inoperable from customer access circuits under dash ^ DTC P2463 or P246C (DPF restriction) and DTC P2459 (DPF regeneration frequency) - adds increased ability to perform manual regeneration at Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues > Page 575 higher load values when performing system diagnostics Calibration Content - Vehicles Built On Or Before 08/23/2010 ^ False DTC P132B (turbocharger/supercharger boost control A performance) ^ False DTC P0299 (turbocharger/supercharger A under-boost condition) ^ False DTC PO5OE (cold start engine exhaust temperature too low) ^ False DTC PO6EA (NOX sensor processor performance (bank 1, sensor 1) ^ DTC P249C (5CR time to closed loop) - improved diagnostics and reporting ^ DTC P249F (excessive time to enter closed loop DPF regeneration control) - improved diagnostics and reporting ^ False DTC P0884 (PCM/TCM power input signal intermittent) ^ DTC(s) and freeze frame data being erased in the PCM when running KOEO, KOER, Datalogger, Active Commands or any other guided diagnostics with IDS ^ False P0731 (gear 1 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0732 (gear 2 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0733 (gear 3 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0734 (gear 4 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0735 (gear 5 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0729 (gear 6 incorrect ratio) ^ Low speed/load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ HP fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed DEF level indication after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between R-D and D-R shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or climbing hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation after descending grades while in 1st gear ^ Flashes/delays of current gear indication when using SelectShift mode ^ Added Brake Over Accelerator (BOA) feature - reduces engine power during off-idle driving when both the accelerator and brake pedals are applied simultaneously ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so SelectShift gear display comes back on whenever going back into drive if the vehicle was turned off while SelectShift mode was still activated ^ Added engine protection feature from overspeed while descending long grades while towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 RPM) ^ Increased torque - during hill assist operation - (see Owner Guide for additional system operation) ^ PTO operational enhancements - (applicable to vehicles equipped with optional PTO) - Automatic secondary electronic idle controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch in on position Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues > Page 576 - Engine coolant temperature to operate PTO lowered to -7 °C (+20 °F) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 110323A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Reprogram The PCM And TCM (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE RECALEM 04 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 581 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 582 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues TSB 11-3-23 03/17/11 6.7L - CALIBRATION UPDATE - VARIOUS ISSUES - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 3/14/2011 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 This article supersedes TSB 10-23-9 to add additional calibration content. ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 3/14/2011 may exhibit malfunction indicator light (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTC's) P0401, P0402, POO9A if driven at highway speeds with a snow plow attached, P164A if idled for extended periods in colder ambient temperatures, 2-3 transmission shift flares, harsh/inconsistent transmission shifting during transmission fluid warm up and tip-in events when at low speeds or coming to a stop. Refer to the Calibration Content for additional details. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure to correct the concern SERVICE PROCEDURE Reprogram the powertrain control module (PCM) and the transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.05 and higher or 72.01 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.3 DVD. The Calibration Update Contains Improvement Actions And Enhancements: ^ DTC P0401 (exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) flow insufficient detected) ^ DTC P0402 (exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) flow excessive detected) ^ DTC P009A (intake air temperature/ambient air temperature correlation) if driven at highway speeds with a snow plow attached ^ False DTC P164A (02 sensor positive current trim circuit performance (bank 1, sensor 1)) if idled for extended periods in colder ambient temperature ^ 2-3 transmission shift flares ^ Harsh/inconsistent transmission shifting during transmission fluid warm up ^ Improved shift feel for tip-in events when at low speed or coming to a stop Previously Released Calibration Content Previously released calibration content included in IDS software release 69.07 and higher contained improvement actions and enhancements to address the following: Calibration Content Vehicles Built On Or Before 11/5/2010 ^ Delayed manual upshifts from 1st to 2nd gear when in Select Shift mode while going down a grade ^ Harsh/delayed 1-2 upshift and downshift ^ Harsh 2-3 upshift on first drive away of day after vehicle soak ^ DEF warning messages won't reset after refilling DEF tank with Key On Engine Running ^ Modified vehicles for rail applications, that will not re-engage PTO operation or speedometer inoperative after riding on the tracks with the front wheels off the ground ^ VSOUT signal inoperable from customer access circuits under dash ^ DTC P2463 or P246C (DPF restriction) and DTC P2459 (DPF regeneration frequency) - adds increased ability to perform manual regeneration at Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues > Page 588 higher load values when performing system diagnostics Calibration Content - Vehicles Built On Or Before 08/23/2010 ^ False DTC P132B (turbocharger/supercharger boost control A performance) ^ False DTC P0299 (turbocharger/supercharger A under-boost condition) ^ False DTC PO5OE (cold start engine exhaust temperature too low) ^ False DTC PO6EA (NOX sensor processor performance (bank 1, sensor 1) ^ DTC P249C (5CR time to closed loop) - improved diagnostics and reporting ^ DTC P249F (excessive time to enter closed loop DPF regeneration control) - improved diagnostics and reporting ^ False DTC P0884 (PCM/TCM power input signal intermittent) ^ DTC(s) and freeze frame data being erased in the PCM when running KOEO, KOER, Datalogger, Active Commands or any other guided diagnostics with IDS ^ False P0731 (gear 1 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0732 (gear 2 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0733 (gear 3 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0734 (gear 4 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0735 (gear 5 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0729 (gear 6 incorrect ratio) ^ Low speed/load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ HP fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed DEF level indication after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between R-D and D-R shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or climbing hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation after descending grades while in 1st gear ^ Flashes/delays of current gear indication when using SelectShift mode ^ Added Brake Over Accelerator (BOA) feature - reduces engine power during off-idle driving when both the accelerator and brake pedals are applied simultaneously ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so SelectShift gear display comes back on whenever going back into drive if the vehicle was turned off while SelectShift mode was still activated ^ Added engine protection feature from overspeed while descending long grades while towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 RPM) ^ Increased torque - during hill assist operation - (see Owner Guide for additional system operation) ^ PTO operational enhancements - (applicable to vehicles equipped with optional PTO) - Automatic secondary electronic idle controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch in on position Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues > Page 589 - Engine coolant temperature to operate PTO lowered to -7 °C (+20 °F) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 110323A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Reprogram The PCM And TCM (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE RECALEM 04 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 594 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 595 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance Technical Service Bulletin # 11E02 Date: 110426 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 601 Yes, OASIS will be activated on April 26, 2011. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on April 26, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by June 30, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 602 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this repair. Attachment III - Technical Information OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) release 72.03 or higher. SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogram appropriate vehicle modules before performing diagnostics and clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) after programming. For DTCs generated after reprogramming, follow normal diagnostic service procedures. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Reprogram the PCM and TCM to the latest calibration using IDS release 72.03 and higher. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. When reprogramming the PCM on automatic transmission equipped vehicles, the TCM will also be automatically reprogrammed to the latest level. Important Information For Module Programming NOTE: When programming or reprogramming a module, use the following basic checks to ensure programming completes without errors. ^ Make sure the battery is fully charged before carrying out the programming steps and connect IDS/scan tool to a power source. ^ Inspect Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and cables for any damage. Make sure scan tool connections are not interrupted during programming. ^ A hardwired internet connection is strongly recommended. ^ Turn off all unnecessary accessories (radio, heated/cooled seats, head lamps, interior lamps, HVAC system, etc.), close doors. ^ Disconnect/depower any aftermarket accessories (remote start, alarm, power inverter, CB radio, etc.). ^ Follow all scan tool on-screen instructions carefully. ^ Disable IDS/scan tool sleep mode, screensaver, hibernation modes. ^ Create all sessions Key On Engine Off (KOEO). Starting the vehicle before creating a session will cause errors within the programming inhale process. Recovering a PCM/Smart Junction Box (SJB) when programming has resulted in a blank module: NEVER DELETE THE ORIGINAL SESSION! 1. Obtain the original IDS that was used when the programming error occurred during Module Reprogramming (MR) or Programmable Module Installation (PMI). 2. Disconnect the VCM from the data link connector (DLC) and the IDS. 3. Reconnect the VCM to IDS and then connect to the DLC. Once reconnected, the VCM icon should appear in the corner of the IDS screen. If it does not, troubleshoot the IDS to VCM connection. 4. Locate the ORIGINAL vehicle session when programming failed. This should be the last session used in most cases. If not, use the session created Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 603 on the date that the programming failed. NOTE: If the original session is not listed in the previous session list, click the "Recycle bin" icon at the lower right of the previous session screen. This will load any deleted sessions and allow you to look through them. Double-click the session to restore it. 5. Once the session is loaded, the failed process should resume automatically. 6. If programming does not resume automatically, proceed to the Module Programming menu and select the previously attempted process, Programmable Module Installation (PM I) or Module Reprogramming. 7. Follow all on-screen prompts/instructions. 8. Near the end of programming, the IDS will prompt you to select certain parameters. It is important to make a selection for ALL parameters listed. If the correct selection is already highlighted, you must still choose that selection before clicking the "Tick" mark to complete the configuration. 9. The last screen on the IDS may list additional steps required to complete the programming process. Make sure all applicable steps listed on the screen are followed in order. NOTE: AUTOMATIC VEHICLES ONLY: Please advise the customer that this vehicle is equipped with an adaptive transmission shift strategy which allows the vehicle's computer to learn the transmission's unique parameters and improve shift quality. When the adaptive strategy is reset, the computer will begin a relearning process. This relearning process may result in firmer than normal upshifts and downshifts for several days. Owner Letter None available. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration Technical Service Bulletin # 10B17S1 Date: 110408 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 608 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes, OASIS will be activated on September 2, 2010. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on September 2, 2010. Owner names and addresses will be available by September 15, 2010. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this program is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this service action. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for upgrades. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this service action. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the upgrade will not be granted. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 609 ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ PROGRAM TERMS: This program will be in effect through August 31 2011. There is no mileage limit for this program. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this upgrade. Attachment III - Technical Information [NEW!] OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) with a performance enhanced calibration using IDS release 72.01A and higher. This calibration update also contains improvements to address the following symptoms: ^ Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illumination with false engine related DTCs P132B, P0299, PO5OE, and PO6EA ^ Wrench light illumination with false transmission related DTCs P0884, P0731, P0732, P0733, P0734, P0735, and P0729 ^ Low speed, low load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ High pressure (HP) fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed diesel exhaust fluid level indication change after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between Reverse-Drive and Drive-Reverse shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation in D (drive) after descending a grade with the gear shift lever in 1 (first) ^ Delayed current gear indication when using SelectShift mode This calibration also contains the following enhancements: Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 610 ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so the SelectShift gear display will remain activated after shifting out of and back into D (drive) or after a key cycle ^ Added engine overspeed protection feature while descending long grades when towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 rpm engine redline) ^ Increased torque during hill assist operation (see owner guide for additional hill assist information) ^ PTO operation improvements - Automatic Secondary Electronic Idle Controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch is in the ON position - Minimum engine coolant temperature to operate PTO is lowered to 20°F (-7°C) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogramming concerns! errors may be caused by the following: ^ Data Link Connector (DLC) or Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) becoming disconnected. ^ Allowing the IDS to enter any type of sleep mode. ^ Using a wireless IDS to VCM connection. ^ Low voltage on the IDS lap top. ^ Low voltage in the vehicle battery (use of a battery charger is recommended). If you encounter reprogramming concerns, DO NOT DELETE the session. If the original session has accidentally been deleted, recover the original session from the IDS "TRASH CAN" (located in the lower right corner of the previous session screen) and continue to reprogram. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Make sure that all accessories (radio, interior fan, headlights, etc.) are switched off. [NEW!] 3. Verify that the IDS is updated to software release 72.01A and higher. 4. Connect the IDS to the vehicle and start a session. 5. Select the Tool Box tab and then select Module Programming. Touch the tick. 6. Select Module Reprogramming and then select PCM. Touch the tick. 7. NOTE: If the IDS states there are no updates available, either the IDS has not been updated to an appropriate software release level, or the updates have already been performed. A screen will appear stating a later PCM and TCM calibration is available. Follow the on-screen instructions to program the PCM and the TCM to the latest calibration. NOTE: Remind dealership service management that they must provide a copy of the Customer Information Sheet to the vehicle owner. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 611 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 612 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 613 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Emission Control Systems > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Relays and Modules - Emission Control Systems: > 10-19-7 > Oct > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set Relays and Modules - Emission Control Systems: Customer Interest Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set TSB 10-19-7 10/11/10 6.7L DIESEL - MIL ON - DTCS P207F, P20EE, P2200 AND/OR P2201 - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 6/2/2010 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 6/2/2010 may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P207F, P20EE, P2200 or P2201 and may indicate the vehicle is operating in a derate mode and may experience a loss of power. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Perform visual inspection of Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) module wiring, NOx module and NOx sensor for damaged wire harness, connectors and/or incorrect wire harness routing. a. If no damage or wiring concerns are present, proceed to Step 2. b. If damage is found do not proceed with this article and follow normal Workshop Manual (WSM) diagnostics. 2. Replace the NOx sensor. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101907A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Inspect Wiring, And Replace The NOx Sensor (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 9D378 49 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Emission Control Systems > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > By Symptom for Relays and Modules - Emission Control Systems: > 10-19-7 > Oct > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set Relays and Modules - Emission Control Systems: By Symptom Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set TSB 10-19-7 10/11/10 6.7L DIESEL - MIL ON - DTCS P207F, P20EE, P2200 AND/OR P2201 - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 6/2/2010 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 6/2/2010 may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P207F, P20EE, P2200 or P2201 and may indicate the vehicle is operating in a derate mode and may experience a loss of power. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Perform visual inspection of Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) module wiring, NOx module and NOx sensor for damaged wire harness, connectors and/or incorrect wire harness routing. a. If no damage or wiring concerns are present, proceed to Step 2. b. If damage is found do not proceed with this article and follow normal Workshop Manual (WSM) diagnostics. 2. Replace the NOx sensor. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101907A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Inspect Wiring, And Replace The NOx Sensor (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 9D378 49 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Emission Control Systems > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Relays and Modules - Emission Control Systems: > 10-19-7 > Oct > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set Relays and Modules - Emission Control Systems: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set TSB 10-19-7 10/11/10 6.7L DIESEL - MIL ON - DTCS P207F, P20EE, P2200 AND/OR P2201 - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 6/2/2010 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 6/2/2010 may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P207F, P20EE, P2200 or P2201 and may indicate the vehicle is operating in a derate mode and may experience a loss of power. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Perform visual inspection of Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) module wiring, NOx module and NOx sensor for damaged wire harness, connectors and/or incorrect wire harness routing. a. If no damage or wiring concerns are present, proceed to Step 2. b. If damage is found do not proceed with this article and follow normal Workshop Manual (WSM) diagnostics. 2. Replace the NOx sensor. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101907A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Inspect Wiring, And Replace The NOx Sensor (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 9D378 49 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems: > 10-19-7 > Oct > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems: Customer Interest Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set TSB 10-19-7 10/11/10 6.7L DIESEL - MIL ON - DTCS P207F, P20EE, P2200 AND/OR P2201 - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 6/2/2010 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 6/2/2010 may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P207F, P20EE, P2200 or P2201 and may indicate the vehicle is operating in a derate mode and may experience a loss of power. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Perform visual inspection of Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) module wiring, NOx module and NOx sensor for damaged wire harness, connectors and/or incorrect wire harness routing. a. If no damage or wiring concerns are present, proceed to Step 2. b. If damage is found do not proceed with this article and follow normal Workshop Manual (WSM) diagnostics. 2. Replace the NOx sensor. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101907A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Inspect Wiring, And Replace The NOx Sensor (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 9D378 49 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > By Symptom for Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems: > 10-19-7 > Oct > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems: By Symptom Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set TSB 10-19-7 10/11/10 6.7L DIESEL - MIL ON - DTCS P207F, P20EE, P2200 AND/OR P2201 - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 6/2/2010 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 6/2/2010 may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P207F, P20EE, P2200 or P2201 and may indicate the vehicle is operating in a derate mode and may experience a loss of power. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Perform visual inspection of Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) module wiring, NOx module and NOx sensor for damaged wire harness, connectors and/or incorrect wire harness routing. a. If no damage or wiring concerns are present, proceed to Step 2. b. If damage is found do not proceed with this article and follow normal Workshop Manual (WSM) diagnostics. 2. Replace the NOx sensor. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101907A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Inspect Wiring, And Replace The NOx Sensor (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 9D378 49 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems: > 10-19-7 > Oct > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set TSB 10-19-7 10/11/10 6.7L DIESEL - MIL ON - DTCS P207F, P20EE, P2200 AND/OR P2201 - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 6/2/2010 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 6/2/2010 may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P207F, P20EE, P2200 or P2201 and may indicate the vehicle is operating in a derate mode and may experience a loss of power. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Perform visual inspection of Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) module wiring, NOx module and NOx sensor for damaged wire harness, connectors and/or incorrect wire harness routing. a. If no damage or wiring concerns are present, proceed to Step 2. b. If damage is found do not proceed with this article and follow normal Workshop Manual (WSM) diagnostics. 2. Replace the NOx sensor. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101907A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Inspect Wiring, And Replace The NOx Sensor (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 9D378 49 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems: > 10-19-7 > Oct > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems: Customer Interest Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set TSB 10-19-7 10/11/10 6.7L DIESEL - MIL ON - DTCS P207F, P20EE, P2200 AND/OR P2201 - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 6/2/2010 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 6/2/2010 may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P207F, P20EE, P2200 or P2201 and may indicate the vehicle is operating in a derate mode and may experience a loss of power. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Perform visual inspection of Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) module wiring, NOx module and NOx sensor for damaged wire harness, connectors and/or incorrect wire harness routing. a. If no damage or wiring concerns are present, proceed to Step 2. b. If damage is found do not proceed with this article and follow normal Workshop Manual (WSM) diagnostics. 2. Replace the NOx sensor. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101907A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Inspect Wiring, And Replace The NOx Sensor (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 9D378 49 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > By Symptom for Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems: > 10-19-7 > Oct > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems: By Symptom Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set TSB 10-19-7 10/11/10 6.7L DIESEL - MIL ON - DTCS P207F, P20EE, P2200 AND/OR P2201 - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 6/2/2010 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 6/2/2010 may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P207F, P20EE, P2200 or P2201 and may indicate the vehicle is operating in a derate mode and may experience a loss of power. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Perform visual inspection of Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) module wiring, NOx module and NOx sensor for damaged wire harness, connectors and/or incorrect wire harness routing. a. If no damage or wiring concerns are present, proceed to Step 2. b. If damage is found do not proceed with this article and follow normal Workshop Manual (WSM) diagnostics. 2. Replace the NOx sensor. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101907A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Inspect Wiring, And Replace The NOx Sensor (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 9D378 49 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems: > 10-19-7 > Oct > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set TSB 10-19-7 10/11/10 6.7L DIESEL - MIL ON - DTCS P207F, P20EE, P2200 AND/OR P2201 - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 6/2/2010 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 6/2/2010 may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P207F, P20EE, P2200 or P2201 and may indicate the vehicle is operating in a derate mode and may experience a loss of power. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Perform visual inspection of Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) module wiring, NOx module and NOx sensor for damaged wire harness, connectors and/or incorrect wire harness routing. a. If no damage or wiring concerns are present, proceed to Step 2. b. If damage is found do not proceed with this article and follow normal Workshop Manual (WSM) diagnostics. 2. Replace the NOx sensor. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101907A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Inspect Wiring, And Replace The NOx Sensor (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 9D378 49 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > System Information > Service Precautions Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks: Service Precautions TUNE-UP SERVICE PRECAUTIONS - Tag or mark vacuum hoses before disconnecting them. After completing a job, double check that the vacuum hoses are properly connected. - To disconnect vacuum hoses, pull on the end, not the middle of the hose. - To pull apart electrical connectors, pull on the connector itself, not the wires. - Before disconnecting pressurized fuel lines, always perform Fuel Pressure Release procedure in order to reduce the risk of fire and personal injury. - When replacing fuel filters, always check all affected lines and fittings for leaks. - Never drain or store gasoline or diesel fuel in an open container, due to the possibility of fire or explosion. To prevent serious burns: Avoid contact with hot metal parts. - Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > System Information > Service Precautions > Page 672 - Before servicing the vehicle: Protect fenders, upholstery and carpeting with appropriate covers. - Take caution that keys, buckles, or buttons do not scratch paint. - Do not operate the engine indoors without proper ventilation. - Do not smoke while working on the vehicle. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > NHTSA11V128000 > Feb > 11 > Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection Body Control Module: Recalls Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: February 21, 2011 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 11V128000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Electrical System: Software POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 8,022 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 Ford F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge, and Lincoln MKX trucks manufactured from October 25, 2010, through November 20, 2010. These vehicles were inspected using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) that had a custom software routine to read the suspect Body Control Module (BCM) serial number. Based on the serial number the BCM was either not affected or replaced. The custom software routine was not reading the correct set of characters, and was not able to identify a BCM that required replacement affected BCMs may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which could result in a vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will inspect the body control module and if necessary replace it free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or about March 7, 2011. Owners may contact Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship CENTER AT 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford safety recall No. 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement Technical Service Bulletin # 10S14S3 Date: 110218 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 686 Attachment I - Administrative Information [NEW!] OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes OASIS will be activated on February 18, 2011. [NEW!] FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes FSA VIN list will be available through the website on February 18, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by March 31, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. [NEW!] STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. [NEW!] SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Previously inspected vehicles have been reactivated in OASIS for Safety Recall 10S14. Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 687 ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES If a customer's vehicle requires replacement of the BCM and it is necessary to order parts Ford will pay for up to two days of vehicle rental except for fuel insurance and tax which will be at the owner's expense. Rentals should be provided only while the vehicle is at the dealership for part replacement. The parts order must be an emergency order (unit down) if the order is placed between 3:00 PM and 7:00 PM (your local time zone) to guarantee the shortest delivery time. Prior approval for more than two rental days is required from the Special Service Support Center. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for rental dollar amounts. [NEW!] CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ Rental Expenses: Must be claimed on the same repair line as labor operation 10S14D. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for dollar amounts. - Misc. Expense Code: RENTAL - Misc. Expense Amount: Actual dollar amount (up to 2 days) Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 688 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION To manage part availability dealers must contact the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line. Dealers will receive a DOES II message when part requirements can be ordered through normal order processing channels. When calling to place an order for a BCM please be prepared to provide dealer P&A; code VIN RO # and vehicle mileage. Questions regarding parts should be directed to the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line or E-mailed. DEALER PRICE For latest prices refer to DOES II. PARTS RETENTION AND RETURN Follow the provisions of the Warranty and Policy Manual for "Parts Retention and Return Procedures." EXCESS STOCK RETURN Excess stock returned for credit must have been purchased from Ford Customer Service Division in accordance with Policy Procedure Bulletin 4000. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 689 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 690 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 691 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 692 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > NHTSA10V659000 > Dec > 10 > Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard Body Control Module: Recalls Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: December 29, 2010 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 10V659000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Structure: Body POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 14,737 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge and Lincoln MKX vehicles. During a six-day production period, the supplier of the body control module manufactured modules that may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which can result in an unattended vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will replace the body control module if necessary free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or before January 10, 2011. owners may contact Ford at 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford's recall campaign number is 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins: > 10-18-6 > Sep > 10 > Brakes Brake Drag Condition Brake Light Switch: All Technical Service Bulletins Brakes - Brake Drag Condition TSB 10-18-6 09/27/10 BRAKE DRAG DUE TO STOPLAMP SWITCH ADJUSTMENT FORD: 2010 F-150 2011 F-Super Duty ISSUE Some 2010 F-150 and 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles may exhibit a brake drag condition. This may be due to an improperly adjusted stoplamp switch. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Put vehicle on hoist and lift all four (4) tires off the ground. Confirm brake drag by rotating front and rear wheels by hand and note whether the tires rotate freely. a. No brake drag - this procedure does not apply. b. Brake drag present - proceed to Step 2. 2. Remove the stoplamp switch. Refer to Workshop Manual (WSM), Section 417-01. a. Inspect for brake drag. If no brake drag is present reinstall the stoplamp switch. The stoplamp switch must be installed with the brake pedal in the release position. b. If brake drag is still present with the stoplamp switch removed or after reinstallation, refer to WSM, Section 206-00 for normal diagnostics. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101806A 2010 F-150, 2011 F-Super 0.3 Hr. Duty: Remove And Install Stoplamp Switch Includes Time To Inspect (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 13480 42 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10-18-6 > Sep > 10 > Recalls for Body Control Module: > NHTSA11V128000 > Feb > 11 > Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection Body Control Module: Recalls Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: February 21, 2011 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 11V128000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Electrical System: Software POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 8,022 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 Ford F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge, and Lincoln MKX trucks manufactured from October 25, 2010, through November 20, 2010. These vehicles were inspected using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) that had a custom software routine to read the suspect Body Control Module (BCM) serial number. Based on the serial number the BCM was either not affected or replaced. The custom software routine was not reading the correct set of characters, and was not able to identify a BCM that required replacement affected BCMs may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which could result in a vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will inspect the body control module and if necessary replace it free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or about March 7, 2011. Owners may contact Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship CENTER AT 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford safety recall No. 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10-18-6 > Sep > 10 > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement Technical Service Bulletin # 10S14S3 Date: 110218 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10-18-6 > Sep > 10 > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 715 Attachment I - Administrative Information [NEW!] OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes OASIS will be activated on February 18, 2011. [NEW!] FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes FSA VIN list will be available through the website on February 18, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by March 31, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. [NEW!] STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. [NEW!] SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Previously inspected vehicles have been reactivated in OASIS for Safety Recall 10S14. Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10-18-6 > Sep > 10 > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 716 ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES If a customer's vehicle requires replacement of the BCM and it is necessary to order parts Ford will pay for up to two days of vehicle rental except for fuel insurance and tax which will be at the owner's expense. Rentals should be provided only while the vehicle is at the dealership for part replacement. The parts order must be an emergency order (unit down) if the order is placed between 3:00 PM and 7:00 PM (your local time zone) to guarantee the shortest delivery time. Prior approval for more than two rental days is required from the Special Service Support Center. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for rental dollar amounts. [NEW!] CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ Rental Expenses: Must be claimed on the same repair line as labor operation 10S14D. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for dollar amounts. - Misc. Expense Code: RENTAL - Misc. Expense Amount: Actual dollar amount (up to 2 days) Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10-18-6 > Sep > 10 > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 717 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION To manage part availability dealers must contact the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line. Dealers will receive a DOES II message when part requirements can be ordered through normal order processing channels. When calling to place an order for a BCM please be prepared to provide dealer P&A; code VIN RO # and vehicle mileage. Questions regarding parts should be directed to the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line or E-mailed. DEALER PRICE For latest prices refer to DOES II. PARTS RETENTION AND RETURN Follow the provisions of the Warranty and Policy Manual for "Parts Retention and Return Procedures." EXCESS STOCK RETURN Excess stock returned for credit must have been purchased from Ford Customer Service Division in accordance with Policy Procedure Bulletin 4000. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10-18-6 > Sep > 10 > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 718 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10-18-6 > Sep > 10 > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 719 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10-18-6 > Sep > 10 > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 720 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10-18-6 > Sep > 10 > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 721 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10-18-6 > Sep > 10 > Recalls for Body Control Module: > NHTSA10V659000 > Dec > 10 > Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard Body Control Module: Recalls Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: December 29, 2010 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 10V659000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Structure: Body POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 14,737 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge and Lincoln MKX vehicles. During a six-day production period, the supplier of the body control module manufactured modules that may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which can result in an unattended vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will replace the body control module if necessary free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or before January 10, 2011. owners may contact Ford at 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford's recall campaign number is 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Brake Light Switch: > NHTSA11V128000 > Feb > 11 > Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection Body Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: February 21, 2011 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 11V128000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Electrical System: Software POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 8,022 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 Ford F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge, and Lincoln MKX trucks manufactured from October 25, 2010, through November 20, 2010. These vehicles were inspected using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) that had a custom software routine to read the suspect Body Control Module (BCM) serial number. Based on the serial number the BCM was either not affected or replaced. The custom software routine was not reading the correct set of characters, and was not able to identify a BCM that required replacement affected BCMs may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which could result in a vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will inspect the body control module and if necessary replace it free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or about March 7, 2011. Owners may contact Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship CENTER AT 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford safety recall No. 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Brake Light Switch: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement Technical Service Bulletin # 10S14S3 Date: 110218 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Brake Light Switch: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 735 Attachment I - Administrative Information [NEW!] OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes OASIS will be activated on February 18, 2011. [NEW!] FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes FSA VIN list will be available through the website on February 18, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by March 31, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. [NEW!] STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. [NEW!] SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Previously inspected vehicles have been reactivated in OASIS for Safety Recall 10S14. Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Brake Light Switch: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 736 ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES If a customer's vehicle requires replacement of the BCM and it is necessary to order parts Ford will pay for up to two days of vehicle rental except for fuel insurance and tax which will be at the owner's expense. Rentals should be provided only while the vehicle is at the dealership for part replacement. The parts order must be an emergency order (unit down) if the order is placed between 3:00 PM and 7:00 PM (your local time zone) to guarantee the shortest delivery time. Prior approval for more than two rental days is required from the Special Service Support Center. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for rental dollar amounts. [NEW!] CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ Rental Expenses: Must be claimed on the same repair line as labor operation 10S14D. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for dollar amounts. - Misc. Expense Code: RENTAL - Misc. Expense Amount: Actual dollar amount (up to 2 days) Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Brake Light Switch: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 737 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION To manage part availability dealers must contact the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line. Dealers will receive a DOES II message when part requirements can be ordered through normal order processing channels. When calling to place an order for a BCM please be prepared to provide dealer P&A; code VIN RO # and vehicle mileage. Questions regarding parts should be directed to the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line or E-mailed. DEALER PRICE For latest prices refer to DOES II. PARTS RETENTION AND RETURN Follow the provisions of the Warranty and Policy Manual for "Parts Retention and Return Procedures." EXCESS STOCK RETURN Excess stock returned for credit must have been purchased from Ford Customer Service Division in accordance with Policy Procedure Bulletin 4000. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Brake Light Switch: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 738 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Brake Light Switch: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 739 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Brake Light Switch: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 740 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Brake Light Switch: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 741 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Brake Light Switch: > NHTSA10V659000 > Dec > 10 > All Technical Service Bulletins for Brake Light Switch: > 10-18-6 > Sep > 10 > Brakes Brake Drag Condition Brake Light Switch: All Technical Service Bulletins Brakes - Brake Drag Condition TSB 10-18-6 09/27/10 BRAKE DRAG DUE TO STOPLAMP SWITCH ADJUSTMENT FORD: 2010 F-150 2011 F-Super Duty ISSUE Some 2010 F-150 and 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles may exhibit a brake drag condition. This may be due to an improperly adjusted stoplamp switch. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Put vehicle on hoist and lift all four (4) tires off the ground. Confirm brake drag by rotating front and rear wheels by hand and note whether the tires rotate freely. a. No brake drag - this procedure does not apply. b. Brake drag present - proceed to Step 2. 2. Remove the stoplamp switch. Refer to Workshop Manual (WSM), Section 417-01. a. Inspect for brake drag. If no brake drag is present reinstall the stoplamp switch. The stoplamp switch must be installed with the brake pedal in the release position. b. If brake drag is still present with the stoplamp switch removed or after reinstallation, refer to WSM, Section 206-00 for normal diagnostics. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101806A 2010 F-150, 2011 F-Super 0.3 Hr. Duty: Remove And Install Stoplamp Switch Includes Time To Inspect (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 13480 42 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance Technical Service Bulletin # 11E02 Date: 110426 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 758 Yes, OASIS will be activated on April 26, 2011. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on April 26, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by June 30, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 759 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this repair. Attachment III - Technical Information OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) release 72.03 or higher. SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogram appropriate vehicle modules before performing diagnostics and clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) after programming. For DTCs generated after reprogramming, follow normal diagnostic service procedures. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Reprogram the PCM and TCM to the latest calibration using IDS release 72.03 and higher. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. When reprogramming the PCM on automatic transmission equipped vehicles, the TCM will also be automatically reprogrammed to the latest level. Important Information For Module Programming NOTE: When programming or reprogramming a module, use the following basic checks to ensure programming completes without errors. ^ Make sure the battery is fully charged before carrying out the programming steps and connect IDS/scan tool to a power source. ^ Inspect Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and cables for any damage. Make sure scan tool connections are not interrupted during programming. ^ A hardwired internet connection is strongly recommended. ^ Turn off all unnecessary accessories (radio, heated/cooled seats, head lamps, interior lamps, HVAC system, etc.), close doors. ^ Disconnect/depower any aftermarket accessories (remote start, alarm, power inverter, CB radio, etc.). ^ Follow all scan tool on-screen instructions carefully. ^ Disable IDS/scan tool sleep mode, screensaver, hibernation modes. ^ Create all sessions Key On Engine Off (KOEO). Starting the vehicle before creating a session will cause errors within the programming inhale process. Recovering a PCM/Smart Junction Box (SJB) when programming has resulted in a blank module: NEVER DELETE THE ORIGINAL SESSION! 1. Obtain the original IDS that was used when the programming error occurred during Module Reprogramming (MR) or Programmable Module Installation (PMI). 2. Disconnect the VCM from the data link connector (DLC) and the IDS. 3. Reconnect the VCM to IDS and then connect to the DLC. Once reconnected, the VCM icon should appear in the corner of the IDS screen. If it does not, troubleshoot the IDS to VCM connection. 4. Locate the ORIGINAL vehicle session when programming failed. This should be the last session used in most cases. If not, use the session created Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 760 on the date that the programming failed. NOTE: If the original session is not listed in the previous session list, click the "Recycle bin" icon at the lower right of the previous session screen. This will load any deleted sessions and allow you to look through them. Double-click the session to restore it. 5. Once the session is loaded, the failed process should resume automatically. 6. If programming does not resume automatically, proceed to the Module Programming menu and select the previously attempted process, Programmable Module Installation (PM I) or Module Reprogramming. 7. Follow all on-screen prompts/instructions. 8. Near the end of programming, the IDS will prompt you to select certain parameters. It is important to make a selection for ALL parameters listed. If the correct selection is already highlighted, you must still choose that selection before clicking the "Tick" mark to complete the configuration. 9. The last screen on the IDS may list additional steps required to complete the programming process. Make sure all applicable steps listed on the screen are followed in order. NOTE: AUTOMATIC VEHICLES ONLY: Please advise the customer that this vehicle is equipped with an adaptive transmission shift strategy which allows the vehicle's computer to learn the transmission's unique parameters and improve shift quality. When the adaptive strategy is reset, the computer will begin a relearning process. This relearning process may result in firmer than normal upshifts and downshifts for several days. Owner Letter None available. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration Technical Service Bulletin # 10B17S1 Date: 110408 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 765 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes, OASIS will be activated on September 2, 2010. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on September 2, 2010. Owner names and addresses will be available by September 15, 2010. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this program is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this service action. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for upgrades. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this service action. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the upgrade will not be granted. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 766 ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ PROGRAM TERMS: This program will be in effect through August 31 2011. There is no mileage limit for this program. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this upgrade. Attachment III - Technical Information [NEW!] OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) with a performance enhanced calibration using IDS release 72.01A and higher. This calibration update also contains improvements to address the following symptoms: ^ Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illumination with false engine related DTCs P132B, P0299, PO5OE, and PO6EA ^ Wrench light illumination with false transmission related DTCs P0884, P0731, P0732, P0733, P0734, P0735, and P0729 ^ Low speed, low load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ High pressure (HP) fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed diesel exhaust fluid level indication change after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between Reverse-Drive and Drive-Reverse shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation in D (drive) after descending a grade with the gear shift lever in 1 (first) ^ Delayed current gear indication when using SelectShift mode This calibration also contains the following enhancements: Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 767 ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so the SelectShift gear display will remain activated after shifting out of and back into D (drive) or after a key cycle ^ Added engine overspeed protection feature while descending long grades when towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 rpm engine redline) ^ Increased torque during hill assist operation (see owner guide for additional hill assist information) ^ PTO operation improvements - Automatic Secondary Electronic Idle Controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch is in the ON position - Minimum engine coolant temperature to operate PTO is lowered to 20°F (-7°C) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogramming concerns! errors may be caused by the following: ^ Data Link Connector (DLC) or Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) becoming disconnected. ^ Allowing the IDS to enter any type of sleep mode. ^ Using a wireless IDS to VCM connection. ^ Low voltage on the IDS lap top. ^ Low voltage in the vehicle battery (use of a battery charger is recommended). If you encounter reprogramming concerns, DO NOT DELETE the session. If the original session has accidentally been deleted, recover the original session from the IDS "TRASH CAN" (located in the lower right corner of the previous session screen) and continue to reprogram. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Make sure that all accessories (radio, interior fan, headlights, etc.) are switched off. [NEW!] 3. Verify that the IDS is updated to software release 72.01A and higher. 4. Connect the IDS to the vehicle and start a session. 5. Select the Tool Box tab and then select Module Programming. Touch the tick. 6. Select Module Reprogramming and then select PCM. Touch the tick. 7. NOTE: If the IDS states there are no updates available, either the IDS has not been updated to an appropriate software release level, or the updates have already been performed. A screen will appear stating a later PCM and TCM calibration is available. Follow the on-screen instructions to program the PCM and the TCM to the latest calibration. NOTE: Remind dealership service management that they must provide a copy of the Customer Information Sheet to the vehicle owner. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 768 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 769 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 770 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls Calibration Update For Various Issues Engine Control Module: Customer Interest Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues TSB 11-3-23 03/17/11 6.7L - CALIBRATION UPDATE - VARIOUS ISSUES - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 3/14/2011 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 This article supersedes TSB 10-23-9 to add additional calibration content. ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 3/14/2011 may exhibit malfunction indicator light (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTC's) P0401, P0402, POO9A if driven at highway speeds with a snow plow attached, P164A if idled for extended periods in colder ambient temperatures, 2-3 transmission shift flares, harsh/inconsistent transmission shifting during transmission fluid warm up and tip-in events when at low speeds or coming to a stop. Refer to the Calibration Content for additional details. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure to correct the concern SERVICE PROCEDURE Reprogram the powertrain control module (PCM) and the transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.05 and higher or 72.01 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.3 DVD. The Calibration Update Contains Improvement Actions And Enhancements: ^ DTC P0401 (exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) flow insufficient detected) ^ DTC P0402 (exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) flow excessive detected) ^ DTC P009A (intake air temperature/ambient air temperature correlation) if driven at highway speeds with a snow plow attached ^ False DTC P164A (02 sensor positive current trim circuit performance (bank 1, sensor 1)) if idled for extended periods in colder ambient temperature ^ 2-3 transmission shift flares ^ Harsh/inconsistent transmission shifting during transmission fluid warm up ^ Improved shift feel for tip-in events when at low speed or coming to a stop Previously Released Calibration Content Previously released calibration content included in IDS software release 69.07 and higher contained improvement actions and enhancements to address the following: Calibration Content Vehicles Built On Or Before 11/5/2010 ^ Delayed manual upshifts from 1st to 2nd gear when in Select Shift mode while going down a grade ^ Harsh/delayed 1-2 upshift and downshift ^ Harsh 2-3 upshift on first drive away of day after vehicle soak ^ DEF warning messages won't reset after refilling DEF tank with Key On Engine Running ^ Modified vehicles for rail applications, that will not re-engage PTO operation or speedometer inoperative after riding on the tracks with the front wheels off the ground ^ VSOUT signal inoperable from customer access circuits under dash ^ DTC P2463 or P246C (DPF restriction) and DTC P2459 (DPF regeneration frequency) - adds increased ability to perform manual regeneration at Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls Calibration Update For Various Issues > Page 776 higher load values when performing system diagnostics Calibration Content - Vehicles Built On Or Before 08/23/2010 ^ False DTC P132B (turbocharger/supercharger boost control A performance) ^ False DTC P0299 (turbocharger/supercharger A under-boost condition) ^ False DTC PO5OE (cold start engine exhaust temperature too low) ^ False DTC PO6EA (NOX sensor processor performance (bank 1, sensor 1) ^ DTC P249C (5CR time to closed loop) - improved diagnostics and reporting ^ DTC P249F (excessive time to enter closed loop DPF regeneration control) - improved diagnostics and reporting ^ False DTC P0884 (PCM/TCM power input signal intermittent) ^ DTC(s) and freeze frame data being erased in the PCM when running KOEO, KOER, Datalogger, Active Commands or any other guided diagnostics with IDS ^ False P0731 (gear 1 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0732 (gear 2 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0733 (gear 3 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0734 (gear 4 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0735 (gear 5 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0729 (gear 6 incorrect ratio) ^ Low speed/load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ HP fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed DEF level indication after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between R-D and D-R shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or climbing hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation after descending grades while in 1st gear ^ Flashes/delays of current gear indication when using SelectShift mode ^ Added Brake Over Accelerator (BOA) feature - reduces engine power during off-idle driving when both the accelerator and brake pedals are applied simultaneously ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so SelectShift gear display comes back on whenever going back into drive if the vehicle was turned off while SelectShift mode was still activated ^ Added engine protection feature from overspeed while descending long grades while towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 RPM) ^ Increased torque - during hill assist operation - (see Owner Guide for additional system operation) ^ PTO operational enhancements - (applicable to vehicles equipped with optional PTO) - Automatic secondary electronic idle controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch in on position Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls Calibration Update For Various Issues > Page 777 - Engine coolant temperature to operate PTO lowered to -7 °C (+20 °F) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 110323A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Reprogram The PCM And TCM (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE RECALEM 04 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 Engine Control Module: Customer Interest Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 782 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 783 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance Technical Service Bulletin # 11E02 Date: 110426 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 789 Yes, OASIS will be activated on April 26, 2011. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on April 26, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by June 30, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 790 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this repair. Attachment III - Technical Information OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) release 72.03 or higher. SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogram appropriate vehicle modules before performing diagnostics and clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) after programming. For DTCs generated after reprogramming, follow normal diagnostic service procedures. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Reprogram the PCM and TCM to the latest calibration using IDS release 72.03 and higher. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. When reprogramming the PCM on automatic transmission equipped vehicles, the TCM will also be automatically reprogrammed to the latest level. Important Information For Module Programming NOTE: When programming or reprogramming a module, use the following basic checks to ensure programming completes without errors. ^ Make sure the battery is fully charged before carrying out the programming steps and connect IDS/scan tool to a power source. ^ Inspect Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and cables for any damage. Make sure scan tool connections are not interrupted during programming. ^ A hardwired internet connection is strongly recommended. ^ Turn off all unnecessary accessories (radio, heated/cooled seats, head lamps, interior lamps, HVAC system, etc.), close doors. ^ Disconnect/depower any aftermarket accessories (remote start, alarm, power inverter, CB radio, etc.). ^ Follow all scan tool on-screen instructions carefully. ^ Disable IDS/scan tool sleep mode, screensaver, hibernation modes. ^ Create all sessions Key On Engine Off (KOEO). Starting the vehicle before creating a session will cause errors within the programming inhale process. Recovering a PCM/Smart Junction Box (SJB) when programming has resulted in a blank module: NEVER DELETE THE ORIGINAL SESSION! 1. Obtain the original IDS that was used when the programming error occurred during Module Reprogramming (MR) or Programmable Module Installation (PMI). 2. Disconnect the VCM from the data link connector (DLC) and the IDS. 3. Reconnect the VCM to IDS and then connect to the DLC. Once reconnected, the VCM icon should appear in the corner of the IDS screen. If it does not, troubleshoot the IDS to VCM connection. 4. Locate the ORIGINAL vehicle session when programming failed. This should be the last session used in most cases. If not, use the session created Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 791 on the date that the programming failed. NOTE: If the original session is not listed in the previous session list, click the "Recycle bin" icon at the lower right of the previous session screen. This will load any deleted sessions and allow you to look through them. Double-click the session to restore it. 5. Once the session is loaded, the failed process should resume automatically. 6. If programming does not resume automatically, proceed to the Module Programming menu and select the previously attempted process, Programmable Module Installation (PM I) or Module Reprogramming. 7. Follow all on-screen prompts/instructions. 8. Near the end of programming, the IDS will prompt you to select certain parameters. It is important to make a selection for ALL parameters listed. If the correct selection is already highlighted, you must still choose that selection before clicking the "Tick" mark to complete the configuration. 9. The last screen on the IDS may list additional steps required to complete the programming process. Make sure all applicable steps listed on the screen are followed in order. NOTE: AUTOMATIC VEHICLES ONLY: Please advise the customer that this vehicle is equipped with an adaptive transmission shift strategy which allows the vehicle's computer to learn the transmission's unique parameters and improve shift quality. When the adaptive strategy is reset, the computer will begin a relearning process. This relearning process may result in firmer than normal upshifts and downshifts for several days. Owner Letter None available. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration Technical Service Bulletin # 10B17S1 Date: 110408 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 796 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes, OASIS will be activated on September 2, 2010. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on September 2, 2010. Owner names and addresses will be available by September 15, 2010. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this program is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this service action. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for upgrades. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this service action. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the upgrade will not be granted. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 797 ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ PROGRAM TERMS: This program will be in effect through August 31 2011. There is no mileage limit for this program. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this upgrade. Attachment III - Technical Information [NEW!] OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) with a performance enhanced calibration using IDS release 72.01A and higher. This calibration update also contains improvements to address the following symptoms: ^ Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illumination with false engine related DTCs P132B, P0299, PO5OE, and PO6EA ^ Wrench light illumination with false transmission related DTCs P0884, P0731, P0732, P0733, P0734, P0735, and P0729 ^ Low speed, low load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ High pressure (HP) fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed diesel exhaust fluid level indication change after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between Reverse-Drive and Drive-Reverse shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation in D (drive) after descending a grade with the gear shift lever in 1 (first) ^ Delayed current gear indication when using SelectShift mode This calibration also contains the following enhancements: Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 798 ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so the SelectShift gear display will remain activated after shifting out of and back into D (drive) or after a key cycle ^ Added engine overspeed protection feature while descending long grades when towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 rpm engine redline) ^ Increased torque during hill assist operation (see owner guide for additional hill assist information) ^ PTO operation improvements - Automatic Secondary Electronic Idle Controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch is in the ON position - Minimum engine coolant temperature to operate PTO is lowered to 20°F (-7°C) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogramming concerns! errors may be caused by the following: ^ Data Link Connector (DLC) or Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) becoming disconnected. ^ Allowing the IDS to enter any type of sleep mode. ^ Using a wireless IDS to VCM connection. ^ Low voltage on the IDS lap top. ^ Low voltage in the vehicle battery (use of a battery charger is recommended). If you encounter reprogramming concerns, DO NOT DELETE the session. If the original session has accidentally been deleted, recover the original session from the IDS "TRASH CAN" (located in the lower right corner of the previous session screen) and continue to reprogram. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Make sure that all accessories (radio, interior fan, headlights, etc.) are switched off. [NEW!] 3. Verify that the IDS is updated to software release 72.01A and higher. 4. Connect the IDS to the vehicle and start a session. 5. Select the Tool Box tab and then select Module Programming. Touch the tick. 6. Select Module Reprogramming and then select PCM. Touch the tick. 7. NOTE: If the IDS states there are no updates available, either the IDS has not been updated to an appropriate software release level, or the updates have already been performed. A screen will appear stating a later PCM and TCM calibration is available. Follow the on-screen instructions to program the PCM and the TCM to the latest calibration. NOTE: Remind dealership service management that they must provide a copy of the Customer Information Sheet to the vehicle owner. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 799 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 800 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 801 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues TSB 11-3-23 03/17/11 6.7L - CALIBRATION UPDATE - VARIOUS ISSUES - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 3/14/2011 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 This article supersedes TSB 10-23-9 to add additional calibration content. ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 3/14/2011 may exhibit malfunction indicator light (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTC's) P0401, P0402, POO9A if driven at highway speeds with a snow plow attached, P164A if idled for extended periods in colder ambient temperatures, 2-3 transmission shift flares, harsh/inconsistent transmission shifting during transmission fluid warm up and tip-in events when at low speeds or coming to a stop. Refer to the Calibration Content for additional details. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure to correct the concern SERVICE PROCEDURE Reprogram the powertrain control module (PCM) and the transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.05 and higher or 72.01 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.3 DVD. The Calibration Update Contains Improvement Actions And Enhancements: ^ DTC P0401 (exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) flow insufficient detected) ^ DTC P0402 (exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) flow excessive detected) ^ DTC P009A (intake air temperature/ambient air temperature correlation) if driven at highway speeds with a snow plow attached ^ False DTC P164A (02 sensor positive current trim circuit performance (bank 1, sensor 1)) if idled for extended periods in colder ambient temperature ^ 2-3 transmission shift flares ^ Harsh/inconsistent transmission shifting during transmission fluid warm up ^ Improved shift feel for tip-in events when at low speed or coming to a stop Previously Released Calibration Content Previously released calibration content included in IDS software release 69.07 and higher contained improvement actions and enhancements to address the following: Calibration Content Vehicles Built On Or Before 11/5/2010 ^ Delayed manual upshifts from 1st to 2nd gear when in Select Shift mode while going down a grade ^ Harsh/delayed 1-2 upshift and downshift ^ Harsh 2-3 upshift on first drive away of day after vehicle soak ^ DEF warning messages won't reset after refilling DEF tank with Key On Engine Running ^ Modified vehicles for rail applications, that will not re-engage PTO operation or speedometer inoperative after riding on the tracks with the front wheels off the ground ^ VSOUT signal inoperable from customer access circuits under dash ^ DTC P2463 or P246C (DPF restriction) and DTC P2459 (DPF regeneration frequency) - adds increased ability to perform manual regeneration at Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues > Page 806 higher load values when performing system diagnostics Calibration Content - Vehicles Built On Or Before 08/23/2010 ^ False DTC P132B (turbocharger/supercharger boost control A performance) ^ False DTC P0299 (turbocharger/supercharger A under-boost condition) ^ False DTC PO5OE (cold start engine exhaust temperature too low) ^ False DTC PO6EA (NOX sensor processor performance (bank 1, sensor 1) ^ DTC P249C (5CR time to closed loop) - improved diagnostics and reporting ^ DTC P249F (excessive time to enter closed loop DPF regeneration control) - improved diagnostics and reporting ^ False DTC P0884 (PCM/TCM power input signal intermittent) ^ DTC(s) and freeze frame data being erased in the PCM when running KOEO, KOER, Datalogger, Active Commands or any other guided diagnostics with IDS ^ False P0731 (gear 1 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0732 (gear 2 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0733 (gear 3 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0734 (gear 4 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0735 (gear 5 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0729 (gear 6 incorrect ratio) ^ Low speed/load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ HP fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed DEF level indication after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between R-D and D-R shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or climbing hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation after descending grades while in 1st gear ^ Flashes/delays of current gear indication when using SelectShift mode ^ Added Brake Over Accelerator (BOA) feature - reduces engine power during off-idle driving when both the accelerator and brake pedals are applied simultaneously ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so SelectShift gear display comes back on whenever going back into drive if the vehicle was turned off while SelectShift mode was still activated ^ Added engine protection feature from overspeed while descending long grades while towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 RPM) ^ Increased torque - during hill assist operation - (see Owner Guide for additional system operation) ^ PTO operational enhancements - (applicable to vehicles equipped with optional PTO) - Automatic secondary electronic idle controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch in on position Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues > Page 807 - Engine coolant temperature to operate PTO lowered to -7 °C (+20 °F) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 110323A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Reprogram The PCM And TCM (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE RECALEM 04 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 812 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 813 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues TSB 11-3-23 03/17/11 6.7L - CALIBRATION UPDATE - VARIOUS ISSUES - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 3/14/2011 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 This article supersedes TSB 10-23-9 to add additional calibration content. ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 3/14/2011 may exhibit malfunction indicator light (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTC's) P0401, P0402, POO9A if driven at highway speeds with a snow plow attached, P164A if idled for extended periods in colder ambient temperatures, 2-3 transmission shift flares, harsh/inconsistent transmission shifting during transmission fluid warm up and tip-in events when at low speeds or coming to a stop. Refer to the Calibration Content for additional details. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure to correct the concern SERVICE PROCEDURE Reprogram the powertrain control module (PCM) and the transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.05 and higher or 72.01 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.3 DVD. The Calibration Update Contains Improvement Actions And Enhancements: ^ DTC P0401 (exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) flow insufficient detected) ^ DTC P0402 (exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) flow excessive detected) ^ DTC P009A (intake air temperature/ambient air temperature correlation) if driven at highway speeds with a snow plow attached ^ False DTC P164A (02 sensor positive current trim circuit performance (bank 1, sensor 1)) if idled for extended periods in colder ambient temperature ^ 2-3 transmission shift flares ^ Harsh/inconsistent transmission shifting during transmission fluid warm up ^ Improved shift feel for tip-in events when at low speed or coming to a stop Previously Released Calibration Content Previously released calibration content included in IDS software release 69.07 and higher contained improvement actions and enhancements to address the following: Calibration Content Vehicles Built On Or Before 11/5/2010 ^ Delayed manual upshifts from 1st to 2nd gear when in Select Shift mode while going down a grade ^ Harsh/delayed 1-2 upshift and downshift ^ Harsh 2-3 upshift on first drive away of day after vehicle soak ^ DEF warning messages won't reset after refilling DEF tank with Key On Engine Running ^ Modified vehicles for rail applications, that will not re-engage PTO operation or speedometer inoperative after riding on the tracks with the front wheels off the ground ^ VSOUT signal inoperable from customer access circuits under dash ^ DTC P2463 or P246C (DPF restriction) and DTC P2459 (DPF regeneration frequency) - adds increased ability to perform manual regeneration at Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues > Page 819 higher load values when performing system diagnostics Calibration Content - Vehicles Built On Or Before 08/23/2010 ^ False DTC P132B (turbocharger/supercharger boost control A performance) ^ False DTC P0299 (turbocharger/supercharger A under-boost condition) ^ False DTC PO5OE (cold start engine exhaust temperature too low) ^ False DTC PO6EA (NOX sensor processor performance (bank 1, sensor 1) ^ DTC P249C (5CR time to closed loop) - improved diagnostics and reporting ^ DTC P249F (excessive time to enter closed loop DPF regeneration control) - improved diagnostics and reporting ^ False DTC P0884 (PCM/TCM power input signal intermittent) ^ DTC(s) and freeze frame data being erased in the PCM when running KOEO, KOER, Datalogger, Active Commands or any other guided diagnostics with IDS ^ False P0731 (gear 1 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0732 (gear 2 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0733 (gear 3 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0734 (gear 4 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0735 (gear 5 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0729 (gear 6 incorrect ratio) ^ Low speed/load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ HP fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed DEF level indication after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between R-D and D-R shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or climbing hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation after descending grades while in 1st gear ^ Flashes/delays of current gear indication when using SelectShift mode ^ Added Brake Over Accelerator (BOA) feature - reduces engine power during off-idle driving when both the accelerator and brake pedals are applied simultaneously ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so SelectShift gear display comes back on whenever going back into drive if the vehicle was turned off while SelectShift mode was still activated ^ Added engine protection feature from overspeed while descending long grades while towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 RPM) ^ Increased torque - during hill assist operation - (see Owner Guide for additional system operation) ^ PTO operational enhancements - (applicable to vehicles equipped with optional PTO) - Automatic secondary electronic idle controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch in on position Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues > Page 820 - Engine coolant temperature to operate PTO lowered to -7 °C (+20 °F) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 110323A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Reprogram The PCM And TCM (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE RECALEM 04 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 825 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 826 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance Technical Service Bulletin # 11E02 Date: 110426 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 832 Yes, OASIS will be activated on April 26, 2011. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on April 26, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by June 30, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 833 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this repair. Attachment III - Technical Information OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) release 72.03 or higher. SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogram appropriate vehicle modules before performing diagnostics and clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) after programming. For DTCs generated after reprogramming, follow normal diagnostic service procedures. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Reprogram the PCM and TCM to the latest calibration using IDS release 72.03 and higher. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. When reprogramming the PCM on automatic transmission equipped vehicles, the TCM will also be automatically reprogrammed to the latest level. Important Information For Module Programming NOTE: When programming or reprogramming a module, use the following basic checks to ensure programming completes without errors. ^ Make sure the battery is fully charged before carrying out the programming steps and connect IDS/scan tool to a power source. ^ Inspect Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and cables for any damage. Make sure scan tool connections are not interrupted during programming. ^ A hardwired internet connection is strongly recommended. ^ Turn off all unnecessary accessories (radio, heated/cooled seats, head lamps, interior lamps, HVAC system, etc.), close doors. ^ Disconnect/depower any aftermarket accessories (remote start, alarm, power inverter, CB radio, etc.). ^ Follow all scan tool on-screen instructions carefully. ^ Disable IDS/scan tool sleep mode, screensaver, hibernation modes. ^ Create all sessions Key On Engine Off (KOEO). Starting the vehicle before creating a session will cause errors within the programming inhale process. Recovering a PCM/Smart Junction Box (SJB) when programming has resulted in a blank module: NEVER DELETE THE ORIGINAL SESSION! 1. Obtain the original IDS that was used when the programming error occurred during Module Reprogramming (MR) or Programmable Module Installation (PMI). 2. Disconnect the VCM from the data link connector (DLC) and the IDS. 3. Reconnect the VCM to IDS and then connect to the DLC. Once reconnected, the VCM icon should appear in the corner of the IDS screen. If it does not, troubleshoot the IDS to VCM connection. 4. Locate the ORIGINAL vehicle session when programming failed. This should be the last session used in most cases. If not, use the session created Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 834 on the date that the programming failed. NOTE: If the original session is not listed in the previous session list, click the "Recycle bin" icon at the lower right of the previous session screen. This will load any deleted sessions and allow you to look through them. Double-click the session to restore it. 5. Once the session is loaded, the failed process should resume automatically. 6. If programming does not resume automatically, proceed to the Module Programming menu and select the previously attempted process, Programmable Module Installation (PM I) or Module Reprogramming. 7. Follow all on-screen prompts/instructions. 8. Near the end of programming, the IDS will prompt you to select certain parameters. It is important to make a selection for ALL parameters listed. If the correct selection is already highlighted, you must still choose that selection before clicking the "Tick" mark to complete the configuration. 9. The last screen on the IDS may list additional steps required to complete the programming process. Make sure all applicable steps listed on the screen are followed in order. NOTE: AUTOMATIC VEHICLES ONLY: Please advise the customer that this vehicle is equipped with an adaptive transmission shift strategy which allows the vehicle's computer to learn the transmission's unique parameters and improve shift quality. When the adaptive strategy is reset, the computer will begin a relearning process. This relearning process may result in firmer than normal upshifts and downshifts for several days. Owner Letter None available. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration Technical Service Bulletin # 10B17S1 Date: 110408 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 839 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes, OASIS will be activated on September 2, 2010. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on September 2, 2010. Owner names and addresses will be available by September 15, 2010. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this program is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this service action. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for upgrades. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this service action. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the upgrade will not be granted. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 840 ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ PROGRAM TERMS: This program will be in effect through August 31 2011. There is no mileage limit for this program. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this upgrade. Attachment III - Technical Information [NEW!] OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) with a performance enhanced calibration using IDS release 72.01A and higher. This calibration update also contains improvements to address the following symptoms: ^ Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illumination with false engine related DTCs P132B, P0299, PO5OE, and PO6EA ^ Wrench light illumination with false transmission related DTCs P0884, P0731, P0732, P0733, P0734, P0735, and P0729 ^ Low speed, low load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ High pressure (HP) fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed diesel exhaust fluid level indication change after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between Reverse-Drive and Drive-Reverse shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation in D (drive) after descending a grade with the gear shift lever in 1 (first) ^ Delayed current gear indication when using SelectShift mode This calibration also contains the following enhancements: Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 841 ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so the SelectShift gear display will remain activated after shifting out of and back into D (drive) or after a key cycle ^ Added engine overspeed protection feature while descending long grades when towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 rpm engine redline) ^ Increased torque during hill assist operation (see owner guide for additional hill assist information) ^ PTO operation improvements - Automatic Secondary Electronic Idle Controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch is in the ON position - Minimum engine coolant temperature to operate PTO is lowered to 20°F (-7°C) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogramming concerns! errors may be caused by the following: ^ Data Link Connector (DLC) or Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) becoming disconnected. ^ Allowing the IDS to enter any type of sleep mode. ^ Using a wireless IDS to VCM connection. ^ Low voltage on the IDS lap top. ^ Low voltage in the vehicle battery (use of a battery charger is recommended). If you encounter reprogramming concerns, DO NOT DELETE the session. If the original session has accidentally been deleted, recover the original session from the IDS "TRASH CAN" (located in the lower right corner of the previous session screen) and continue to reprogram. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Make sure that all accessories (radio, interior fan, headlights, etc.) are switched off. [NEW!] 3. Verify that the IDS is updated to software release 72.01A and higher. 4. Connect the IDS to the vehicle and start a session. 5. Select the Tool Box tab and then select Module Programming. Touch the tick. 6. Select Module Reprogramming and then select PCM. Touch the tick. 7. NOTE: If the IDS states there are no updates available, either the IDS has not been updated to an appropriate software release level, or the updates have already been performed. A screen will appear stating a later PCM and TCM calibration is available. Follow the on-screen instructions to program the PCM and the TCM to the latest calibration. NOTE: Remind dealership service management that they must provide a copy of the Customer Information Sheet to the vehicle owner. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 842 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 843 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 844 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > NHTSA11V128000 > Feb > 11 > Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection Body Control Module: Recalls Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: February 21, 2011 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 11V128000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Electrical System: Software POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 8,022 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 Ford F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge, and Lincoln MKX trucks manufactured from October 25, 2010, through November 20, 2010. These vehicles were inspected using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) that had a custom software routine to read the suspect Body Control Module (BCM) serial number. Based on the serial number the BCM was either not affected or replaced. The custom software routine was not reading the correct set of characters, and was not able to identify a BCM that required replacement affected BCMs may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which could result in a vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will inspect the body control module and if necessary replace it free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or about March 7, 2011. Owners may contact Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship CENTER AT 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford safety recall No. 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement Technical Service Bulletin # 10S14S3 Date: 110218 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 858 Attachment I - Administrative Information [NEW!] OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes OASIS will be activated on February 18, 2011. [NEW!] FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes FSA VIN list will be available through the website on February 18, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by March 31, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. [NEW!] STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. [NEW!] SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Previously inspected vehicles have been reactivated in OASIS for Safety Recall 10S14. Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 859 ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES If a customer's vehicle requires replacement of the BCM and it is necessary to order parts Ford will pay for up to two days of vehicle rental except for fuel insurance and tax which will be at the owner's expense. Rentals should be provided only while the vehicle is at the dealership for part replacement. The parts order must be an emergency order (unit down) if the order is placed between 3:00 PM and 7:00 PM (your local time zone) to guarantee the shortest delivery time. Prior approval for more than two rental days is required from the Special Service Support Center. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for rental dollar amounts. [NEW!] CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ Rental Expenses: Must be claimed on the same repair line as labor operation 10S14D. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for dollar amounts. - Misc. Expense Code: RENTAL - Misc. Expense Amount: Actual dollar amount (up to 2 days) Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 860 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION To manage part availability dealers must contact the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line. Dealers will receive a DOES II message when part requirements can be ordered through normal order processing channels. When calling to place an order for a BCM please be prepared to provide dealer P&A; code VIN RO # and vehicle mileage. Questions regarding parts should be directed to the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line or E-mailed. DEALER PRICE For latest prices refer to DOES II. PARTS RETENTION AND RETURN Follow the provisions of the Warranty and Policy Manual for "Parts Retention and Return Procedures." EXCESS STOCK RETURN Excess stock returned for credit must have been purchased from Ford Customer Service Division in accordance with Policy Procedure Bulletin 4000. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 861 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 862 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 863 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 864 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > NHTSA10V659000 > Dec > 10 > Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard Body Control Module: Recalls Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: December 29, 2010 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 10V659000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Structure: Body POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 14,737 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge and Lincoln MKX vehicles. During a six-day production period, the supplier of the body control module manufactured modules that may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which can result in an unattended vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will replace the body control module if necessary free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or before January 10, 2011. owners may contact Ford at 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford's recall campaign number is 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > NHTSA11V128000 > Feb > 11 > Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection Body Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: February 21, 2011 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 11V128000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Electrical System: Software POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 8,022 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 Ford F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge, and Lincoln MKX trucks manufactured from October 25, 2010, through November 20, 2010. These vehicles were inspected using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) that had a custom software routine to read the suspect Body Control Module (BCM) serial number. Based on the serial number the BCM was either not affected or replaced. The custom software routine was not reading the correct set of characters, and was not able to identify a BCM that required replacement affected BCMs may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which could result in a vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will inspect the body control module and if necessary replace it free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or about March 7, 2011. Owners may contact Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship CENTER AT 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford safety recall No. 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement Technical Service Bulletin # 10S14S3 Date: 110218 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 878 Attachment I - Administrative Information [NEW!] OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes OASIS will be activated on February 18, 2011. [NEW!] FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes FSA VIN list will be available through the website on February 18, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by March 31, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. [NEW!] STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. [NEW!] SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Previously inspected vehicles have been reactivated in OASIS for Safety Recall 10S14. Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 879 ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES If a customer's vehicle requires replacement of the BCM and it is necessary to order parts Ford will pay for up to two days of vehicle rental except for fuel insurance and tax which will be at the owner's expense. Rentals should be provided only while the vehicle is at the dealership for part replacement. The parts order must be an emergency order (unit down) if the order is placed between 3:00 PM and 7:00 PM (your local time zone) to guarantee the shortest delivery time. Prior approval for more than two rental days is required from the Special Service Support Center. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for rental dollar amounts. [NEW!] CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ Rental Expenses: Must be claimed on the same repair line as labor operation 10S14D. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for dollar amounts. - Misc. Expense Code: RENTAL - Misc. Expense Amount: Actual dollar amount (up to 2 days) Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 880 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION To manage part availability dealers must contact the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line. Dealers will receive a DOES II message when part requirements can be ordered through normal order processing channels. When calling to place an order for a BCM please be prepared to provide dealer P&A; code VIN RO # and vehicle mileage. Questions regarding parts should be directed to the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line or E-mailed. DEALER PRICE For latest prices refer to DOES II. PARTS RETENTION AND RETURN Follow the provisions of the Warranty and Policy Manual for "Parts Retention and Return Procedures." EXCESS STOCK RETURN Excess stock returned for credit must have been purchased from Ford Customer Service Division in accordance with Policy Procedure Bulletin 4000. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 881 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 882 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 883 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 884 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > NHTSA10V659000 > Dec > 10 > Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard Body Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: December 29, 2010 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 10V659000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Structure: Body POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 14,737 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge and Lincoln MKX vehicles. During a six-day production period, the supplier of the body control module manufactured modules that may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which can result in an unattended vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will replace the body control module if necessary free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or before January 10, 2011. owners may contact Ford at 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford's recall campaign number is 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance Technical Service Bulletin # 11E02 Date: 110426 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 897 Yes, OASIS will be activated on April 26, 2011. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on April 26, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by June 30, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 898 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this repair. Attachment III - Technical Information OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) release 72.03 or higher. SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogram appropriate vehicle modules before performing diagnostics and clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) after programming. For DTCs generated after reprogramming, follow normal diagnostic service procedures. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Reprogram the PCM and TCM to the latest calibration using IDS release 72.03 and higher. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. When reprogramming the PCM on automatic transmission equipped vehicles, the TCM will also be automatically reprogrammed to the latest level. Important Information For Module Programming NOTE: When programming or reprogramming a module, use the following basic checks to ensure programming completes without errors. ^ Make sure the battery is fully charged before carrying out the programming steps and connect IDS/scan tool to a power source. ^ Inspect Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and cables for any damage. Make sure scan tool connections are not interrupted during programming. ^ A hardwired internet connection is strongly recommended. ^ Turn off all unnecessary accessories (radio, heated/cooled seats, head lamps, interior lamps, HVAC system, etc.), close doors. ^ Disconnect/depower any aftermarket accessories (remote start, alarm, power inverter, CB radio, etc.). ^ Follow all scan tool on-screen instructions carefully. ^ Disable IDS/scan tool sleep mode, screensaver, hibernation modes. ^ Create all sessions Key On Engine Off (KOEO). Starting the vehicle before creating a session will cause errors within the programming inhale process. Recovering a PCM/Smart Junction Box (SJB) when programming has resulted in a blank module: NEVER DELETE THE ORIGINAL SESSION! 1. Obtain the original IDS that was used when the programming error occurred during Module Reprogramming (MR) or Programmable Module Installation (PMI). 2. Disconnect the VCM from the data link connector (DLC) and the IDS. 3. Reconnect the VCM to IDS and then connect to the DLC. Once reconnected, the VCM icon should appear in the corner of the IDS screen. If it does not, troubleshoot the IDS to VCM connection. 4. Locate the ORIGINAL vehicle session when programming failed. This should be the last session used in most cases. If not, use the session created Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 899 on the date that the programming failed. NOTE: If the original session is not listed in the previous session list, click the "Recycle bin" icon at the lower right of the previous session screen. This will load any deleted sessions and allow you to look through them. Double-click the session to restore it. 5. Once the session is loaded, the failed process should resume automatically. 6. If programming does not resume automatically, proceed to the Module Programming menu and select the previously attempted process, Programmable Module Installation (PM I) or Module Reprogramming. 7. Follow all on-screen prompts/instructions. 8. Near the end of programming, the IDS will prompt you to select certain parameters. It is important to make a selection for ALL parameters listed. If the correct selection is already highlighted, you must still choose that selection before clicking the "Tick" mark to complete the configuration. 9. The last screen on the IDS may list additional steps required to complete the programming process. Make sure all applicable steps listed on the screen are followed in order. NOTE: AUTOMATIC VEHICLES ONLY: Please advise the customer that this vehicle is equipped with an adaptive transmission shift strategy which allows the vehicle's computer to learn the transmission's unique parameters and improve shift quality. When the adaptive strategy is reset, the computer will begin a relearning process. This relearning process may result in firmer than normal upshifts and downshifts for several days. Owner Letter None available. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration Technical Service Bulletin # 10B17S1 Date: 110408 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 904 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes, OASIS will be activated on September 2, 2010. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on September 2, 2010. Owner names and addresses will be available by September 15, 2010. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this program is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this service action. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for upgrades. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this service action. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the upgrade will not be granted. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 905 ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ PROGRAM TERMS: This program will be in effect through August 31 2011. There is no mileage limit for this program. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this upgrade. Attachment III - Technical Information [NEW!] OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) with a performance enhanced calibration using IDS release 72.01A and higher. This calibration update also contains improvements to address the following symptoms: ^ Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illumination with false engine related DTCs P132B, P0299, PO5OE, and PO6EA ^ Wrench light illumination with false transmission related DTCs P0884, P0731, P0732, P0733, P0734, P0735, and P0729 ^ Low speed, low load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ High pressure (HP) fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed diesel exhaust fluid level indication change after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between Reverse-Drive and Drive-Reverse shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation in D (drive) after descending a grade with the gear shift lever in 1 (first) ^ Delayed current gear indication when using SelectShift mode This calibration also contains the following enhancements: Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 906 ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so the SelectShift gear display will remain activated after shifting out of and back into D (drive) or after a key cycle ^ Added engine overspeed protection feature while descending long grades when towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 rpm engine redline) ^ Increased torque during hill assist operation (see owner guide for additional hill assist information) ^ PTO operation improvements - Automatic Secondary Electronic Idle Controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch is in the ON position - Minimum engine coolant temperature to operate PTO is lowered to 20°F (-7°C) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogramming concerns! errors may be caused by the following: ^ Data Link Connector (DLC) or Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) becoming disconnected. ^ Allowing the IDS to enter any type of sleep mode. ^ Using a wireless IDS to VCM connection. ^ Low voltage on the IDS lap top. ^ Low voltage in the vehicle battery (use of a battery charger is recommended). If you encounter reprogramming concerns, DO NOT DELETE the session. If the original session has accidentally been deleted, recover the original session from the IDS "TRASH CAN" (located in the lower right corner of the previous session screen) and continue to reprogram. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Make sure that all accessories (radio, interior fan, headlights, etc.) are switched off. [NEW!] 3. Verify that the IDS is updated to software release 72.01A and higher. 4. Connect the IDS to the vehicle and start a session. 5. Select the Tool Box tab and then select Module Programming. Touch the tick. 6. Select Module Reprogramming and then select PCM. Touch the tick. 7. NOTE: If the IDS states there are no updates available, either the IDS has not been updated to an appropriate software release level, or the updates have already been performed. A screen will appear stating a later PCM and TCM calibration is available. Follow the on-screen instructions to program the PCM and the TCM to the latest calibration. NOTE: Remind dealership service management that they must provide a copy of the Customer Information Sheet to the vehicle owner. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 907 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 908 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 909 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues Engine Control Module: Customer Interest Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues TSB 11-3-23 03/17/11 6.7L - CALIBRATION UPDATE - VARIOUS ISSUES - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 3/14/2011 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 This article supersedes TSB 10-23-9 to add additional calibration content. ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 3/14/2011 may exhibit malfunction indicator light (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTC's) P0401, P0402, POO9A if driven at highway speeds with a snow plow attached, P164A if idled for extended periods in colder ambient temperatures, 2-3 transmission shift flares, harsh/inconsistent transmission shifting during transmission fluid warm up and tip-in events when at low speeds or coming to a stop. Refer to the Calibration Content for additional details. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure to correct the concern SERVICE PROCEDURE Reprogram the powertrain control module (PCM) and the transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.05 and higher or 72.01 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.3 DVD. The Calibration Update Contains Improvement Actions And Enhancements: ^ DTC P0401 (exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) flow insufficient detected) ^ DTC P0402 (exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) flow excessive detected) ^ DTC P009A (intake air temperature/ambient air temperature correlation) if driven at highway speeds with a snow plow attached ^ False DTC P164A (02 sensor positive current trim circuit performance (bank 1, sensor 1)) if idled for extended periods in colder ambient temperature ^ 2-3 transmission shift flares ^ Harsh/inconsistent transmission shifting during transmission fluid warm up ^ Improved shift feel for tip-in events when at low speed or coming to a stop Previously Released Calibration Content Previously released calibration content included in IDS software release 69.07 and higher contained improvement actions and enhancements to address the following: Calibration Content Vehicles Built On Or Before 11/5/2010 ^ Delayed manual upshifts from 1st to 2nd gear when in Select Shift mode while going down a grade ^ Harsh/delayed 1-2 upshift and downshift ^ Harsh 2-3 upshift on first drive away of day after vehicle soak ^ DEF warning messages won't reset after refilling DEF tank with Key On Engine Running ^ Modified vehicles for rail applications, that will not re-engage PTO operation or speedometer inoperative after riding on the tracks with the front wheels off the ground ^ VSOUT signal inoperable from customer access circuits under dash ^ DTC P2463 or P246C (DPF restriction) and DTC P2459 (DPF regeneration frequency) - adds increased ability to perform manual regeneration at Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues > Page 915 higher load values when performing system diagnostics Calibration Content - Vehicles Built On Or Before 08/23/2010 ^ False DTC P132B (turbocharger/supercharger boost control A performance) ^ False DTC P0299 (turbocharger/supercharger A under-boost condition) ^ False DTC PO5OE (cold start engine exhaust temperature too low) ^ False DTC PO6EA (NOX sensor processor performance (bank 1, sensor 1) ^ DTC P249C (5CR time to closed loop) - improved diagnostics and reporting ^ DTC P249F (excessive time to enter closed loop DPF regeneration control) - improved diagnostics and reporting ^ False DTC P0884 (PCM/TCM power input signal intermittent) ^ DTC(s) and freeze frame data being erased in the PCM when running KOEO, KOER, Datalogger, Active Commands or any other guided diagnostics with IDS ^ False P0731 (gear 1 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0732 (gear 2 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0733 (gear 3 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0734 (gear 4 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0735 (gear 5 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0729 (gear 6 incorrect ratio) ^ Low speed/load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ HP fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed DEF level indication after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between R-D and D-R shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or climbing hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation after descending grades while in 1st gear ^ Flashes/delays of current gear indication when using SelectShift mode ^ Added Brake Over Accelerator (BOA) feature - reduces engine power during off-idle driving when both the accelerator and brake pedals are applied simultaneously ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so SelectShift gear display comes back on whenever going back into drive if the vehicle was turned off while SelectShift mode was still activated ^ Added engine protection feature from overspeed while descending long grades while towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 RPM) ^ Increased torque - during hill assist operation - (see Owner Guide for additional system operation) ^ PTO operational enhancements - (applicable to vehicles equipped with optional PTO) - Automatic secondary electronic idle controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch in on position Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues > Page 916 - Engine coolant temperature to operate PTO lowered to -7 °C (+20 °F) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 110323A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Reprogram The PCM And TCM (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE RECALEM 04 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 Engine Control Module: Customer Interest Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 921 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 922 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance Technical Service Bulletin # 11E02 Date: 110426 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 928 Yes, OASIS will be activated on April 26, 2011. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on April 26, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by June 30, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 929 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this repair. Attachment III - Technical Information OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) release 72.03 or higher. SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogram appropriate vehicle modules before performing diagnostics and clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) after programming. For DTCs generated after reprogramming, follow normal diagnostic service procedures. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Reprogram the PCM and TCM to the latest calibration using IDS release 72.03 and higher. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. When reprogramming the PCM on automatic transmission equipped vehicles, the TCM will also be automatically reprogrammed to the latest level. Important Information For Module Programming NOTE: When programming or reprogramming a module, use the following basic checks to ensure programming completes without errors. ^ Make sure the battery is fully charged before carrying out the programming steps and connect IDS/scan tool to a power source. ^ Inspect Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and cables for any damage. Make sure scan tool connections are not interrupted during programming. ^ A hardwired internet connection is strongly recommended. ^ Turn off all unnecessary accessories (radio, heated/cooled seats, head lamps, interior lamps, HVAC system, etc.), close doors. ^ Disconnect/depower any aftermarket accessories (remote start, alarm, power inverter, CB radio, etc.). ^ Follow all scan tool on-screen instructions carefully. ^ Disable IDS/scan tool sleep mode, screensaver, hibernation modes. ^ Create all sessions Key On Engine Off (KOEO). Starting the vehicle before creating a session will cause errors within the programming inhale process. Recovering a PCM/Smart Junction Box (SJB) when programming has resulted in a blank module: NEVER DELETE THE ORIGINAL SESSION! 1. Obtain the original IDS that was used when the programming error occurred during Module Reprogramming (MR) or Programmable Module Installation (PMI). 2. Disconnect the VCM from the data link connector (DLC) and the IDS. 3. Reconnect the VCM to IDS and then connect to the DLC. Once reconnected, the VCM icon should appear in the corner of the IDS screen. If it does not, troubleshoot the IDS to VCM connection. 4. Locate the ORIGINAL vehicle session when programming failed. This should be the last session used in most cases. If not, use the session created Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 930 on the date that the programming failed. NOTE: If the original session is not listed in the previous session list, click the "Recycle bin" icon at the lower right of the previous session screen. This will load any deleted sessions and allow you to look through them. Double-click the session to restore it. 5. Once the session is loaded, the failed process should resume automatically. 6. If programming does not resume automatically, proceed to the Module Programming menu and select the previously attempted process, Programmable Module Installation (PM I) or Module Reprogramming. 7. Follow all on-screen prompts/instructions. 8. Near the end of programming, the IDS will prompt you to select certain parameters. It is important to make a selection for ALL parameters listed. If the correct selection is already highlighted, you must still choose that selection before clicking the "Tick" mark to complete the configuration. 9. The last screen on the IDS may list additional steps required to complete the programming process. Make sure all applicable steps listed on the screen are followed in order. NOTE: AUTOMATIC VEHICLES ONLY: Please advise the customer that this vehicle is equipped with an adaptive transmission shift strategy which allows the vehicle's computer to learn the transmission's unique parameters and improve shift quality. When the adaptive strategy is reset, the computer will begin a relearning process. This relearning process may result in firmer than normal upshifts and downshifts for several days. Owner Letter None available. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration Technical Service Bulletin # 10B17S1 Date: 110408 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 935 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes, OASIS will be activated on September 2, 2010. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on September 2, 2010. Owner names and addresses will be available by September 15, 2010. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this program is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this service action. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for upgrades. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this service action. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the upgrade will not be granted. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 936 ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ PROGRAM TERMS: This program will be in effect through August 31 2011. There is no mileage limit for this program. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this upgrade. Attachment III - Technical Information [NEW!] OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) with a performance enhanced calibration using IDS release 72.01A and higher. This calibration update also contains improvements to address the following symptoms: ^ Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illumination with false engine related DTCs P132B, P0299, PO5OE, and PO6EA ^ Wrench light illumination with false transmission related DTCs P0884, P0731, P0732, P0733, P0734, P0735, and P0729 ^ Low speed, low load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ High pressure (HP) fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed diesel exhaust fluid level indication change after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between Reverse-Drive and Drive-Reverse shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation in D (drive) after descending a grade with the gear shift lever in 1 (first) ^ Delayed current gear indication when using SelectShift mode This calibration also contains the following enhancements: Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 937 ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so the SelectShift gear display will remain activated after shifting out of and back into D (drive) or after a key cycle ^ Added engine overspeed protection feature while descending long grades when towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 rpm engine redline) ^ Increased torque during hill assist operation (see owner guide for additional hill assist information) ^ PTO operation improvements - Automatic Secondary Electronic Idle Controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch is in the ON position - Minimum engine coolant temperature to operate PTO is lowered to 20°F (-7°C) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogramming concerns! errors may be caused by the following: ^ Data Link Connector (DLC) or Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) becoming disconnected. ^ Allowing the IDS to enter any type of sleep mode. ^ Using a wireless IDS to VCM connection. ^ Low voltage on the IDS lap top. ^ Low voltage in the vehicle battery (use of a battery charger is recommended). If you encounter reprogramming concerns, DO NOT DELETE the session. If the original session has accidentally been deleted, recover the original session from the IDS "TRASH CAN" (located in the lower right corner of the previous session screen) and continue to reprogram. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Make sure that all accessories (radio, interior fan, headlights, etc.) are switched off. [NEW!] 3. Verify that the IDS is updated to software release 72.01A and higher. 4. Connect the IDS to the vehicle and start a session. 5. Select the Tool Box tab and then select Module Programming. Touch the tick. 6. Select Module Reprogramming and then select PCM. Touch the tick. 7. NOTE: If the IDS states there are no updates available, either the IDS has not been updated to an appropriate software release level, or the updates have already been performed. A screen will appear stating a later PCM and TCM calibration is available. Follow the on-screen instructions to program the PCM and the TCM to the latest calibration. NOTE: Remind dealership service management that they must provide a copy of the Customer Information Sheet to the vehicle owner. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 938 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 939 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 940 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues TSB 11-3-23 03/17/11 6.7L - CALIBRATION UPDATE - VARIOUS ISSUES - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 3/14/2011 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 This article supersedes TSB 10-23-9 to add additional calibration content. ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 3/14/2011 may exhibit malfunction indicator light (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTC's) P0401, P0402, POO9A if driven at highway speeds with a snow plow attached, P164A if idled for extended periods in colder ambient temperatures, 2-3 transmission shift flares, harsh/inconsistent transmission shifting during transmission fluid warm up and tip-in events when at low speeds or coming to a stop. Refer to the Calibration Content for additional details. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure to correct the concern SERVICE PROCEDURE Reprogram the powertrain control module (PCM) and the transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.05 and higher or 72.01 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.3 DVD. The Calibration Update Contains Improvement Actions And Enhancements: ^ DTC P0401 (exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) flow insufficient detected) ^ DTC P0402 (exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) flow excessive detected) ^ DTC P009A (intake air temperature/ambient air temperature correlation) if driven at highway speeds with a snow plow attached ^ False DTC P164A (02 sensor positive current trim circuit performance (bank 1, sensor 1)) if idled for extended periods in colder ambient temperature ^ 2-3 transmission shift flares ^ Harsh/inconsistent transmission shifting during transmission fluid warm up ^ Improved shift feel for tip-in events when at low speed or coming to a stop Previously Released Calibration Content Previously released calibration content included in IDS software release 69.07 and higher contained improvement actions and enhancements to address the following: Calibration Content Vehicles Built On Or Before 11/5/2010 ^ Delayed manual upshifts from 1st to 2nd gear when in Select Shift mode while going down a grade ^ Harsh/delayed 1-2 upshift and downshift ^ Harsh 2-3 upshift on first drive away of day after vehicle soak ^ DEF warning messages won't reset after refilling DEF tank with Key On Engine Running ^ Modified vehicles for rail applications, that will not re-engage PTO operation or speedometer inoperative after riding on the tracks with the front wheels off the ground ^ VSOUT signal inoperable from customer access circuits under dash ^ DTC P2463 or P246C (DPF restriction) and DTC P2459 (DPF regeneration frequency) - adds increased ability to perform manual regeneration at Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues > Page 945 higher load values when performing system diagnostics Calibration Content - Vehicles Built On Or Before 08/23/2010 ^ False DTC P132B (turbocharger/supercharger boost control A performance) ^ False DTC P0299 (turbocharger/supercharger A under-boost condition) ^ False DTC PO5OE (cold start engine exhaust temperature too low) ^ False DTC PO6EA (NOX sensor processor performance (bank 1, sensor 1) ^ DTC P249C (5CR time to closed loop) - improved diagnostics and reporting ^ DTC P249F (excessive time to enter closed loop DPF regeneration control) - improved diagnostics and reporting ^ False DTC P0884 (PCM/TCM power input signal intermittent) ^ DTC(s) and freeze frame data being erased in the PCM when running KOEO, KOER, Datalogger, Active Commands or any other guided diagnostics with IDS ^ False P0731 (gear 1 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0732 (gear 2 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0733 (gear 3 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0734 (gear 4 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0735 (gear 5 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0729 (gear 6 incorrect ratio) ^ Low speed/load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ HP fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed DEF level indication after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between R-D and D-R shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or climbing hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation after descending grades while in 1st gear ^ Flashes/delays of current gear indication when using SelectShift mode ^ Added Brake Over Accelerator (BOA) feature - reduces engine power during off-idle driving when both the accelerator and brake pedals are applied simultaneously ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so SelectShift gear display comes back on whenever going back into drive if the vehicle was turned off while SelectShift mode was still activated ^ Added engine protection feature from overspeed while descending long grades while towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 RPM) ^ Increased torque - during hill assist operation - (see Owner Guide for additional system operation) ^ PTO operational enhancements - (applicable to vehicles equipped with optional PTO) - Automatic secondary electronic idle controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch in on position Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues > Page 946 - Engine coolant temperature to operate PTO lowered to -7 °C (+20 °F) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 110323A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Reprogram The PCM And TCM (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE RECALEM 04 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 951 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 952 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues TSB 11-3-23 03/17/11 6.7L - CALIBRATION UPDATE - VARIOUS ISSUES - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 3/14/2011 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 This article supersedes TSB 10-23-9 to add additional calibration content. ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 3/14/2011 may exhibit malfunction indicator light (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTC's) P0401, P0402, POO9A if driven at highway speeds with a snow plow attached, P164A if idled for extended periods in colder ambient temperatures, 2-3 transmission shift flares, harsh/inconsistent transmission shifting during transmission fluid warm up and tip-in events when at low speeds or coming to a stop. Refer to the Calibration Content for additional details. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure to correct the concern SERVICE PROCEDURE Reprogram the powertrain control module (PCM) and the transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.05 and higher or 72.01 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.3 DVD. The Calibration Update Contains Improvement Actions And Enhancements: ^ DTC P0401 (exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) flow insufficient detected) ^ DTC P0402 (exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) flow excessive detected) ^ DTC P009A (intake air temperature/ambient air temperature correlation) if driven at highway speeds with a snow plow attached ^ False DTC P164A (02 sensor positive current trim circuit performance (bank 1, sensor 1)) if idled for extended periods in colder ambient temperature ^ 2-3 transmission shift flares ^ Harsh/inconsistent transmission shifting during transmission fluid warm up ^ Improved shift feel for tip-in events when at low speed or coming to a stop Previously Released Calibration Content Previously released calibration content included in IDS software release 69.07 and higher contained improvement actions and enhancements to address the following: Calibration Content Vehicles Built On Or Before 11/5/2010 ^ Delayed manual upshifts from 1st to 2nd gear when in Select Shift mode while going down a grade ^ Harsh/delayed 1-2 upshift and downshift ^ Harsh 2-3 upshift on first drive away of day after vehicle soak ^ DEF warning messages won't reset after refilling DEF tank with Key On Engine Running ^ Modified vehicles for rail applications, that will not re-engage PTO operation or speedometer inoperative after riding on the tracks with the front wheels off the ground ^ VSOUT signal inoperable from customer access circuits under dash ^ DTC P2463 or P246C (DPF restriction) and DTC P2459 (DPF regeneration frequency) - adds increased ability to perform manual regeneration at Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues > Page 958 higher load values when performing system diagnostics Calibration Content - Vehicles Built On Or Before 08/23/2010 ^ False DTC P132B (turbocharger/supercharger boost control A performance) ^ False DTC P0299 (turbocharger/supercharger A under-boost condition) ^ False DTC PO5OE (cold start engine exhaust temperature too low) ^ False DTC PO6EA (NOX sensor processor performance (bank 1, sensor 1) ^ DTC P249C (5CR time to closed loop) - improved diagnostics and reporting ^ DTC P249F (excessive time to enter closed loop DPF regeneration control) - improved diagnostics and reporting ^ False DTC P0884 (PCM/TCM power input signal intermittent) ^ DTC(s) and freeze frame data being erased in the PCM when running KOEO, KOER, Datalogger, Active Commands or any other guided diagnostics with IDS ^ False P0731 (gear 1 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0732 (gear 2 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0733 (gear 3 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0734 (gear 4 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0735 (gear 5 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0729 (gear 6 incorrect ratio) ^ Low speed/load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ HP fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed DEF level indication after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between R-D and D-R shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or climbing hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation after descending grades while in 1st gear ^ Flashes/delays of current gear indication when using SelectShift mode ^ Added Brake Over Accelerator (BOA) feature - reduces engine power during off-idle driving when both the accelerator and brake pedals are applied simultaneously ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so SelectShift gear display comes back on whenever going back into drive if the vehicle was turned off while SelectShift mode was still activated ^ Added engine protection feature from overspeed while descending long grades while towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 RPM) ^ Increased torque - during hill assist operation - (see Owner Guide for additional system operation) ^ PTO operational enhancements - (applicable to vehicles equipped with optional PTO) - Automatic secondary electronic idle controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch in on position Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues > Page 959 - Engine coolant temperature to operate PTO lowered to -7 °C (+20 °F) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 110323A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Reprogram The PCM And TCM (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE RECALEM 04 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 964 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 965 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance Technical Service Bulletin # 11E02 Date: 110426 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 971 Yes, OASIS will be activated on April 26, 2011. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on April 26, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by June 30, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 972 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this repair. Attachment III - Technical Information OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) release 72.03 or higher. SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogram appropriate vehicle modules before performing diagnostics and clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) after programming. For DTCs generated after reprogramming, follow normal diagnostic service procedures. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Reprogram the PCM and TCM to the latest calibration using IDS release 72.03 and higher. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. When reprogramming the PCM on automatic transmission equipped vehicles, the TCM will also be automatically reprogrammed to the latest level. Important Information For Module Programming NOTE: When programming or reprogramming a module, use the following basic checks to ensure programming completes without errors. ^ Make sure the battery is fully charged before carrying out the programming steps and connect IDS/scan tool to a power source. ^ Inspect Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and cables for any damage. Make sure scan tool connections are not interrupted during programming. ^ A hardwired internet connection is strongly recommended. ^ Turn off all unnecessary accessories (radio, heated/cooled seats, head lamps, interior lamps, HVAC system, etc.), close doors. ^ Disconnect/depower any aftermarket accessories (remote start, alarm, power inverter, CB radio, etc.). ^ Follow all scan tool on-screen instructions carefully. ^ Disable IDS/scan tool sleep mode, screensaver, hibernation modes. ^ Create all sessions Key On Engine Off (KOEO). Starting the vehicle before creating a session will cause errors within the programming inhale process. Recovering a PCM/Smart Junction Box (SJB) when programming has resulted in a blank module: NEVER DELETE THE ORIGINAL SESSION! 1. Obtain the original IDS that was used when the programming error occurred during Module Reprogramming (MR) or Programmable Module Installation (PMI). 2. Disconnect the VCM from the data link connector (DLC) and the IDS. 3. Reconnect the VCM to IDS and then connect to the DLC. Once reconnected, the VCM icon should appear in the corner of the IDS screen. If it does not, troubleshoot the IDS to VCM connection. 4. Locate the ORIGINAL vehicle session when programming failed. This should be the last session used in most cases. If not, use the session created Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 973 on the date that the programming failed. NOTE: If the original session is not listed in the previous session list, click the "Recycle bin" icon at the lower right of the previous session screen. This will load any deleted sessions and allow you to look through them. Double-click the session to restore it. 5. Once the session is loaded, the failed process should resume automatically. 6. If programming does not resume automatically, proceed to the Module Programming menu and select the previously attempted process, Programmable Module Installation (PM I) or Module Reprogramming. 7. Follow all on-screen prompts/instructions. 8. Near the end of programming, the IDS will prompt you to select certain parameters. It is important to make a selection for ALL parameters listed. If the correct selection is already highlighted, you must still choose that selection before clicking the "Tick" mark to complete the configuration. 9. The last screen on the IDS may list additional steps required to complete the programming process. Make sure all applicable steps listed on the screen are followed in order. NOTE: AUTOMATIC VEHICLES ONLY: Please advise the customer that this vehicle is equipped with an adaptive transmission shift strategy which allows the vehicle's computer to learn the transmission's unique parameters and improve shift quality. When the adaptive strategy is reset, the computer will begin a relearning process. This relearning process may result in firmer than normal upshifts and downshifts for several days. Owner Letter None available. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration Technical Service Bulletin # 10B17S1 Date: 110408 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 978 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes, OASIS will be activated on September 2, 2010. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on September 2, 2010. Owner names and addresses will be available by September 15, 2010. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this program is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this service action. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for upgrades. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this service action. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the upgrade will not be granted. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 979 ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ PROGRAM TERMS: This program will be in effect through August 31 2011. There is no mileage limit for this program. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this upgrade. Attachment III - Technical Information [NEW!] OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) with a performance enhanced calibration using IDS release 72.01A and higher. This calibration update also contains improvements to address the following symptoms: ^ Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illumination with false engine related DTCs P132B, P0299, PO5OE, and PO6EA ^ Wrench light illumination with false transmission related DTCs P0884, P0731, P0732, P0733, P0734, P0735, and P0729 ^ Low speed, low load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ High pressure (HP) fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed diesel exhaust fluid level indication change after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between Reverse-Drive and Drive-Reverse shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation in D (drive) after descending a grade with the gear shift lever in 1 (first) ^ Delayed current gear indication when using SelectShift mode This calibration also contains the following enhancements: Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 980 ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so the SelectShift gear display will remain activated after shifting out of and back into D (drive) or after a key cycle ^ Added engine overspeed protection feature while descending long grades when towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 rpm engine redline) ^ Increased torque during hill assist operation (see owner guide for additional hill assist information) ^ PTO operation improvements - Automatic Secondary Electronic Idle Controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch is in the ON position - Minimum engine coolant temperature to operate PTO is lowered to 20°F (-7°C) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogramming concerns! errors may be caused by the following: ^ Data Link Connector (DLC) or Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) becoming disconnected. ^ Allowing the IDS to enter any type of sleep mode. ^ Using a wireless IDS to VCM connection. ^ Low voltage on the IDS lap top. ^ Low voltage in the vehicle battery (use of a battery charger is recommended). If you encounter reprogramming concerns, DO NOT DELETE the session. If the original session has accidentally been deleted, recover the original session from the IDS "TRASH CAN" (located in the lower right corner of the previous session screen) and continue to reprogram. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Make sure that all accessories (radio, interior fan, headlights, etc.) are switched off. [NEW!] 3. Verify that the IDS is updated to software release 72.01A and higher. 4. Connect the IDS to the vehicle and start a session. 5. Select the Tool Box tab and then select Module Programming. Touch the tick. 6. Select Module Reprogramming and then select PCM. Touch the tick. 7. NOTE: If the IDS states there are no updates available, either the IDS has not been updated to an appropriate software release level, or the updates have already been performed. A screen will appear stating a later PCM and TCM calibration is available. Follow the on-screen instructions to program the PCM and the TCM to the latest calibration. NOTE: Remind dealership service management that they must provide a copy of the Customer Information Sheet to the vehicle owner. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 981 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 982 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 983 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems: > 10-19-7 > Oct > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems: Customer Interest Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set TSB 10-19-7 10/11/10 6.7L DIESEL - MIL ON - DTCS P207F, P20EE, P2200 AND/OR P2201 - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 6/2/2010 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 6/2/2010 may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P207F, P20EE, P2200 or P2201 and may indicate the vehicle is operating in a derate mode and may experience a loss of power. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Perform visual inspection of Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) module wiring, NOx module and NOx sensor for damaged wire harness, connectors and/or incorrect wire harness routing. a. If no damage or wiring concerns are present, proceed to Step 2. b. If damage is found do not proceed with this article and follow normal Workshop Manual (WSM) diagnostics. 2. Replace the NOx sensor. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101907A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Inspect Wiring, And Replace The NOx Sensor (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 9D378 49 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > By Symptom for Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems: > 10-19-7 > Oct > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems: By Symptom Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set TSB 10-19-7 10/11/10 6.7L DIESEL - MIL ON - DTCS P207F, P20EE, P2200 AND/OR P2201 - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 6/2/2010 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 6/2/2010 may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P207F, P20EE, P2200 or P2201 and may indicate the vehicle is operating in a derate mode and may experience a loss of power. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Perform visual inspection of Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) module wiring, NOx module and NOx sensor for damaged wire harness, connectors and/or incorrect wire harness routing. a. If no damage or wiring concerns are present, proceed to Step 2. b. If damage is found do not proceed with this article and follow normal Workshop Manual (WSM) diagnostics. 2. Replace the NOx sensor. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101907A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Inspect Wiring, And Replace The NOx Sensor (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 9D378 49 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems: > 10-19-7 > Oct > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set TSB 10-19-7 10/11/10 6.7L DIESEL - MIL ON - DTCS P207F, P20EE, P2200 AND/OR P2201 - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 6/2/2010 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 6/2/2010 may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P207F, P20EE, P2200 or P2201 and may indicate the vehicle is operating in a derate mode and may experience a loss of power. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Perform visual inspection of Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) module wiring, NOx module and NOx sensor for damaged wire harness, connectors and/or incorrect wire harness routing. a. If no damage or wiring concerns are present, proceed to Step 2. b. If damage is found do not proceed with this article and follow normal Workshop Manual (WSM) diagnostics. 2. Replace the NOx sensor. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101907A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Inspect Wiring, And Replace The NOx Sensor (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 9D378 49 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Diesel Particle Filter (DPF) > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Diesel Particle Filter (DPF): > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 Diesel Particle Filter (DPF): Customer Interest Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Diesel Particle Filter (DPF) > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Diesel Particle Filter (DPF): > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1011 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Diesel Particle Filter (DPF) > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Diesel Particle Filter (DPF): > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1012 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Diesel Particle Filter (DPF) > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Diesel Particle Filter (DPF): > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 Diesel Particle Filter (DPF): All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Diesel Particle Filter (DPF) > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Diesel Particle Filter (DPF): > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1018 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Diesel Particle Filter (DPF) > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Diesel Particle Filter (DPF): > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1019 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Exhaust Gas Recirculation > EGR Cooler > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 10-22-9 > Nov > 10 > Exhaust System - Exhaust Leak At EGR/MIL/DTC P0299/P132B EGR Cooler: Customer Interest Exhaust System - Exhaust Leak At EGR/MIL/DTC P0299/P132B TSB 10-22-9 11/22/10 6.7L - EXHAUST LEAK AT EGR INLET TUBE - POSSIBLE MIL ON WITH DTC P0299 OR P132B FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine may exhibit an exhaust leak at the EGR inlet pipe flex joint possibly accompanied by a malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) and diagnostic trouble code (DTC) P0299 or P132B. This concern is caused by a crack in the flex joint which typically results from a loose fastener between the pipe support bracket and the EGR cooler. Exhaust leaks may cause DTCs P0299 and/or P132B. In addition, leaks can result in higher under hood temperatures and may lead to potential damage of the EGR bypass vacuum actuator, EGR bypass vacuum line, RH windshield washer hose, washer nozzle or engine air induction duct. ACTION Follow the Service procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. With the engine off, inspect the EGR inlet pipe for soot deposits in and around the braided mesh at the flex joint. a. If soot deposits are present, proceed to Step 3. b. If no soot deposits are present, proceed to Step 2. 2. Using EngineEar J5P06608-D located in the Rotunda Technician Tool Program, or equivalent, and with the engine running, listen for an audible exhaust leak at the EGR inlet pipe flex joint and/or sealing gasket areas. a. If a leak is evident at the EGR inlet pipe flex joint or sealing gasket areas, proceed to Step 3. b. If no leak is evident at the EGR inlet pipe flex joint or sealing gasket areas, do not continue with this article. 3. Replace the EGR valve inlet tube. a. Remove the six (6) bolts and the EGR valve inlet tube. b. Discard the two (2) EGR valve inlet tube gaskets, EGR inlet tube and the one (1) bracket fastener. (Location A - Figure 1) c. Install a new EGR inlet pipe and gaskets, tube support bracket and six (6) bolts. d. Reuse five (5) bolts and install one (1) new fastener. (Location A - Figure 1) e. Torque bolts in the sequence shown: Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Exhaust Gas Recirculation > EGR Cooler > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 10-22-9 > Nov > 10 > Exhaust System - Exhaust Leak At EGR/MIL/DTC P0299/P132B > Page 1029 (1) Tighten two (2) bolts at EGR inlet pipe to exhaust manifold to 88 lb-in (10 N.m). (2) Tighten two (2) bolts at EGR inlet pipe to EGR valve housing to 88 lb-in (10 N.m). f. Apply Motorcraft(R)Threadlock 262 to the pipe bracket fastener threads. g. Torque bolt to 88 lb-in (10 N.m) + 45 degrees. (Location A - Figure 1) h. Tighten the bracket to inlet pipe bolt to 88 lb-in (10 N.m) + 45 degrees. (Location B - Figure 1) i. Proceed to Step 4. 4. Inspect the following areas, visually, for possible damage due to exhaust gas exposure: RH washer hose, washer nozzle, EGR bypass vacuum actuator, EGR bypass vacuum line, and engine air inlet duct. Repair as necessary. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME MT102209 Use SLTS Operations If Actual Available; Claim Additional Time Diagnosis Or Labor Performed As Actual Time DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 9E469 01 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Exhaust Gas Recirculation > EGR Cooler > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins: > 10-22-9 > Nov > 10 > Exhaust System - Exhaust Leak At EGR/MIL/DTC P0299/P132B EGR Cooler: All Technical Service Bulletins Exhaust System - Exhaust Leak At EGR/MIL/DTC P0299/P132B TSB 10-22-9 11/22/10 6.7L - EXHAUST LEAK AT EGR INLET TUBE - POSSIBLE MIL ON WITH DTC P0299 OR P132B FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine may exhibit an exhaust leak at the EGR inlet pipe flex joint possibly accompanied by a malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) and diagnostic trouble code (DTC) P0299 or P132B. This concern is caused by a crack in the flex joint which typically results from a loose fastener between the pipe support bracket and the EGR cooler. Exhaust leaks may cause DTCs P0299 and/or P132B. In addition, leaks can result in higher under hood temperatures and may lead to potential damage of the EGR bypass vacuum actuator, EGR bypass vacuum line, RH windshield washer hose, washer nozzle or engine air induction duct. ACTION Follow the Service procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. With the engine off, inspect the EGR inlet pipe for soot deposits in and around the braided mesh at the flex joint. a. If soot deposits are present, proceed to Step 3. b. If no soot deposits are present, proceed to Step 2. 2. Using EngineEar J5P06608-D located in the Rotunda Technician Tool Program, or equivalent, and with the engine running, listen for an audible exhaust leak at the EGR inlet pipe flex joint and/or sealing gasket areas. a. If a leak is evident at the EGR inlet pipe flex joint or sealing gasket areas, proceed to Step 3. b. If no leak is evident at the EGR inlet pipe flex joint or sealing gasket areas, do not continue with this article. 3. Replace the EGR valve inlet tube. a. Remove the six (6) bolts and the EGR valve inlet tube. b. Discard the two (2) EGR valve inlet tube gaskets, EGR inlet tube and the one (1) bracket fastener. (Location A - Figure 1) c. Install a new EGR inlet pipe and gaskets, tube support bracket and six (6) bolts. d. Reuse five (5) bolts and install one (1) new fastener. (Location A - Figure 1) e. Torque bolts in the sequence shown: Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Exhaust Gas Recirculation > EGR Cooler > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins: > 10-22-9 > Nov > 10 > Exhaust System - Exhaust Leak At EGR/MIL/DTC P0299/P132B > Page 1035 (1) Tighten two (2) bolts at EGR inlet pipe to exhaust manifold to 88 lb-in (10 N.m). (2) Tighten two (2) bolts at EGR inlet pipe to EGR valve housing to 88 lb-in (10 N.m). f. Apply Motorcraft(R)Threadlock 262 to the pipe bracket fastener threads. g. Torque bolt to 88 lb-in (10 N.m) + 45 degrees. (Location A - Figure 1) h. Tighten the bracket to inlet pipe bolt to 88 lb-in (10 N.m) + 45 degrees. (Location B - Figure 1) i. Proceed to Step 4. 4. Inspect the following areas, visually, for possible damage due to exhaust gas exposure: RH washer hose, washer nozzle, EGR bypass vacuum actuator, EGR bypass vacuum line, and engine air inlet duct. Repair as necessary. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME MT102209 Use SLTS Operations If Actual Available; Claim Additional Time Diagnosis Or Labor Performed As Actual Time DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 9E469 01 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Exhaust Gas Recirculation > EGR Cooler > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for EGR Cooler: > 10-19-7 > Oct > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set Relays and Modules - Emission Control Systems: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set TSB 10-19-7 10/11/10 6.7L DIESEL - MIL ON - DTCS P207F, P20EE, P2200 AND/OR P2201 - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 6/2/2010 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 6/2/2010 may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P207F, P20EE, P2200 or P2201 and may indicate the vehicle is operating in a derate mode and may experience a loss of power. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Perform visual inspection of Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) module wiring, NOx module and NOx sensor for damaged wire harness, connectors and/or incorrect wire harness routing. a. If no damage or wiring concerns are present, proceed to Step 2. b. If damage is found do not proceed with this article and follow normal Workshop Manual (WSM) diagnostics. 2. Replace the NOx sensor. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101907A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Inspect Wiring, And Replace The NOx Sensor (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 9D378 49 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Exhaust Gas Recirculation > EGR Tube > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for EGR Tube: > 10-22-9 > Nov > 10 > Exhaust System - Exhaust Leak At EGR/MIL/DTC P0299/P132B EGR Tube: Customer Interest Exhaust System - Exhaust Leak At EGR/MIL/DTC P0299/P132B TSB 10-22-9 11/22/10 6.7L - EXHAUST LEAK AT EGR INLET TUBE - POSSIBLE MIL ON WITH DTC P0299 OR P132B FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine may exhibit an exhaust leak at the EGR inlet pipe flex joint possibly accompanied by a malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) and diagnostic trouble code (DTC) P0299 or P132B. This concern is caused by a crack in the flex joint which typically results from a loose fastener between the pipe support bracket and the EGR cooler. Exhaust leaks may cause DTCs P0299 and/or P132B. In addition, leaks can result in higher under hood temperatures and may lead to potential damage of the EGR bypass vacuum actuator, EGR bypass vacuum line, RH windshield washer hose, washer nozzle or engine air induction duct. ACTION Follow the Service procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. With the engine off, inspect the EGR inlet pipe for soot deposits in and around the braided mesh at the flex joint. a. If soot deposits are present, proceed to Step 3. b. If no soot deposits are present, proceed to Step 2. 2. Using EngineEar J5P06608-D located in the Rotunda Technician Tool Program, or equivalent, and with the engine running, listen for an audible exhaust leak at the EGR inlet pipe flex joint and/or sealing gasket areas. a. If a leak is evident at the EGR inlet pipe flex joint or sealing gasket areas, proceed to Step 3. b. If no leak is evident at the EGR inlet pipe flex joint or sealing gasket areas, do not continue with this article. 3. Replace the EGR valve inlet tube. a. Remove the six (6) bolts and the EGR valve inlet tube. b. Discard the two (2) EGR valve inlet tube gaskets, EGR inlet tube and the one (1) bracket fastener. (Location A - Figure 1) c. Install a new EGR inlet pipe and gaskets, tube support bracket and six (6) bolts. d. Reuse five (5) bolts and install one (1) new fastener. (Location A - Figure 1) e. Torque bolts in the sequence shown: Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Exhaust Gas Recirculation > EGR Tube > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for EGR Tube: > 10-22-9 > Nov > 10 > Exhaust System - Exhaust Leak At EGR/MIL/DTC P0299/P132B > Page 1054 (1) Tighten two (2) bolts at EGR inlet pipe to exhaust manifold to 88 lb-in (10 N.m). (2) Tighten two (2) bolts at EGR inlet pipe to EGR valve housing to 88 lb-in (10 N.m). f. Apply Motorcraft(R)Threadlock 262 to the pipe bracket fastener threads. g. Torque bolt to 88 lb-in (10 N.m) + 45 degrees. (Location A - Figure 1) h. Tighten the bracket to inlet pipe bolt to 88 lb-in (10 N.m) + 45 degrees. (Location B - Figure 1) i. Proceed to Step 4. 4. Inspect the following areas, visually, for possible damage due to exhaust gas exposure: RH washer hose, washer nozzle, EGR bypass vacuum actuator, EGR bypass vacuum line, and engine air inlet duct. Repair as necessary. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME MT102209 Use SLTS Operations If Actual Available; Claim Additional Time Diagnosis Or Labor Performed As Actual Time DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 9E469 01 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Exhaust Gas Recirculation > EGR Tube > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for EGR Tube: > 10-22-9 > Nov > 10 > Exhaust System - Exhaust Leak At EGR/MIL/DTC P0299/P132B EGR Tube: All Technical Service Bulletins Exhaust System - Exhaust Leak At EGR/MIL/DTC P0299/P132B TSB 10-22-9 11/22/10 6.7L - EXHAUST LEAK AT EGR INLET TUBE - POSSIBLE MIL ON WITH DTC P0299 OR P132B FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine may exhibit an exhaust leak at the EGR inlet pipe flex joint possibly accompanied by a malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) and diagnostic trouble code (DTC) P0299 or P132B. This concern is caused by a crack in the flex joint which typically results from a loose fastener between the pipe support bracket and the EGR cooler. Exhaust leaks may cause DTCs P0299 and/or P132B. In addition, leaks can result in higher under hood temperatures and may lead to potential damage of the EGR bypass vacuum actuator, EGR bypass vacuum line, RH windshield washer hose, washer nozzle or engine air induction duct. ACTION Follow the Service procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. With the engine off, inspect the EGR inlet pipe for soot deposits in and around the braided mesh at the flex joint. a. If soot deposits are present, proceed to Step 3. b. If no soot deposits are present, proceed to Step 2. 2. Using EngineEar J5P06608-D located in the Rotunda Technician Tool Program, or equivalent, and with the engine running, listen for an audible exhaust leak at the EGR inlet pipe flex joint and/or sealing gasket areas. a. If a leak is evident at the EGR inlet pipe flex joint or sealing gasket areas, proceed to Step 3. b. If no leak is evident at the EGR inlet pipe flex joint or sealing gasket areas, do not continue with this article. 3. Replace the EGR valve inlet tube. a. Remove the six (6) bolts and the EGR valve inlet tube. b. Discard the two (2) EGR valve inlet tube gaskets, EGR inlet tube and the one (1) bracket fastener. (Location A - Figure 1) c. Install a new EGR inlet pipe and gaskets, tube support bracket and six (6) bolts. d. Reuse five (5) bolts and install one (1) new fastener. (Location A - Figure 1) e. Torque bolts in the sequence shown: Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Exhaust Gas Recirculation > EGR Tube > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for EGR Tube: > 10-22-9 > Nov > 10 > Exhaust System - Exhaust Leak At EGR/MIL/DTC P0299/P132B > Page 1060 (1) Tighten two (2) bolts at EGR inlet pipe to exhaust manifold to 88 lb-in (10 N.m). (2) Tighten two (2) bolts at EGR inlet pipe to EGR valve housing to 88 lb-in (10 N.m). f. Apply Motorcraft(R)Threadlock 262 to the pipe bracket fastener threads. g. Torque bolt to 88 lb-in (10 N.m) + 45 degrees. (Location A - Figure 1) h. Tighten the bracket to inlet pipe bolt to 88 lb-in (10 N.m) + 45 degrees. (Location B - Figure 1) i. Proceed to Step 4. 4. Inspect the following areas, visually, for possible damage due to exhaust gas exposure: RH washer hose, washer nozzle, EGR bypass vacuum actuator, EGR bypass vacuum line, and engine air inlet duct. Repair as necessary. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME MT102209 Use SLTS Operations If Actual Available; Claim Additional Time Diagnosis Or Labor Performed As Actual Time DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 9E469 01 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Emission Control Systems > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Relays and Modules - Emission Control Systems: > 10-19-7 > Oct > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set Relays and Modules - Emission Control Systems: Customer Interest Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set TSB 10-19-7 10/11/10 6.7L DIESEL - MIL ON - DTCS P207F, P20EE, P2200 AND/OR P2201 - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 6/2/2010 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 6/2/2010 may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P207F, P20EE, P2200 or P2201 and may indicate the vehicle is operating in a derate mode and may experience a loss of power. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Perform visual inspection of Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) module wiring, NOx module and NOx sensor for damaged wire harness, connectors and/or incorrect wire harness routing. a. If no damage or wiring concerns are present, proceed to Step 2. b. If damage is found do not proceed with this article and follow normal Workshop Manual (WSM) diagnostics. 2. Replace the NOx sensor. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101907A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Inspect Wiring, And Replace The NOx Sensor (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 9D378 49 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Emission Control Systems > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > By Symptom for Relays and Modules - Emission Control Systems: > 10-19-7 > Oct > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set Relays and Modules - Emission Control Systems: By Symptom Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set TSB 10-19-7 10/11/10 6.7L DIESEL - MIL ON - DTCS P207F, P20EE, P2200 AND/OR P2201 - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 6/2/2010 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 6/2/2010 may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P207F, P20EE, P2200 or P2201 and may indicate the vehicle is operating in a derate mode and may experience a loss of power. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Perform visual inspection of Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) module wiring, NOx module and NOx sensor for damaged wire harness, connectors and/or incorrect wire harness routing. a. If no damage or wiring concerns are present, proceed to Step 2. b. If damage is found do not proceed with this article and follow normal Workshop Manual (WSM) diagnostics. 2. Replace the NOx sensor. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101907A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Inspect Wiring, And Replace The NOx Sensor (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 9D378 49 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Emission Control Systems > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Relays and Modules Emission Control Systems: > 10-19-7 > Oct > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set Relays and Modules - Emission Control Systems: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set TSB 10-19-7 10/11/10 6.7L DIESEL - MIL ON - DTCS P207F, P20EE, P2200 AND/OR P2201 - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 6/2/2010 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 6/2/2010 may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P207F, P20EE, P2200 or P2201 and may indicate the vehicle is operating in a derate mode and may experience a loss of power. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Perform visual inspection of Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) module wiring, NOx module and NOx sensor for damaged wire harness, connectors and/or incorrect wire harness routing. a. If no damage or wiring concerns are present, proceed to Step 2. b. If damage is found do not proceed with this article and follow normal Workshop Manual (WSM) diagnostics. 2. Replace the NOx sensor. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101907A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Inspect Wiring, And Replace The NOx Sensor (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 9D378 49 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 10-19-7 > Oct > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems: Customer Interest Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set TSB 10-19-7 10/11/10 6.7L DIESEL - MIL ON - DTCS P207F, P20EE, P2200 AND/OR P2201 - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 6/2/2010 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 6/2/2010 may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P207F, P20EE, P2200 or P2201 and may indicate the vehicle is operating in a derate mode and may experience a loss of power. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Perform visual inspection of Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) module wiring, NOx module and NOx sensor for damaged wire harness, connectors and/or incorrect wire harness routing. a. If no damage or wiring concerns are present, proceed to Step 2. b. If damage is found do not proceed with this article and follow normal Workshop Manual (WSM) diagnostics. 2. Replace the NOx sensor. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101907A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Inspect Wiring, And Replace The NOx Sensor (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 9D378 49 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > By Symptom: > 10-19-7 > Oct > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems: By Symptom Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set TSB 10-19-7 10/11/10 6.7L DIESEL - MIL ON - DTCS P207F, P20EE, P2200 AND/OR P2201 - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 6/2/2010 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 6/2/2010 may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P207F, P20EE, P2200 or P2201 and may indicate the vehicle is operating in a derate mode and may experience a loss of power. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Perform visual inspection of Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) module wiring, NOx module and NOx sensor for damaged wire harness, connectors and/or incorrect wire harness routing. a. If no damage or wiring concerns are present, proceed to Step 2. b. If damage is found do not proceed with this article and follow normal Workshop Manual (WSM) diagnostics. 2. Replace the NOx sensor. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101907A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Inspect Wiring, And Replace The NOx Sensor (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 9D378 49 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins: > 10-19-7 > Oct > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set TSB 10-19-7 10/11/10 6.7L DIESEL - MIL ON - DTCS P207F, P20EE, P2200 AND/OR P2201 - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 6/2/2010 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 6/2/2010 may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P207F, P20EE, P2200 or P2201 and may indicate the vehicle is operating in a derate mode and may experience a loss of power. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Perform visual inspection of Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) module wiring, NOx module and NOx sensor for damaged wire harness, connectors and/or incorrect wire harness routing. a. If no damage or wiring concerns are present, proceed to Step 2. b. If damage is found do not proceed with this article and follow normal Workshop Manual (WSM) diagnostics. 2. Replace the NOx sensor. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101907A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Inspect Wiring, And Replace The NOx Sensor (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 9D378 49 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems: > 10-23-3 > Dec > 10 > Drivetrain - ELD Binding/Unable To Unlock Electronic Brake Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Drivetrain - ELD Binding/Unable To Unlock TSB 10-23-3 12/03/10 SINGLE REAR WHEEL (SRW) - ELECTRONIC LOCKING DIFFERENTIAL (ELD) - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 9/22/2010 - BINDING - UNABLE TO UNLOCK FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350 ISSUE Some 2011 F-250/350 vehicles equipped with SRW and ELD built on or before 9/22/2010 may exhibit a binding condition, unable to unlock. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Reprogram the Anti-lock Brake (ABS) Module to the latest calibration using IDS release 69.04 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2010.9 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 2. Replace the differential case if binding or unable to unlock. Refer to Workshop Manual (WSM), Section 205-05D. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 102303A 2011 F-Super Duty 0.3 Hr. 250/350: Reprogram The Antilock Brake Module (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) 102303B 2011 F-Super Duty 2.6 Hrs. 250/350: Reprogram The Antilock Brake Module, Replace The Differential Case (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 4010 04 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems: > 10-23-3 > Dec > 10 > Drivetrain - ELD Binding/Unable To Unlock > Page 1102 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems: > 10-23-3 > Dec > 10 > Drivetrain - ELD Binding/Unable To Unlock > Page 1108 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems: > 10-23-3 > Dec > 10 > Drivetrain - ELD Binding/Unable To Unlock > Page 1114 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump > Component Information > Service Precautions Fuel Pump: Service Precautions WARNING: Adhere to the following procedures any time the fuel system is being worked on in order to reduce the risk of fire and personal injury: - Keep a dry chemical (Class B) fire extinguisher near the work area. - Place a "CAUTION FLAMMABLE" sign in the work area. - Work in a well-ventilated area. Do not smoke, and keep sparks and open flames away. - Wear eye protection. - Use caution when working near the catalytic converter to prevent the possibility of burns or fire. (The temperatures within the converter can exceed 537 degrees C (1000 degrees F).) - Relieve the fuel system pressure prior to disconnecting fuel system components. - Disconnect the negative battery cable except for tests where battery voltage is required. - Use a suitable container to store or catch fuel. - Do not replace fuel pipe with fuel hose. - Plug all disconnected fuel line fittings and hoses. - After making any fuel system repairs ALWAYS inspect for fuel leaks. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank > Component Information > Service Precautions Fuel Tank: Service Precautions WARNING: Adhere to the following procedures any time the fuel system is being worked on in order to reduce the risk of fire and personal injury: - Keep a dry chemical (Class B) fire extinguisher near the work area. - Place a "CAUTION FLAMMABLE" sign in the work area. - Work in a well-ventilated area. Do not smoke, and keep sparks and open flames away. - Wear eye protection. - Use caution when working near the catalytic converter to prevent the possibility of burns or fire. (The temperatures within the converter can exceed 537 degrees C (1000 degrees F).) - Relieve the fuel system pressure prior to disconnecting fuel system components. - Disconnect the negative battery cable except for tests where battery voltage is required. - Use a suitable container to store or catch fuel. - Do not replace fuel pipe with fuel hose. - Plug all disconnected fuel line fittings and hoses. - After making any fuel system repairs ALWAYS inspect for fuel leaks. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance Technical Service Bulletin # 11E02 Date: 110426 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1133 Yes, OASIS will be activated on April 26, 2011. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on April 26, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by June 30, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1134 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this repair. Attachment III - Technical Information OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) release 72.03 or higher. SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogram appropriate vehicle modules before performing diagnostics and clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) after programming. For DTCs generated after reprogramming, follow normal diagnostic service procedures. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Reprogram the PCM and TCM to the latest calibration using IDS release 72.03 and higher. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. When reprogramming the PCM on automatic transmission equipped vehicles, the TCM will also be automatically reprogrammed to the latest level. Important Information For Module Programming NOTE: When programming or reprogramming a module, use the following basic checks to ensure programming completes without errors. ^ Make sure the battery is fully charged before carrying out the programming steps and connect IDS/scan tool to a power source. ^ Inspect Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and cables for any damage. Make sure scan tool connections are not interrupted during programming. ^ A hardwired internet connection is strongly recommended. ^ Turn off all unnecessary accessories (radio, heated/cooled seats, head lamps, interior lamps, HVAC system, etc.), close doors. ^ Disconnect/depower any aftermarket accessories (remote start, alarm, power inverter, CB radio, etc.). ^ Follow all scan tool on-screen instructions carefully. ^ Disable IDS/scan tool sleep mode, screensaver, hibernation modes. ^ Create all sessions Key On Engine Off (KOEO). Starting the vehicle before creating a session will cause errors within the programming inhale process. Recovering a PCM/Smart Junction Box (SJB) when programming has resulted in a blank module: NEVER DELETE THE ORIGINAL SESSION! 1. Obtain the original IDS that was used when the programming error occurred during Module Reprogramming (MR) or Programmable Module Installation (PMI). 2. Disconnect the VCM from the data link connector (DLC) and the IDS. 3. Reconnect the VCM to IDS and then connect to the DLC. Once reconnected, the VCM icon should appear in the corner of the IDS screen. If it does not, troubleshoot the IDS to VCM connection. 4. Locate the ORIGINAL vehicle session when programming failed. This should be the last session used in most cases. If not, use the session created Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1135 on the date that the programming failed. NOTE: If the original session is not listed in the previous session list, click the "Recycle bin" icon at the lower right of the previous session screen. This will load any deleted sessions and allow you to look through them. Double-click the session to restore it. 5. Once the session is loaded, the failed process should resume automatically. 6. If programming does not resume automatically, proceed to the Module Programming menu and select the previously attempted process, Programmable Module Installation (PM I) or Module Reprogramming. 7. Follow all on-screen prompts/instructions. 8. Near the end of programming, the IDS will prompt you to select certain parameters. It is important to make a selection for ALL parameters listed. If the correct selection is already highlighted, you must still choose that selection before clicking the "Tick" mark to complete the configuration. 9. The last screen on the IDS may list additional steps required to complete the programming process. Make sure all applicable steps listed on the screen are followed in order. NOTE: AUTOMATIC VEHICLES ONLY: Please advise the customer that this vehicle is equipped with an adaptive transmission shift strategy which allows the vehicle's computer to learn the transmission's unique parameters and improve shift quality. When the adaptive strategy is reset, the computer will begin a relearning process. This relearning process may result in firmer than normal upshifts and downshifts for several days. Owner Letter None available. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration Technical Service Bulletin # 10B17S1 Date: 110408 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1140 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes, OASIS will be activated on September 2, 2010. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on September 2, 2010. Owner names and addresses will be available by September 15, 2010. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this program is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this service action. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for upgrades. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this service action. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the upgrade will not be granted. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1141 ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ PROGRAM TERMS: This program will be in effect through August 31 2011. There is no mileage limit for this program. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this upgrade. Attachment III - Technical Information [NEW!] OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) with a performance enhanced calibration using IDS release 72.01A and higher. This calibration update also contains improvements to address the following symptoms: ^ Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illumination with false engine related DTCs P132B, P0299, PO5OE, and PO6EA ^ Wrench light illumination with false transmission related DTCs P0884, P0731, P0732, P0733, P0734, P0735, and P0729 ^ Low speed, low load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ High pressure (HP) fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed diesel exhaust fluid level indication change after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between Reverse-Drive and Drive-Reverse shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation in D (drive) after descending a grade with the gear shift lever in 1 (first) ^ Delayed current gear indication when using SelectShift mode This calibration also contains the following enhancements: Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1142 ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so the SelectShift gear display will remain activated after shifting out of and back into D (drive) or after a key cycle ^ Added engine overspeed protection feature while descending long grades when towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 rpm engine redline) ^ Increased torque during hill assist operation (see owner guide for additional hill assist information) ^ PTO operation improvements - Automatic Secondary Electronic Idle Controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch is in the ON position - Minimum engine coolant temperature to operate PTO is lowered to 20°F (-7°C) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogramming concerns! errors may be caused by the following: ^ Data Link Connector (DLC) or Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) becoming disconnected. ^ Allowing the IDS to enter any type of sleep mode. ^ Using a wireless IDS to VCM connection. ^ Low voltage on the IDS lap top. ^ Low voltage in the vehicle battery (use of a battery charger is recommended). If you encounter reprogramming concerns, DO NOT DELETE the session. If the original session has accidentally been deleted, recover the original session from the IDS "TRASH CAN" (located in the lower right corner of the previous session screen) and continue to reprogram. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Make sure that all accessories (radio, interior fan, headlights, etc.) are switched off. [NEW!] 3. Verify that the IDS is updated to software release 72.01A and higher. 4. Connect the IDS to the vehicle and start a session. 5. Select the Tool Box tab and then select Module Programming. Touch the tick. 6. Select Module Reprogramming and then select PCM. Touch the tick. 7. NOTE: If the IDS states there are no updates available, either the IDS has not been updated to an appropriate software release level, or the updates have already been performed. A screen will appear stating a later PCM and TCM calibration is available. Follow the on-screen instructions to program the PCM and the TCM to the latest calibration. NOTE: Remind dealership service management that they must provide a copy of the Customer Information Sheet to the vehicle owner. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1143 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1144 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1145 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 Control Module: Customer Interest Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1151 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1152 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance Technical Service Bulletin # 11E02 Date: 110426 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1158 Yes, OASIS will be activated on April 26, 2011. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on April 26, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by June 30, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1159 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this repair. Attachment III - Technical Information OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) release 72.03 or higher. SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogram appropriate vehicle modules before performing diagnostics and clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) after programming. For DTCs generated after reprogramming, follow normal diagnostic service procedures. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Reprogram the PCM and TCM to the latest calibration using IDS release 72.03 and higher. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. When reprogramming the PCM on automatic transmission equipped vehicles, the TCM will also be automatically reprogrammed to the latest level. Important Information For Module Programming NOTE: When programming or reprogramming a module, use the following basic checks to ensure programming completes without errors. ^ Make sure the battery is fully charged before carrying out the programming steps and connect IDS/scan tool to a power source. ^ Inspect Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and cables for any damage. Make sure scan tool connections are not interrupted during programming. ^ A hardwired internet connection is strongly recommended. ^ Turn off all unnecessary accessories (radio, heated/cooled seats, head lamps, interior lamps, HVAC system, etc.), close doors. ^ Disconnect/depower any aftermarket accessories (remote start, alarm, power inverter, CB radio, etc.). ^ Follow all scan tool on-screen instructions carefully. ^ Disable IDS/scan tool sleep mode, screensaver, hibernation modes. ^ Create all sessions Key On Engine Off (KOEO). Starting the vehicle before creating a session will cause errors within the programming inhale process. Recovering a PCM/Smart Junction Box (SJB) when programming has resulted in a blank module: NEVER DELETE THE ORIGINAL SESSION! 1. Obtain the original IDS that was used when the programming error occurred during Module Reprogramming (MR) or Programmable Module Installation (PMI). 2. Disconnect the VCM from the data link connector (DLC) and the IDS. 3. Reconnect the VCM to IDS and then connect to the DLC. Once reconnected, the VCM icon should appear in the corner of the IDS screen. If it does not, troubleshoot the IDS to VCM connection. 4. Locate the ORIGINAL vehicle session when programming failed. This should be the last session used in most cases. If not, use the session created Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1160 on the date that the programming failed. NOTE: If the original session is not listed in the previous session list, click the "Recycle bin" icon at the lower right of the previous session screen. This will load any deleted sessions and allow you to look through them. Double-click the session to restore it. 5. Once the session is loaded, the failed process should resume automatically. 6. If programming does not resume automatically, proceed to the Module Programming menu and select the previously attempted process, Programmable Module Installation (PM I) or Module Reprogramming. 7. Follow all on-screen prompts/instructions. 8. Near the end of programming, the IDS will prompt you to select certain parameters. It is important to make a selection for ALL parameters listed. If the correct selection is already highlighted, you must still choose that selection before clicking the "Tick" mark to complete the configuration. 9. The last screen on the IDS may list additional steps required to complete the programming process. Make sure all applicable steps listed on the screen are followed in order. NOTE: AUTOMATIC VEHICLES ONLY: Please advise the customer that this vehicle is equipped with an adaptive transmission shift strategy which allows the vehicle's computer to learn the transmission's unique parameters and improve shift quality. When the adaptive strategy is reset, the computer will begin a relearning process. This relearning process may result in firmer than normal upshifts and downshifts for several days. Owner Letter None available. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration Technical Service Bulletin # 10B17S1 Date: 110408 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1165 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes, OASIS will be activated on September 2, 2010. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on September 2, 2010. Owner names and addresses will be available by September 15, 2010. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this program is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this service action. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for upgrades. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this service action. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the upgrade will not be granted. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1166 ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ PROGRAM TERMS: This program will be in effect through August 31 2011. There is no mileage limit for this program. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this upgrade. Attachment III - Technical Information [NEW!] OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) with a performance enhanced calibration using IDS release 72.01A and higher. This calibration update also contains improvements to address the following symptoms: ^ Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illumination with false engine related DTCs P132B, P0299, PO5OE, and PO6EA ^ Wrench light illumination with false transmission related DTCs P0884, P0731, P0732, P0733, P0734, P0735, and P0729 ^ Low speed, low load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ High pressure (HP) fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed diesel exhaust fluid level indication change after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between Reverse-Drive and Drive-Reverse shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation in D (drive) after descending a grade with the gear shift lever in 1 (first) ^ Delayed current gear indication when using SelectShift mode This calibration also contains the following enhancements: Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1167 ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so the SelectShift gear display will remain activated after shifting out of and back into D (drive) or after a key cycle ^ Added engine overspeed protection feature while descending long grades when towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 rpm engine redline) ^ Increased torque during hill assist operation (see owner guide for additional hill assist information) ^ PTO operation improvements - Automatic Secondary Electronic Idle Controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch is in the ON position - Minimum engine coolant temperature to operate PTO is lowered to 20°F (-7°C) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogramming concerns! errors may be caused by the following: ^ Data Link Connector (DLC) or Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) becoming disconnected. ^ Allowing the IDS to enter any type of sleep mode. ^ Using a wireless IDS to VCM connection. ^ Low voltage on the IDS lap top. ^ Low voltage in the vehicle battery (use of a battery charger is recommended). If you encounter reprogramming concerns, DO NOT DELETE the session. If the original session has accidentally been deleted, recover the original session from the IDS "TRASH CAN" (located in the lower right corner of the previous session screen) and continue to reprogram. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Make sure that all accessories (radio, interior fan, headlights, etc.) are switched off. [NEW!] 3. Verify that the IDS is updated to software release 72.01A and higher. 4. Connect the IDS to the vehicle and start a session. 5. Select the Tool Box tab and then select Module Programming. Touch the tick. 6. Select Module Reprogramming and then select PCM. Touch the tick. 7. NOTE: If the IDS states there are no updates available, either the IDS has not been updated to an appropriate software release level, or the updates have already been performed. A screen will appear stating a later PCM and TCM calibration is available. Follow the on-screen instructions to program the PCM and the TCM to the latest calibration. NOTE: Remind dealership service management that they must provide a copy of the Customer Information Sheet to the vehicle owner. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1168 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1169 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1170 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1175 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1176 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1182 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1183 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance Technical Service Bulletin # 11E02 Date: 110426 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1189 Yes, OASIS will be activated on April 26, 2011. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on April 26, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by June 30, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1190 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this repair. Attachment III - Technical Information OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) release 72.03 or higher. SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogram appropriate vehicle modules before performing diagnostics and clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) after programming. For DTCs generated after reprogramming, follow normal diagnostic service procedures. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Reprogram the PCM and TCM to the latest calibration using IDS release 72.03 and higher. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. When reprogramming the PCM on automatic transmission equipped vehicles, the TCM will also be automatically reprogrammed to the latest level. Important Information For Module Programming NOTE: When programming or reprogramming a module, use the following basic checks to ensure programming completes without errors. ^ Make sure the battery is fully charged before carrying out the programming steps and connect IDS/scan tool to a power source. ^ Inspect Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and cables for any damage. Make sure scan tool connections are not interrupted during programming. ^ A hardwired internet connection is strongly recommended. ^ Turn off all unnecessary accessories (radio, heated/cooled seats, head lamps, interior lamps, HVAC system, etc.), close doors. ^ Disconnect/depower any aftermarket accessories (remote start, alarm, power inverter, CB radio, etc.). ^ Follow all scan tool on-screen instructions carefully. ^ Disable IDS/scan tool sleep mode, screensaver, hibernation modes. ^ Create all sessions Key On Engine Off (KOEO). Starting the vehicle before creating a session will cause errors within the programming inhale process. Recovering a PCM/Smart Junction Box (SJB) when programming has resulted in a blank module: NEVER DELETE THE ORIGINAL SESSION! 1. Obtain the original IDS that was used when the programming error occurred during Module Reprogramming (MR) or Programmable Module Installation (PMI). 2. Disconnect the VCM from the data link connector (DLC) and the IDS. 3. Reconnect the VCM to IDS and then connect to the DLC. Once reconnected, the VCM icon should appear in the corner of the IDS screen. If it does not, troubleshoot the IDS to VCM connection. 4. Locate the ORIGINAL vehicle session when programming failed. This should be the last session used in most cases. If not, use the session created Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1191 on the date that the programming failed. NOTE: If the original session is not listed in the previous session list, click the "Recycle bin" icon at the lower right of the previous session screen. This will load any deleted sessions and allow you to look through them. Double-click the session to restore it. 5. Once the session is loaded, the failed process should resume automatically. 6. If programming does not resume automatically, proceed to the Module Programming menu and select the previously attempted process, Programmable Module Installation (PM I) or Module Reprogramming. 7. Follow all on-screen prompts/instructions. 8. Near the end of programming, the IDS will prompt you to select certain parameters. It is important to make a selection for ALL parameters listed. If the correct selection is already highlighted, you must still choose that selection before clicking the "Tick" mark to complete the configuration. 9. The last screen on the IDS may list additional steps required to complete the programming process. Make sure all applicable steps listed on the screen are followed in order. NOTE: AUTOMATIC VEHICLES ONLY: Please advise the customer that this vehicle is equipped with an adaptive transmission shift strategy which allows the vehicle's computer to learn the transmission's unique parameters and improve shift quality. When the adaptive strategy is reset, the computer will begin a relearning process. This relearning process may result in firmer than normal upshifts and downshifts for several days. Owner Letter None available. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration Technical Service Bulletin # 10B17S1 Date: 110408 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1196 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes, OASIS will be activated on September 2, 2010. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on September 2, 2010. Owner names and addresses will be available by September 15, 2010. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this program is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this service action. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for upgrades. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this service action. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the upgrade will not be granted. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1197 ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ PROGRAM TERMS: This program will be in effect through August 31 2011. There is no mileage limit for this program. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this upgrade. Attachment III - Technical Information [NEW!] OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) with a performance enhanced calibration using IDS release 72.01A and higher. This calibration update also contains improvements to address the following symptoms: ^ Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illumination with false engine related DTCs P132B, P0299, PO5OE, and PO6EA ^ Wrench light illumination with false transmission related DTCs P0884, P0731, P0732, P0733, P0734, P0735, and P0729 ^ Low speed, low load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ High pressure (HP) fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed diesel exhaust fluid level indication change after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between Reverse-Drive and Drive-Reverse shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation in D (drive) after descending a grade with the gear shift lever in 1 (first) ^ Delayed current gear indication when using SelectShift mode This calibration also contains the following enhancements: Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1198 ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so the SelectShift gear display will remain activated after shifting out of and back into D (drive) or after a key cycle ^ Added engine overspeed protection feature while descending long grades when towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 rpm engine redline) ^ Increased torque during hill assist operation (see owner guide for additional hill assist information) ^ PTO operation improvements - Automatic Secondary Electronic Idle Controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch is in the ON position - Minimum engine coolant temperature to operate PTO is lowered to 20°F (-7°C) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogramming concerns! errors may be caused by the following: ^ Data Link Connector (DLC) or Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) becoming disconnected. ^ Allowing the IDS to enter any type of sleep mode. ^ Using a wireless IDS to VCM connection. ^ Low voltage on the IDS lap top. ^ Low voltage in the vehicle battery (use of a battery charger is recommended). If you encounter reprogramming concerns, DO NOT DELETE the session. If the original session has accidentally been deleted, recover the original session from the IDS "TRASH CAN" (located in the lower right corner of the previous session screen) and continue to reprogram. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Make sure that all accessories (radio, interior fan, headlights, etc.) are switched off. [NEW!] 3. Verify that the IDS is updated to software release 72.01A and higher. 4. Connect the IDS to the vehicle and start a session. 5. Select the Tool Box tab and then select Module Programming. Touch the tick. 6. Select Module Reprogramming and then select PCM. Touch the tick. 7. NOTE: If the IDS states there are no updates available, either the IDS has not been updated to an appropriate software release level, or the updates have already been performed. A screen will appear stating a later PCM and TCM calibration is available. Follow the on-screen instructions to program the PCM and the TCM to the latest calibration. NOTE: Remind dealership service management that they must provide a copy of the Customer Information Sheet to the vehicle owner. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1199 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1200 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1201 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance Technical Service Bulletin # 11E02 Date: 110426 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1210 Yes, OASIS will be activated on April 26, 2011. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on April 26, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by June 30, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1211 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this repair. Attachment III - Technical Information OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) release 72.03 or higher. SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogram appropriate vehicle modules before performing diagnostics and clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) after programming. For DTCs generated after reprogramming, follow normal diagnostic service procedures. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Reprogram the PCM and TCM to the latest calibration using IDS release 72.03 and higher. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. When reprogramming the PCM on automatic transmission equipped vehicles, the TCM will also be automatically reprogrammed to the latest level. Important Information For Module Programming NOTE: When programming or reprogramming a module, use the following basic checks to ensure programming completes without errors. ^ Make sure the battery is fully charged before carrying out the programming steps and connect IDS/scan tool to a power source. ^ Inspect Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and cables for any damage. Make sure scan tool connections are not interrupted during programming. ^ A hardwired internet connection is strongly recommended. ^ Turn off all unnecessary accessories (radio, heated/cooled seats, head lamps, interior lamps, HVAC system, etc.), close doors. ^ Disconnect/depower any aftermarket accessories (remote start, alarm, power inverter, CB radio, etc.). ^ Follow all scan tool on-screen instructions carefully. ^ Disable IDS/scan tool sleep mode, screensaver, hibernation modes. ^ Create all sessions Key On Engine Off (KOEO). Starting the vehicle before creating a session will cause errors within the programming inhale process. Recovering a PCM/Smart Junction Box (SJB) when programming has resulted in a blank module: NEVER DELETE THE ORIGINAL SESSION! 1. Obtain the original IDS that was used when the programming error occurred during Module Reprogramming (MR) or Programmable Module Installation (PMI). 2. Disconnect the VCM from the data link connector (DLC) and the IDS. 3. Reconnect the VCM to IDS and then connect to the DLC. Once reconnected, the VCM icon should appear in the corner of the IDS screen. If it does not, troubleshoot the IDS to VCM connection. 4. Locate the ORIGINAL vehicle session when programming failed. This should be the last session used in most cases. If not, use the session created Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1212 on the date that the programming failed. NOTE: If the original session is not listed in the previous session list, click the "Recycle bin" icon at the lower right of the previous session screen. This will load any deleted sessions and allow you to look through them. Double-click the session to restore it. 5. Once the session is loaded, the failed process should resume automatically. 6. If programming does not resume automatically, proceed to the Module Programming menu and select the previously attempted process, Programmable Module Installation (PM I) or Module Reprogramming. 7. Follow all on-screen prompts/instructions. 8. Near the end of programming, the IDS will prompt you to select certain parameters. It is important to make a selection for ALL parameters listed. If the correct selection is already highlighted, you must still choose that selection before clicking the "Tick" mark to complete the configuration. 9. The last screen on the IDS may list additional steps required to complete the programming process. Make sure all applicable steps listed on the screen are followed in order. NOTE: AUTOMATIC VEHICLES ONLY: Please advise the customer that this vehicle is equipped with an adaptive transmission shift strategy which allows the vehicle's computer to learn the transmission's unique parameters and improve shift quality. When the adaptive strategy is reset, the computer will begin a relearning process. This relearning process may result in firmer than normal upshifts and downshifts for several days. Owner Letter None available. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration Technical Service Bulletin # 10B17S1 Date: 110408 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1217 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes, OASIS will be activated on September 2, 2010. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on September 2, 2010. Owner names and addresses will be available by September 15, 2010. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this program is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this service action. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for upgrades. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this service action. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the upgrade will not be granted. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1218 ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ PROGRAM TERMS: This program will be in effect through August 31 2011. There is no mileage limit for this program. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this upgrade. Attachment III - Technical Information [NEW!] OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) with a performance enhanced calibration using IDS release 72.01A and higher. This calibration update also contains improvements to address the following symptoms: ^ Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illumination with false engine related DTCs P132B, P0299, PO5OE, and PO6EA ^ Wrench light illumination with false transmission related DTCs P0884, P0731, P0732, P0733, P0734, P0735, and P0729 ^ Low speed, low load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ High pressure (HP) fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed diesel exhaust fluid level indication change after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between Reverse-Drive and Drive-Reverse shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation in D (drive) after descending a grade with the gear shift lever in 1 (first) ^ Delayed current gear indication when using SelectShift mode This calibration also contains the following enhancements: Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1219 ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so the SelectShift gear display will remain activated after shifting out of and back into D (drive) or after a key cycle ^ Added engine overspeed protection feature while descending long grades when towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 rpm engine redline) ^ Increased torque during hill assist operation (see owner guide for additional hill assist information) ^ PTO operation improvements - Automatic Secondary Electronic Idle Controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch is in the ON position - Minimum engine coolant temperature to operate PTO is lowered to 20°F (-7°C) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogramming concerns! errors may be caused by the following: ^ Data Link Connector (DLC) or Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) becoming disconnected. ^ Allowing the IDS to enter any type of sleep mode. ^ Using a wireless IDS to VCM connection. ^ Low voltage on the IDS lap top. ^ Low voltage in the vehicle battery (use of a battery charger is recommended). If you encounter reprogramming concerns, DO NOT DELETE the session. If the original session has accidentally been deleted, recover the original session from the IDS "TRASH CAN" (located in the lower right corner of the previous session screen) and continue to reprogram. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Make sure that all accessories (radio, interior fan, headlights, etc.) are switched off. [NEW!] 3. Verify that the IDS is updated to software release 72.01A and higher. 4. Connect the IDS to the vehicle and start a session. 5. Select the Tool Box tab and then select Module Programming. Touch the tick. 6. Select Module Reprogramming and then select PCM. Touch the tick. 7. NOTE: If the IDS states there are no updates available, either the IDS has not been updated to an appropriate software release level, or the updates have already been performed. A screen will appear stating a later PCM and TCM calibration is available. Follow the on-screen instructions to program the PCM and the TCM to the latest calibration. NOTE: Remind dealership service management that they must provide a copy of the Customer Information Sheet to the vehicle owner. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1220 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1221 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1222 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: Customer Interest Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues TSB 11-3-23 03/17/11 6.7L - CALIBRATION UPDATE - VARIOUS ISSUES - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 3/14/2011 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 This article supersedes TSB 10-23-9 to add additional calibration content. ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 3/14/2011 may exhibit malfunction indicator light (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTC's) P0401, P0402, POO9A if driven at highway speeds with a snow plow attached, P164A if idled for extended periods in colder ambient temperatures, 2-3 transmission shift flares, harsh/inconsistent transmission shifting during transmission fluid warm up and tip-in events when at low speeds or coming to a stop. Refer to the Calibration Content for additional details. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure to correct the concern SERVICE PROCEDURE Reprogram the powertrain control module (PCM) and the transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.05 and higher or 72.01 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.3 DVD. The Calibration Update Contains Improvement Actions And Enhancements: ^ DTC P0401 (exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) flow insufficient detected) ^ DTC P0402 (exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) flow excessive detected) ^ DTC P009A (intake air temperature/ambient air temperature correlation) if driven at highway speeds with a snow plow attached ^ False DTC P164A (02 sensor positive current trim circuit performance (bank 1, sensor 1)) if idled for extended periods in colder ambient temperature ^ 2-3 transmission shift flares ^ Harsh/inconsistent transmission shifting during transmission fluid warm up ^ Improved shift feel for tip-in events when at low speed or coming to a stop Previously Released Calibration Content Previously released calibration content included in IDS software release 69.07 and higher contained improvement actions and enhancements to address the following: Calibration Content Vehicles Built On Or Before 11/5/2010 ^ Delayed manual upshifts from 1st to 2nd gear when in Select Shift mode while going down a grade ^ Harsh/delayed 1-2 upshift and downshift ^ Harsh 2-3 upshift on first drive away of day after vehicle soak ^ DEF warning messages won't reset after refilling DEF tank with Key On Engine Running ^ Modified vehicles for rail applications, that will not re-engage PTO operation or speedometer inoperative after riding on the tracks with the front wheels off the ground ^ VSOUT signal inoperable from customer access circuits under dash ^ DTC P2463 or P246C (DPF restriction) and DTC P2459 (DPF regeneration frequency) - adds increased ability to perform manual regeneration at Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues > Page 1228 higher load values when performing system diagnostics Calibration Content - Vehicles Built On Or Before 08/23/2010 ^ False DTC P132B (turbocharger/supercharger boost control A performance) ^ False DTC P0299 (turbocharger/supercharger A under-boost condition) ^ False DTC PO5OE (cold start engine exhaust temperature too low) ^ False DTC PO6EA (NOX sensor processor performance (bank 1, sensor 1) ^ DTC P249C (5CR time to closed loop) - improved diagnostics and reporting ^ DTC P249F (excessive time to enter closed loop DPF regeneration control) - improved diagnostics and reporting ^ False DTC P0884 (PCM/TCM power input signal intermittent) ^ DTC(s) and freeze frame data being erased in the PCM when running KOEO, KOER, Datalogger, Active Commands or any other guided diagnostics with IDS ^ False P0731 (gear 1 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0732 (gear 2 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0733 (gear 3 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0734 (gear 4 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0735 (gear 5 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0729 (gear 6 incorrect ratio) ^ Low speed/load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ HP fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed DEF level indication after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between R-D and D-R shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or climbing hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation after descending grades while in 1st gear ^ Flashes/delays of current gear indication when using SelectShift mode ^ Added Brake Over Accelerator (BOA) feature - reduces engine power during off-idle driving when both the accelerator and brake pedals are applied simultaneously ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so SelectShift gear display comes back on whenever going back into drive if the vehicle was turned off while SelectShift mode was still activated ^ Added engine protection feature from overspeed while descending long grades while towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 RPM) ^ Increased torque - during hill assist operation - (see Owner Guide for additional system operation) ^ PTO operational enhancements - (applicable to vehicles equipped with optional PTO) - Automatic secondary electronic idle controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch in on position Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues > Page 1229 - Engine coolant temperature to operate PTO lowered to -7 °C (+20 °F) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 110323A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Reprogram The PCM And TCM (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE RECALEM 04 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: Customer Interest Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1234 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1235 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance Technical Service Bulletin # 11E02 Date: 110426 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1241 Yes, OASIS will be activated on April 26, 2011. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on April 26, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by June 30, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1242 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this repair. Attachment III - Technical Information OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) release 72.03 or higher. SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogram appropriate vehicle modules before performing diagnostics and clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) after programming. For DTCs generated after reprogramming, follow normal diagnostic service procedures. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Reprogram the PCM and TCM to the latest calibration using IDS release 72.03 and higher. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. When reprogramming the PCM on automatic transmission equipped vehicles, the TCM will also be automatically reprogrammed to the latest level. Important Information For Module Programming NOTE: When programming or reprogramming a module, use the following basic checks to ensure programming completes without errors. ^ Make sure the battery is fully charged before carrying out the programming steps and connect IDS/scan tool to a power source. ^ Inspect Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and cables for any damage. Make sure scan tool connections are not interrupted during programming. ^ A hardwired internet connection is strongly recommended. ^ Turn off all unnecessary accessories (radio, heated/cooled seats, head lamps, interior lamps, HVAC system, etc.), close doors. ^ Disconnect/depower any aftermarket accessories (remote start, alarm, power inverter, CB radio, etc.). ^ Follow all scan tool on-screen instructions carefully. ^ Disable IDS/scan tool sleep mode, screensaver, hibernation modes. ^ Create all sessions Key On Engine Off (KOEO). Starting the vehicle before creating a session will cause errors within the programming inhale process. Recovering a PCM/Smart Junction Box (SJB) when programming has resulted in a blank module: NEVER DELETE THE ORIGINAL SESSION! 1. Obtain the original IDS that was used when the programming error occurred during Module Reprogramming (MR) or Programmable Module Installation (PMI). 2. Disconnect the VCM from the data link connector (DLC) and the IDS. 3. Reconnect the VCM to IDS and then connect to the DLC. Once reconnected, the VCM icon should appear in the corner of the IDS screen. If it does not, troubleshoot the IDS to VCM connection. 4. Locate the ORIGINAL vehicle session when programming failed. This should be the last session used in most cases. If not, use the session created Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1243 on the date that the programming failed. NOTE: If the original session is not listed in the previous session list, click the "Recycle bin" icon at the lower right of the previous session screen. This will load any deleted sessions and allow you to look through them. Double-click the session to restore it. 5. Once the session is loaded, the failed process should resume automatically. 6. If programming does not resume automatically, proceed to the Module Programming menu and select the previously attempted process, Programmable Module Installation (PM I) or Module Reprogramming. 7. Follow all on-screen prompts/instructions. 8. Near the end of programming, the IDS will prompt you to select certain parameters. It is important to make a selection for ALL parameters listed. If the correct selection is already highlighted, you must still choose that selection before clicking the "Tick" mark to complete the configuration. 9. The last screen on the IDS may list additional steps required to complete the programming process. Make sure all applicable steps listed on the screen are followed in order. NOTE: AUTOMATIC VEHICLES ONLY: Please advise the customer that this vehicle is equipped with an adaptive transmission shift strategy which allows the vehicle's computer to learn the transmission's unique parameters and improve shift quality. When the adaptive strategy is reset, the computer will begin a relearning process. This relearning process may result in firmer than normal upshifts and downshifts for several days. Owner Letter None available. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration Technical Service Bulletin # 10B17S1 Date: 110408 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1248 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes, OASIS will be activated on September 2, 2010. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on September 2, 2010. Owner names and addresses will be available by September 15, 2010. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this program is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this service action. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for upgrades. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this service action. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the upgrade will not be granted. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1249 ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ PROGRAM TERMS: This program will be in effect through August 31 2011. There is no mileage limit for this program. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this upgrade. Attachment III - Technical Information [NEW!] OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) with a performance enhanced calibration using IDS release 72.01A and higher. This calibration update also contains improvements to address the following symptoms: ^ Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illumination with false engine related DTCs P132B, P0299, PO5OE, and PO6EA ^ Wrench light illumination with false transmission related DTCs P0884, P0731, P0732, P0733, P0734, P0735, and P0729 ^ Low speed, low load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ High pressure (HP) fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed diesel exhaust fluid level indication change after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between Reverse-Drive and Drive-Reverse shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation in D (drive) after descending a grade with the gear shift lever in 1 (first) ^ Delayed current gear indication when using SelectShift mode This calibration also contains the following enhancements: Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1250 ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so the SelectShift gear display will remain activated after shifting out of and back into D (drive) or after a key cycle ^ Added engine overspeed protection feature while descending long grades when towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 rpm engine redline) ^ Increased torque during hill assist operation (see owner guide for additional hill assist information) ^ PTO operation improvements - Automatic Secondary Electronic Idle Controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch is in the ON position - Minimum engine coolant temperature to operate PTO is lowered to 20°F (-7°C) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogramming concerns! errors may be caused by the following: ^ Data Link Connector (DLC) or Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) becoming disconnected. ^ Allowing the IDS to enter any type of sleep mode. ^ Using a wireless IDS to VCM connection. ^ Low voltage on the IDS lap top. ^ Low voltage in the vehicle battery (use of a battery charger is recommended). If you encounter reprogramming concerns, DO NOT DELETE the session. If the original session has accidentally been deleted, recover the original session from the IDS "TRASH CAN" (located in the lower right corner of the previous session screen) and continue to reprogram. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Make sure that all accessories (radio, interior fan, headlights, etc.) are switched off. [NEW!] 3. Verify that the IDS is updated to software release 72.01A and higher. 4. Connect the IDS to the vehicle and start a session. 5. Select the Tool Box tab and then select Module Programming. Touch the tick. 6. Select Module Reprogramming and then select PCM. Touch the tick. 7. NOTE: If the IDS states there are no updates available, either the IDS has not been updated to an appropriate software release level, or the updates have already been performed. A screen will appear stating a later PCM and TCM calibration is available. Follow the on-screen instructions to program the PCM and the TCM to the latest calibration. NOTE: Remind dealership service management that they must provide a copy of the Customer Information Sheet to the vehicle owner. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1251 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1252 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1253 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls Calibration Update For Various Issues TSB 11-3-23 03/17/11 6.7L - CALIBRATION UPDATE - VARIOUS ISSUES - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 3/14/2011 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 This article supersedes TSB 10-23-9 to add additional calibration content. ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 3/14/2011 may exhibit malfunction indicator light (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTC's) P0401, P0402, POO9A if driven at highway speeds with a snow plow attached, P164A if idled for extended periods in colder ambient temperatures, 2-3 transmission shift flares, harsh/inconsistent transmission shifting during transmission fluid warm up and tip-in events when at low speeds or coming to a stop. Refer to the Calibration Content for additional details. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure to correct the concern SERVICE PROCEDURE Reprogram the powertrain control module (PCM) and the transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.05 and higher or 72.01 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.3 DVD. The Calibration Update Contains Improvement Actions And Enhancements: ^ DTC P0401 (exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) flow insufficient detected) ^ DTC P0402 (exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) flow excessive detected) ^ DTC P009A (intake air temperature/ambient air temperature correlation) if driven at highway speeds with a snow plow attached ^ False DTC P164A (02 sensor positive current trim circuit performance (bank 1, sensor 1)) if idled for extended periods in colder ambient temperature ^ 2-3 transmission shift flares ^ Harsh/inconsistent transmission shifting during transmission fluid warm up ^ Improved shift feel for tip-in events when at low speed or coming to a stop Previously Released Calibration Content Previously released calibration content included in IDS software release 69.07 and higher contained improvement actions and enhancements to address the following: Calibration Content Vehicles Built On Or Before 11/5/2010 ^ Delayed manual upshifts from 1st to 2nd gear when in Select Shift mode while going down a grade ^ Harsh/delayed 1-2 upshift and downshift ^ Harsh 2-3 upshift on first drive away of day after vehicle soak ^ DEF warning messages won't reset after refilling DEF tank with Key On Engine Running ^ Modified vehicles for rail applications, that will not re-engage PTO operation or speedometer inoperative after riding on the tracks with the front wheels off the ground ^ VSOUT signal inoperable from customer access circuits under dash ^ DTC P2463 or P246C (DPF restriction) and DTC P2459 (DPF regeneration frequency) - adds increased ability to perform manual regeneration at Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues > Page 1258 higher load values when performing system diagnostics Calibration Content - Vehicles Built On Or Before 08/23/2010 ^ False DTC P132B (turbocharger/supercharger boost control A performance) ^ False DTC P0299 (turbocharger/supercharger A under-boost condition) ^ False DTC PO5OE (cold start engine exhaust temperature too low) ^ False DTC PO6EA (NOX sensor processor performance (bank 1, sensor 1) ^ DTC P249C (5CR time to closed loop) - improved diagnostics and reporting ^ DTC P249F (excessive time to enter closed loop DPF regeneration control) - improved diagnostics and reporting ^ False DTC P0884 (PCM/TCM power input signal intermittent) ^ DTC(s) and freeze frame data being erased in the PCM when running KOEO, KOER, Datalogger, Active Commands or any other guided diagnostics with IDS ^ False P0731 (gear 1 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0732 (gear 2 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0733 (gear 3 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0734 (gear 4 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0735 (gear 5 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0729 (gear 6 incorrect ratio) ^ Low speed/load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ HP fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed DEF level indication after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between R-D and D-R shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or climbing hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation after descending grades while in 1st gear ^ Flashes/delays of current gear indication when using SelectShift mode ^ Added Brake Over Accelerator (BOA) feature - reduces engine power during off-idle driving when both the accelerator and brake pedals are applied simultaneously ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so SelectShift gear display comes back on whenever going back into drive if the vehicle was turned off while SelectShift mode was still activated ^ Added engine protection feature from overspeed while descending long grades while towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 RPM) ^ Increased torque - during hill assist operation - (see Owner Guide for additional system operation) ^ PTO operational enhancements - (applicable to vehicles equipped with optional PTO) - Automatic secondary electronic idle controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch in on position Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues > Page 1259 - Engine coolant temperature to operate PTO lowered to -7 °C (+20 °F) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 110323A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Reprogram The PCM And TCM (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE RECALEM 04 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1264 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1265 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls Calibration Update For Various Issues TSB 11-3-23 03/17/11 6.7L - CALIBRATION UPDATE - VARIOUS ISSUES - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 3/14/2011 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 This article supersedes TSB 10-23-9 to add additional calibration content. ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 3/14/2011 may exhibit malfunction indicator light (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTC's) P0401, P0402, POO9A if driven at highway speeds with a snow plow attached, P164A if idled for extended periods in colder ambient temperatures, 2-3 transmission shift flares, harsh/inconsistent transmission shifting during transmission fluid warm up and tip-in events when at low speeds or coming to a stop. Refer to the Calibration Content for additional details. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure to correct the concern SERVICE PROCEDURE Reprogram the powertrain control module (PCM) and the transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.05 and higher or 72.01 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.3 DVD. The Calibration Update Contains Improvement Actions And Enhancements: ^ DTC P0401 (exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) flow insufficient detected) ^ DTC P0402 (exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) flow excessive detected) ^ DTC P009A (intake air temperature/ambient air temperature correlation) if driven at highway speeds with a snow plow attached ^ False DTC P164A (02 sensor positive current trim circuit performance (bank 1, sensor 1)) if idled for extended periods in colder ambient temperature ^ 2-3 transmission shift flares ^ Harsh/inconsistent transmission shifting during transmission fluid warm up ^ Improved shift feel for tip-in events when at low speed or coming to a stop Previously Released Calibration Content Previously released calibration content included in IDS software release 69.07 and higher contained improvement actions and enhancements to address the following: Calibration Content Vehicles Built On Or Before 11/5/2010 ^ Delayed manual upshifts from 1st to 2nd gear when in Select Shift mode while going down a grade ^ Harsh/delayed 1-2 upshift and downshift ^ Harsh 2-3 upshift on first drive away of day after vehicle soak ^ DEF warning messages won't reset after refilling DEF tank with Key On Engine Running ^ Modified vehicles for rail applications, that will not re-engage PTO operation or speedometer inoperative after riding on the tracks with the front wheels off the ground ^ VSOUT signal inoperable from customer access circuits under dash ^ DTC P2463 or P246C (DPF restriction) and DTC P2459 (DPF regeneration frequency) - adds increased ability to perform manual regeneration at Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues > Page 1271 higher load values when performing system diagnostics Calibration Content - Vehicles Built On Or Before 08/23/2010 ^ False DTC P132B (turbocharger/supercharger boost control A performance) ^ False DTC P0299 (turbocharger/supercharger A under-boost condition) ^ False DTC PO5OE (cold start engine exhaust temperature too low) ^ False DTC PO6EA (NOX sensor processor performance (bank 1, sensor 1) ^ DTC P249C (5CR time to closed loop) - improved diagnostics and reporting ^ DTC P249F (excessive time to enter closed loop DPF regeneration control) - improved diagnostics and reporting ^ False DTC P0884 (PCM/TCM power input signal intermittent) ^ DTC(s) and freeze frame data being erased in the PCM when running KOEO, KOER, Datalogger, Active Commands or any other guided diagnostics with IDS ^ False P0731 (gear 1 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0732 (gear 2 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0733 (gear 3 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0734 (gear 4 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0735 (gear 5 incorrect ratio) ^ False P0729 (gear 6 incorrect ratio) ^ Low speed/load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ HP fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed DEF level indication after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between R-D and D-R shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or climbing hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation after descending grades while in 1st gear ^ Flashes/delays of current gear indication when using SelectShift mode ^ Added Brake Over Accelerator (BOA) feature - reduces engine power during off-idle driving when both the accelerator and brake pedals are applied simultaneously ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so SelectShift gear display comes back on whenever going back into drive if the vehicle was turned off while SelectShift mode was still activated ^ Added engine protection feature from overspeed while descending long grades while towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 RPM) ^ Increased torque - during hill assist operation - (see Owner Guide for additional system operation) ^ PTO operational enhancements - (applicable to vehicles equipped with optional PTO) - Automatic secondary electronic idle controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch in on position Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 11-3-23 > Mar > 11 > Engine Controls - Calibration Update For Various Issues > Page 1272 - Engine coolant temperature to operate PTO lowered to -7 °C (+20 °F) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 110323A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Reprogram The PCM And TCM (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE RECALEM 04 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1277 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1278 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance Technical Service Bulletin # 11E02 Date: 110426 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1284 Yes, OASIS will be activated on April 26, 2011. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on April 26, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by June 30, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1285 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this repair. Attachment III - Technical Information OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) release 72.03 or higher. SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogram appropriate vehicle modules before performing diagnostics and clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) after programming. For DTCs generated after reprogramming, follow normal diagnostic service procedures. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Reprogram the PCM and TCM to the latest calibration using IDS release 72.03 and higher. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. When reprogramming the PCM on automatic transmission equipped vehicles, the TCM will also be automatically reprogrammed to the latest level. Important Information For Module Programming NOTE: When programming or reprogramming a module, use the following basic checks to ensure programming completes without errors. ^ Make sure the battery is fully charged before carrying out the programming steps and connect IDS/scan tool to a power source. ^ Inspect Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and cables for any damage. Make sure scan tool connections are not interrupted during programming. ^ A hardwired internet connection is strongly recommended. ^ Turn off all unnecessary accessories (radio, heated/cooled seats, head lamps, interior lamps, HVAC system, etc.), close doors. ^ Disconnect/depower any aftermarket accessories (remote start, alarm, power inverter, CB radio, etc.). ^ Follow all scan tool on-screen instructions carefully. ^ Disable IDS/scan tool sleep mode, screensaver, hibernation modes. ^ Create all sessions Key On Engine Off (KOEO). Starting the vehicle before creating a session will cause errors within the programming inhale process. Recovering a PCM/Smart Junction Box (SJB) when programming has resulted in a blank module: NEVER DELETE THE ORIGINAL SESSION! 1. Obtain the original IDS that was used when the programming error occurred during Module Reprogramming (MR) or Programmable Module Installation (PMI). 2. Disconnect the VCM from the data link connector (DLC) and the IDS. 3. Reconnect the VCM to IDS and then connect to the DLC. Once reconnected, the VCM icon should appear in the corner of the IDS screen. If it does not, troubleshoot the IDS to VCM connection. 4. Locate the ORIGINAL vehicle session when programming failed. This should be the last session used in most cases. If not, use the session created Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1286 on the date that the programming failed. NOTE: If the original session is not listed in the previous session list, click the "Recycle bin" icon at the lower right of the previous session screen. This will load any deleted sessions and allow you to look through them. Double-click the session to restore it. 5. Once the session is loaded, the failed process should resume automatically. 6. If programming does not resume automatically, proceed to the Module Programming menu and select the previously attempted process, Programmable Module Installation (PM I) or Module Reprogramming. 7. Follow all on-screen prompts/instructions. 8. Near the end of programming, the IDS will prompt you to select certain parameters. It is important to make a selection for ALL parameters listed. If the correct selection is already highlighted, you must still choose that selection before clicking the "Tick" mark to complete the configuration. 9. The last screen on the IDS may list additional steps required to complete the programming process. Make sure all applicable steps listed on the screen are followed in order. NOTE: AUTOMATIC VEHICLES ONLY: Please advise the customer that this vehicle is equipped with an adaptive transmission shift strategy which allows the vehicle's computer to learn the transmission's unique parameters and improve shift quality. When the adaptive strategy is reset, the computer will begin a relearning process. This relearning process may result in firmer than normal upshifts and downshifts for several days. Owner Letter None available. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration Technical Service Bulletin # 10B17S1 Date: 110408 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1291 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes, OASIS will be activated on September 2, 2010. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on September 2, 2010. Owner names and addresses will be available by September 15, 2010. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this program is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this service action. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for upgrades. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this service action. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the upgrade will not be granted. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1292 ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ PROGRAM TERMS: This program will be in effect through August 31 2011. There is no mileage limit for this program. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this upgrade. Attachment III - Technical Information [NEW!] OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) with a performance enhanced calibration using IDS release 72.01A and higher. This calibration update also contains improvements to address the following symptoms: ^ Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illumination with false engine related DTCs P132B, P0299, PO5OE, and PO6EA ^ Wrench light illumination with false transmission related DTCs P0884, P0731, P0732, P0733, P0734, P0735, and P0729 ^ Low speed, low load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ High pressure (HP) fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed diesel exhaust fluid level indication change after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between Reverse-Drive and Drive-Reverse shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation in D (drive) after descending a grade with the gear shift lever in 1 (first) ^ Delayed current gear indication when using SelectShift mode This calibration also contains the following enhancements: Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1293 ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so the SelectShift gear display will remain activated after shifting out of and back into D (drive) or after a key cycle ^ Added engine overspeed protection feature while descending long grades when towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 rpm engine redline) ^ Increased torque during hill assist operation (see owner guide for additional hill assist information) ^ PTO operation improvements - Automatic Secondary Electronic Idle Controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch is in the ON position - Minimum engine coolant temperature to operate PTO is lowered to 20°F (-7°C) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogramming concerns! errors may be caused by the following: ^ Data Link Connector (DLC) or Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) becoming disconnected. ^ Allowing the IDS to enter any type of sleep mode. ^ Using a wireless IDS to VCM connection. ^ Low voltage on the IDS lap top. ^ Low voltage in the vehicle battery (use of a battery charger is recommended). If you encounter reprogramming concerns, DO NOT DELETE the session. If the original session has accidentally been deleted, recover the original session from the IDS "TRASH CAN" (located in the lower right corner of the previous session screen) and continue to reprogram. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Make sure that all accessories (radio, interior fan, headlights, etc.) are switched off. [NEW!] 3. Verify that the IDS is updated to software release 72.01A and higher. 4. Connect the IDS to the vehicle and start a session. 5. Select the Tool Box tab and then select Module Programming. Touch the tick. 6. Select Module Reprogramming and then select PCM. Touch the tick. 7. NOTE: If the IDS states there are no updates available, either the IDS has not been updated to an appropriate software release level, or the updates have already been performed. A screen will appear stating a later PCM and TCM calibration is available. Follow the on-screen instructions to program the PCM and the TCM to the latest calibration. NOTE: Remind dealership service management that they must provide a copy of the Customer Information Sheet to the vehicle owner. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1294 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1295 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1296 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance Technical Service Bulletin # 11E02 Date: 110426 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1307 Yes, OASIS will be activated on April 26, 2011. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on April 26, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by June 30, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1308 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this repair. Attachment III - Technical Information OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) release 72.03 or higher. SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogram appropriate vehicle modules before performing diagnostics and clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) after programming. For DTCs generated after reprogramming, follow normal diagnostic service procedures. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Reprogram the PCM and TCM to the latest calibration using IDS release 72.03 and higher. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. When reprogramming the PCM on automatic transmission equipped vehicles, the TCM will also be automatically reprogrammed to the latest level. Important Information For Module Programming NOTE: When programming or reprogramming a module, use the following basic checks to ensure programming completes without errors. ^ Make sure the battery is fully charged before carrying out the programming steps and connect IDS/scan tool to a power source. ^ Inspect Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and cables for any damage. Make sure scan tool connections are not interrupted during programming. ^ A hardwired internet connection is strongly recommended. ^ Turn off all unnecessary accessories (radio, heated/cooled seats, head lamps, interior lamps, HVAC system, etc.), close doors. ^ Disconnect/depower any aftermarket accessories (remote start, alarm, power inverter, CB radio, etc.). ^ Follow all scan tool on-screen instructions carefully. ^ Disable IDS/scan tool sleep mode, screensaver, hibernation modes. ^ Create all sessions Key On Engine Off (KOEO). Starting the vehicle before creating a session will cause errors within the programming inhale process. Recovering a PCM/Smart Junction Box (SJB) when programming has resulted in a blank module: NEVER DELETE THE ORIGINAL SESSION! 1. Obtain the original IDS that was used when the programming error occurred during Module Reprogramming (MR) or Programmable Module Installation (PMI). 2. Disconnect the VCM from the data link connector (DLC) and the IDS. 3. Reconnect the VCM to IDS and then connect to the DLC. Once reconnected, the VCM icon should appear in the corner of the IDS screen. If it does not, troubleshoot the IDS to VCM connection. 4. Locate the ORIGINAL vehicle session when programming failed. This should be the last session used in most cases. If not, use the session created Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1309 on the date that the programming failed. NOTE: If the original session is not listed in the previous session list, click the "Recycle bin" icon at the lower right of the previous session screen. This will load any deleted sessions and allow you to look through them. Double-click the session to restore it. 5. Once the session is loaded, the failed process should resume automatically. 6. If programming does not resume automatically, proceed to the Module Programming menu and select the previously attempted process, Programmable Module Installation (PM I) or Module Reprogramming. 7. Follow all on-screen prompts/instructions. 8. Near the end of programming, the IDS will prompt you to select certain parameters. It is important to make a selection for ALL parameters listed. If the correct selection is already highlighted, you must still choose that selection before clicking the "Tick" mark to complete the configuration. 9. The last screen on the IDS may list additional steps required to complete the programming process. Make sure all applicable steps listed on the screen are followed in order. NOTE: AUTOMATIC VEHICLES ONLY: Please advise the customer that this vehicle is equipped with an adaptive transmission shift strategy which allows the vehicle's computer to learn the transmission's unique parameters and improve shift quality. When the adaptive strategy is reset, the computer will begin a relearning process. This relearning process may result in firmer than normal upshifts and downshifts for several days. Owner Letter None available. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration Technical Service Bulletin # 10B17S1 Date: 110408 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1314 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes, OASIS will be activated on September 2, 2010. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on September 2, 2010. Owner names and addresses will be available by September 15, 2010. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this program is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this service action. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for upgrades. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this service action. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the upgrade will not be granted. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1315 ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ PROGRAM TERMS: This program will be in effect through August 31 2011. There is no mileage limit for this program. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this upgrade. Attachment III - Technical Information [NEW!] OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) with a performance enhanced calibration using IDS release 72.01A and higher. This calibration update also contains improvements to address the following symptoms: ^ Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illumination with false engine related DTCs P132B, P0299, PO5OE, and PO6EA ^ Wrench light illumination with false transmission related DTCs P0884, P0731, P0732, P0733, P0734, P0735, and P0729 ^ Low speed, low load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ High pressure (HP) fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed diesel exhaust fluid level indication change after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between Reverse-Drive and Drive-Reverse shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation in D (drive) after descending a grade with the gear shift lever in 1 (first) ^ Delayed current gear indication when using SelectShift mode This calibration also contains the following enhancements: Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1316 ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so the SelectShift gear display will remain activated after shifting out of and back into D (drive) or after a key cycle ^ Added engine overspeed protection feature while descending long grades when towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 rpm engine redline) ^ Increased torque during hill assist operation (see owner guide for additional hill assist information) ^ PTO operation improvements - Automatic Secondary Electronic Idle Controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch is in the ON position - Minimum engine coolant temperature to operate PTO is lowered to 20°F (-7°C) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogramming concerns! errors may be caused by the following: ^ Data Link Connector (DLC) or Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) becoming disconnected. ^ Allowing the IDS to enter any type of sleep mode. ^ Using a wireless IDS to VCM connection. ^ Low voltage on the IDS lap top. ^ Low voltage in the vehicle battery (use of a battery charger is recommended). If you encounter reprogramming concerns, DO NOT DELETE the session. If the original session has accidentally been deleted, recover the original session from the IDS "TRASH CAN" (located in the lower right corner of the previous session screen) and continue to reprogram. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Make sure that all accessories (radio, interior fan, headlights, etc.) are switched off. [NEW!] 3. Verify that the IDS is updated to software release 72.01A and higher. 4. Connect the IDS to the vehicle and start a session. 5. Select the Tool Box tab and then select Module Programming. Touch the tick. 6. Select Module Reprogramming and then select PCM. Touch the tick. 7. NOTE: If the IDS states there are no updates available, either the IDS has not been updated to an appropriate software release level, or the updates have already been performed. A screen will appear stating a later PCM and TCM calibration is available. Follow the on-screen instructions to program the PCM and the TCM to the latest calibration. NOTE: Remind dealership service management that they must provide a copy of the Customer Information Sheet to the vehicle owner. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1317 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1318 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1319 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 Control Module: Customer Interest Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1325 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1326 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance Technical Service Bulletin # 11E02 Date: 110426 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1332 Yes, OASIS will be activated on April 26, 2011. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on April 26, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by June 30, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1333 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this repair. Attachment III - Technical Information OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) release 72.03 or higher. SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogram appropriate vehicle modules before performing diagnostics and clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) after programming. For DTCs generated after reprogramming, follow normal diagnostic service procedures. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Reprogram the PCM and TCM to the latest calibration using IDS release 72.03 and higher. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. When reprogramming the PCM on automatic transmission equipped vehicles, the TCM will also be automatically reprogrammed to the latest level. Important Information For Module Programming NOTE: When programming or reprogramming a module, use the following basic checks to ensure programming completes without errors. ^ Make sure the battery is fully charged before carrying out the programming steps and connect IDS/scan tool to a power source. ^ Inspect Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and cables for any damage. Make sure scan tool connections are not interrupted during programming. ^ A hardwired internet connection is strongly recommended. ^ Turn off all unnecessary accessories (radio, heated/cooled seats, head lamps, interior lamps, HVAC system, etc.), close doors. ^ Disconnect/depower any aftermarket accessories (remote start, alarm, power inverter, CB radio, etc.). ^ Follow all scan tool on-screen instructions carefully. ^ Disable IDS/scan tool sleep mode, screensaver, hibernation modes. ^ Create all sessions Key On Engine Off (KOEO). Starting the vehicle before creating a session will cause errors within the programming inhale process. Recovering a PCM/Smart Junction Box (SJB) when programming has resulted in a blank module: NEVER DELETE THE ORIGINAL SESSION! 1. Obtain the original IDS that was used when the programming error occurred during Module Reprogramming (MR) or Programmable Module Installation (PMI). 2. Disconnect the VCM from the data link connector (DLC) and the IDS. 3. Reconnect the VCM to IDS and then connect to the DLC. Once reconnected, the VCM icon should appear in the corner of the IDS screen. If it does not, troubleshoot the IDS to VCM connection. 4. Locate the ORIGINAL vehicle session when programming failed. This should be the last session used in most cases. If not, use the session created Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1334 on the date that the programming failed. NOTE: If the original session is not listed in the previous session list, click the "Recycle bin" icon at the lower right of the previous session screen. This will load any deleted sessions and allow you to look through them. Double-click the session to restore it. 5. Once the session is loaded, the failed process should resume automatically. 6. If programming does not resume automatically, proceed to the Module Programming menu and select the previously attempted process, Programmable Module Installation (PM I) or Module Reprogramming. 7. Follow all on-screen prompts/instructions. 8. Near the end of programming, the IDS will prompt you to select certain parameters. It is important to make a selection for ALL parameters listed. If the correct selection is already highlighted, you must still choose that selection before clicking the "Tick" mark to complete the configuration. 9. The last screen on the IDS may list additional steps required to complete the programming process. Make sure all applicable steps listed on the screen are followed in order. NOTE: AUTOMATIC VEHICLES ONLY: Please advise the customer that this vehicle is equipped with an adaptive transmission shift strategy which allows the vehicle's computer to learn the transmission's unique parameters and improve shift quality. When the adaptive strategy is reset, the computer will begin a relearning process. This relearning process may result in firmer than normal upshifts and downshifts for several days. Owner Letter None available. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration Technical Service Bulletin # 10B17S1 Date: 110408 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1339 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes, OASIS will be activated on September 2, 2010. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on September 2, 2010. Owner names and addresses will be available by September 15, 2010. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this program is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this service action. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for upgrades. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this service action. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the upgrade will not be granted. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1340 ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ PROGRAM TERMS: This program will be in effect through August 31 2011. There is no mileage limit for this program. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this upgrade. Attachment III - Technical Information [NEW!] OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) with a performance enhanced calibration using IDS release 72.01A and higher. This calibration update also contains improvements to address the following symptoms: ^ Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illumination with false engine related DTCs P132B, P0299, PO5OE, and PO6EA ^ Wrench light illumination with false transmission related DTCs P0884, P0731, P0732, P0733, P0734, P0735, and P0729 ^ Low speed, low load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ High pressure (HP) fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed diesel exhaust fluid level indication change after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between Reverse-Drive and Drive-Reverse shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation in D (drive) after descending a grade with the gear shift lever in 1 (first) ^ Delayed current gear indication when using SelectShift mode This calibration also contains the following enhancements: Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1341 ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so the SelectShift gear display will remain activated after shifting out of and back into D (drive) or after a key cycle ^ Added engine overspeed protection feature while descending long grades when towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 rpm engine redline) ^ Increased torque during hill assist operation (see owner guide for additional hill assist information) ^ PTO operation improvements - Automatic Secondary Electronic Idle Controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch is in the ON position - Minimum engine coolant temperature to operate PTO is lowered to 20°F (-7°C) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogramming concerns! errors may be caused by the following: ^ Data Link Connector (DLC) or Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) becoming disconnected. ^ Allowing the IDS to enter any type of sleep mode. ^ Using a wireless IDS to VCM connection. ^ Low voltage on the IDS lap top. ^ Low voltage in the vehicle battery (use of a battery charger is recommended). If you encounter reprogramming concerns, DO NOT DELETE the session. If the original session has accidentally been deleted, recover the original session from the IDS "TRASH CAN" (located in the lower right corner of the previous session screen) and continue to reprogram. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Make sure that all accessories (radio, interior fan, headlights, etc.) are switched off. [NEW!] 3. Verify that the IDS is updated to software release 72.01A and higher. 4. Connect the IDS to the vehicle and start a session. 5. Select the Tool Box tab and then select Module Programming. Touch the tick. 6. Select Module Reprogramming and then select PCM. Touch the tick. 7. NOTE: If the IDS states there are no updates available, either the IDS has not been updated to an appropriate software release level, or the updates have already been performed. A screen will appear stating a later PCM and TCM calibration is available. Follow the on-screen instructions to program the PCM and the TCM to the latest calibration. NOTE: Remind dealership service management that they must provide a copy of the Customer Information Sheet to the vehicle owner. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1342 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1343 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1344 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1349 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1350 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1356 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1357 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance Technical Service Bulletin # 11E02 Date: 110426 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1363 Yes, OASIS will be activated on April 26, 2011. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on April 26, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by June 30, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1364 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this repair. Attachment III - Technical Information OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) release 72.03 or higher. SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogram appropriate vehicle modules before performing diagnostics and clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) after programming. For DTCs generated after reprogramming, follow normal diagnostic service procedures. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Reprogram the PCM and TCM to the latest calibration using IDS release 72.03 and higher. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. When reprogramming the PCM on automatic transmission equipped vehicles, the TCM will also be automatically reprogrammed to the latest level. Important Information For Module Programming NOTE: When programming or reprogramming a module, use the following basic checks to ensure programming completes without errors. ^ Make sure the battery is fully charged before carrying out the programming steps and connect IDS/scan tool to a power source. ^ Inspect Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and cables for any damage. Make sure scan tool connections are not interrupted during programming. ^ A hardwired internet connection is strongly recommended. ^ Turn off all unnecessary accessories (radio, heated/cooled seats, head lamps, interior lamps, HVAC system, etc.), close doors. ^ Disconnect/depower any aftermarket accessories (remote start, alarm, power inverter, CB radio, etc.). ^ Follow all scan tool on-screen instructions carefully. ^ Disable IDS/scan tool sleep mode, screensaver, hibernation modes. ^ Create all sessions Key On Engine Off (KOEO). Starting the vehicle before creating a session will cause errors within the programming inhale process. Recovering a PCM/Smart Junction Box (SJB) when programming has resulted in a blank module: NEVER DELETE THE ORIGINAL SESSION! 1. Obtain the original IDS that was used when the programming error occurred during Module Reprogramming (MR) or Programmable Module Installation (PMI). 2. Disconnect the VCM from the data link connector (DLC) and the IDS. 3. Reconnect the VCM to IDS and then connect to the DLC. Once reconnected, the VCM icon should appear in the corner of the IDS screen. If it does not, troubleshoot the IDS to VCM connection. 4. Locate the ORIGINAL vehicle session when programming failed. This should be the last session used in most cases. If not, use the session created Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1365 on the date that the programming failed. NOTE: If the original session is not listed in the previous session list, click the "Recycle bin" icon at the lower right of the previous session screen. This will load any deleted sessions and allow you to look through them. Double-click the session to restore it. 5. Once the session is loaded, the failed process should resume automatically. 6. If programming does not resume automatically, proceed to the Module Programming menu and select the previously attempted process, Programmable Module Installation (PM I) or Module Reprogramming. 7. Follow all on-screen prompts/instructions. 8. Near the end of programming, the IDS will prompt you to select certain parameters. It is important to make a selection for ALL parameters listed. If the correct selection is already highlighted, you must still choose that selection before clicking the "Tick" mark to complete the configuration. 9. The last screen on the IDS may list additional steps required to complete the programming process. Make sure all applicable steps listed on the screen are followed in order. NOTE: AUTOMATIC VEHICLES ONLY: Please advise the customer that this vehicle is equipped with an adaptive transmission shift strategy which allows the vehicle's computer to learn the transmission's unique parameters and improve shift quality. When the adaptive strategy is reset, the computer will begin a relearning process. This relearning process may result in firmer than normal upshifts and downshifts for several days. Owner Letter None available. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration Technical Service Bulletin # 10B17S1 Date: 110408 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1370 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes, OASIS will be activated on September 2, 2010. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on September 2, 2010. Owner names and addresses will be available by September 15, 2010. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this program is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this service action. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for upgrades. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this service action. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the upgrade will not be granted. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1371 ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ PROGRAM TERMS: This program will be in effect through August 31 2011. There is no mileage limit for this program. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this upgrade. Attachment III - Technical Information [NEW!] OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) with a performance enhanced calibration using IDS release 72.01A and higher. This calibration update also contains improvements to address the following symptoms: ^ Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illumination with false engine related DTCs P132B, P0299, PO5OE, and PO6EA ^ Wrench light illumination with false transmission related DTCs P0884, P0731, P0732, P0733, P0734, P0735, and P0729 ^ Low speed, low load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ High pressure (HP) fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed diesel exhaust fluid level indication change after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between Reverse-Drive and Drive-Reverse shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation in D (drive) after descending a grade with the gear shift lever in 1 (first) ^ Delayed current gear indication when using SelectShift mode This calibration also contains the following enhancements: Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1372 ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so the SelectShift gear display will remain activated after shifting out of and back into D (drive) or after a key cycle ^ Added engine overspeed protection feature while descending long grades when towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 rpm engine redline) ^ Increased torque during hill assist operation (see owner guide for additional hill assist information) ^ PTO operation improvements - Automatic Secondary Electronic Idle Controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch is in the ON position - Minimum engine coolant temperature to operate PTO is lowered to 20°F (-7°C) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogramming concerns! errors may be caused by the following: ^ Data Link Connector (DLC) or Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) becoming disconnected. ^ Allowing the IDS to enter any type of sleep mode. ^ Using a wireless IDS to VCM connection. ^ Low voltage on the IDS lap top. ^ Low voltage in the vehicle battery (use of a battery charger is recommended). If you encounter reprogramming concerns, DO NOT DELETE the session. If the original session has accidentally been deleted, recover the original session from the IDS "TRASH CAN" (located in the lower right corner of the previous session screen) and continue to reprogram. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Make sure that all accessories (radio, interior fan, headlights, etc.) are switched off. [NEW!] 3. Verify that the IDS is updated to software release 72.01A and higher. 4. Connect the IDS to the vehicle and start a session. 5. Select the Tool Box tab and then select Module Programming. Touch the tick. 6. Select Module Reprogramming and then select PCM. Touch the tick. 7. NOTE: If the IDS states there are no updates available, either the IDS has not been updated to an appropriate software release level, or the updates have already been performed. A screen will appear stating a later PCM and TCM calibration is available. Follow the on-screen instructions to program the PCM and the TCM to the latest calibration. NOTE: Remind dealership service management that they must provide a copy of the Customer Information Sheet to the vehicle owner. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1373 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1374 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1375 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Fluid - A/T: Capacity Specifications Automatic Transmission Fluid (5-speed)* .................................................................................................................................. 17.5 Quarts (16.6 Liters)** Automatic Transmission Fluid (6-speed)* .................................................................................................................................. 18.5 Quarts (17.5 Liters)** * Ensure the correct automatic transmission fluid is used. Transmission fluid requirements are indicated on the dipstick blade or the dipstick handle. Check the container to verify the fluid being added is of the correct type. Refer to your scheduled maintenance information to determine the correct service interval. Automatic transmissions that require MERCON LV should only use MERCON LV fluid. Use of any fluid other than the recommended fluid may cause transmission damage. ** Indicates only approximate dry-fill capacity. Some applications may vary based on cooler size and if equipped with an in-tank cooler. The amount of transmission fluid and fluid level should be set by the indication on the dipstick's normal operating range. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 1380 Fluid - A/T: Fluid Type Specifications Automatic Transmission Fluid Ford Part Name - Motorcraft MERCON LV ATF Ford Part Number - XT-10-QLV Ford Specification - MERCON LV NOTE: Automatic transmissions that require MERCON LV should only use MERCON LV fluid. Use of any fluid other than the recommended fluid may cause transmission damage. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance Technical Service Bulletin # 11E02 Date: 110426 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1390 Yes, OASIS will be activated on April 26, 2011. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on April 26, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by June 30, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1391 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this repair. Attachment III - Technical Information OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) release 72.03 or higher. SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogram appropriate vehicle modules before performing diagnostics and clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) after programming. For DTCs generated after reprogramming, follow normal diagnostic service procedures. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Reprogram the PCM and TCM to the latest calibration using IDS release 72.03 and higher. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. When reprogramming the PCM on automatic transmission equipped vehicles, the TCM will also be automatically reprogrammed to the latest level. Important Information For Module Programming NOTE: When programming or reprogramming a module, use the following basic checks to ensure programming completes without errors. ^ Make sure the battery is fully charged before carrying out the programming steps and connect IDS/scan tool to a power source. ^ Inspect Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and cables for any damage. Make sure scan tool connections are not interrupted during programming. ^ A hardwired internet connection is strongly recommended. ^ Turn off all unnecessary accessories (radio, heated/cooled seats, head lamps, interior lamps, HVAC system, etc.), close doors. ^ Disconnect/depower any aftermarket accessories (remote start, alarm, power inverter, CB radio, etc.). ^ Follow all scan tool on-screen instructions carefully. ^ Disable IDS/scan tool sleep mode, screensaver, hibernation modes. ^ Create all sessions Key On Engine Off (KOEO). Starting the vehicle before creating a session will cause errors within the programming inhale process. Recovering a PCM/Smart Junction Box (SJB) when programming has resulted in a blank module: NEVER DELETE THE ORIGINAL SESSION! 1. Obtain the original IDS that was used when the programming error occurred during Module Reprogramming (MR) or Programmable Module Installation (PMI). 2. Disconnect the VCM from the data link connector (DLC) and the IDS. 3. Reconnect the VCM to IDS and then connect to the DLC. Once reconnected, the VCM icon should appear in the corner of the IDS screen. If it does not, troubleshoot the IDS to VCM connection. 4. Locate the ORIGINAL vehicle session when programming failed. This should be the last session used in most cases. If not, use the session created Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1392 on the date that the programming failed. NOTE: If the original session is not listed in the previous session list, click the "Recycle bin" icon at the lower right of the previous session screen. This will load any deleted sessions and allow you to look through them. Double-click the session to restore it. 5. Once the session is loaded, the failed process should resume automatically. 6. If programming does not resume automatically, proceed to the Module Programming menu and select the previously attempted process, Programmable Module Installation (PM I) or Module Reprogramming. 7. Follow all on-screen prompts/instructions. 8. Near the end of programming, the IDS will prompt you to select certain parameters. It is important to make a selection for ALL parameters listed. If the correct selection is already highlighted, you must still choose that selection before clicking the "Tick" mark to complete the configuration. 9. The last screen on the IDS may list additional steps required to complete the programming process. Make sure all applicable steps listed on the screen are followed in order. NOTE: AUTOMATIC VEHICLES ONLY: Please advise the customer that this vehicle is equipped with an adaptive transmission shift strategy which allows the vehicle's computer to learn the transmission's unique parameters and improve shift quality. When the adaptive strategy is reset, the computer will begin a relearning process. This relearning process may result in firmer than normal upshifts and downshifts for several days. Owner Letter None available. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration Technical Service Bulletin # 10B17S1 Date: 110408 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1397 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes, OASIS will be activated on September 2, 2010. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on September 2, 2010. Owner names and addresses will be available by September 15, 2010. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this program is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this service action. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for upgrades. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this service action. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the upgrade will not be granted. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1398 ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ PROGRAM TERMS: This program will be in effect through August 31 2011. There is no mileage limit for this program. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this upgrade. Attachment III - Technical Information [NEW!] OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) with a performance enhanced calibration using IDS release 72.01A and higher. This calibration update also contains improvements to address the following symptoms: ^ Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illumination with false engine related DTCs P132B, P0299, PO5OE, and PO6EA ^ Wrench light illumination with false transmission related DTCs P0884, P0731, P0732, P0733, P0734, P0735, and P0729 ^ Low speed, low load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ High pressure (HP) fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed diesel exhaust fluid level indication change after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between Reverse-Drive and Drive-Reverse shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation in D (drive) after descending a grade with the gear shift lever in 1 (first) ^ Delayed current gear indication when using SelectShift mode This calibration also contains the following enhancements: Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1399 ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so the SelectShift gear display will remain activated after shifting out of and back into D (drive) or after a key cycle ^ Added engine overspeed protection feature while descending long grades when towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 rpm engine redline) ^ Increased torque during hill assist operation (see owner guide for additional hill assist information) ^ PTO operation improvements - Automatic Secondary Electronic Idle Controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch is in the ON position - Minimum engine coolant temperature to operate PTO is lowered to 20°F (-7°C) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogramming concerns! errors may be caused by the following: ^ Data Link Connector (DLC) or Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) becoming disconnected. ^ Allowing the IDS to enter any type of sleep mode. ^ Using a wireless IDS to VCM connection. ^ Low voltage on the IDS lap top. ^ Low voltage in the vehicle battery (use of a battery charger is recommended). If you encounter reprogramming concerns, DO NOT DELETE the session. If the original session has accidentally been deleted, recover the original session from the IDS "TRASH CAN" (located in the lower right corner of the previous session screen) and continue to reprogram. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Make sure that all accessories (radio, interior fan, headlights, etc.) are switched off. [NEW!] 3. Verify that the IDS is updated to software release 72.01A and higher. 4. Connect the IDS to the vehicle and start a session. 5. Select the Tool Box tab and then select Module Programming. Touch the tick. 6. Select Module Reprogramming and then select PCM. Touch the tick. 7. NOTE: If the IDS states there are no updates available, either the IDS has not been updated to an appropriate software release level, or the updates have already been performed. A screen will appear stating a later PCM and TCM calibration is available. Follow the on-screen instructions to program the PCM and the TCM to the latest calibration. NOTE: Remind dealership service management that they must provide a copy of the Customer Information Sheet to the vehicle owner. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1400 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1401 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1402 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 Control Module: Customer Interest Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1408 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1409 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance Technical Service Bulletin # 11E02 Date: 110426 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1415 Yes, OASIS will be activated on April 26, 2011. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on April 26, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by June 30, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1416 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this repair. Attachment III - Technical Information OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) release 72.03 or higher. SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogram appropriate vehicle modules before performing diagnostics and clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) after programming. For DTCs generated after reprogramming, follow normal diagnostic service procedures. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Reprogram the PCM and TCM to the latest calibration using IDS release 72.03 and higher. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. When reprogramming the PCM on automatic transmission equipped vehicles, the TCM will also be automatically reprogrammed to the latest level. Important Information For Module Programming NOTE: When programming or reprogramming a module, use the following basic checks to ensure programming completes without errors. ^ Make sure the battery is fully charged before carrying out the programming steps and connect IDS/scan tool to a power source. ^ Inspect Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and cables for any damage. Make sure scan tool connections are not interrupted during programming. ^ A hardwired internet connection is strongly recommended. ^ Turn off all unnecessary accessories (radio, heated/cooled seats, head lamps, interior lamps, HVAC system, etc.), close doors. ^ Disconnect/depower any aftermarket accessories (remote start, alarm, power inverter, CB radio, etc.). ^ Follow all scan tool on-screen instructions carefully. ^ Disable IDS/scan tool sleep mode, screensaver, hibernation modes. ^ Create all sessions Key On Engine Off (KOEO). Starting the vehicle before creating a session will cause errors within the programming inhale process. Recovering a PCM/Smart Junction Box (SJB) when programming has resulted in a blank module: NEVER DELETE THE ORIGINAL SESSION! 1. Obtain the original IDS that was used when the programming error occurred during Module Reprogramming (MR) or Programmable Module Installation (PMI). 2. Disconnect the VCM from the data link connector (DLC) and the IDS. 3. Reconnect the VCM to IDS and then connect to the DLC. Once reconnected, the VCM icon should appear in the corner of the IDS screen. If it does not, troubleshoot the IDS to VCM connection. 4. Locate the ORIGINAL vehicle session when programming failed. This should be the last session used in most cases. If not, use the session created Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1417 on the date that the programming failed. NOTE: If the original session is not listed in the previous session list, click the "Recycle bin" icon at the lower right of the previous session screen. This will load any deleted sessions and allow you to look through them. Double-click the session to restore it. 5. Once the session is loaded, the failed process should resume automatically. 6. If programming does not resume automatically, proceed to the Module Programming menu and select the previously attempted process, Programmable Module Installation (PM I) or Module Reprogramming. 7. Follow all on-screen prompts/instructions. 8. Near the end of programming, the IDS will prompt you to select certain parameters. It is important to make a selection for ALL parameters listed. If the correct selection is already highlighted, you must still choose that selection before clicking the "Tick" mark to complete the configuration. 9. The last screen on the IDS may list additional steps required to complete the programming process. Make sure all applicable steps listed on the screen are followed in order. NOTE: AUTOMATIC VEHICLES ONLY: Please advise the customer that this vehicle is equipped with an adaptive transmission shift strategy which allows the vehicle's computer to learn the transmission's unique parameters and improve shift quality. When the adaptive strategy is reset, the computer will begin a relearning process. This relearning process may result in firmer than normal upshifts and downshifts for several days. Owner Letter None available. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration Technical Service Bulletin # 10B17S1 Date: 110408 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1422 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes, OASIS will be activated on September 2, 2010. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on September 2, 2010. Owner names and addresses will be available by September 15, 2010. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this program is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this service action. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for upgrades. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this service action. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the upgrade will not be granted. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1423 ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ PROGRAM TERMS: This program will be in effect through August 31 2011. There is no mileage limit for this program. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this upgrade. Attachment III - Technical Information [NEW!] OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) with a performance enhanced calibration using IDS release 72.01A and higher. This calibration update also contains improvements to address the following symptoms: ^ Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illumination with false engine related DTCs P132B, P0299, PO5OE, and PO6EA ^ Wrench light illumination with false transmission related DTCs P0884, P0731, P0732, P0733, P0734, P0735, and P0729 ^ Low speed, low load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ High pressure (HP) fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed diesel exhaust fluid level indication change after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between Reverse-Drive and Drive-Reverse shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation in D (drive) after descending a grade with the gear shift lever in 1 (first) ^ Delayed current gear indication when using SelectShift mode This calibration also contains the following enhancements: Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1424 ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so the SelectShift gear display will remain activated after shifting out of and back into D (drive) or after a key cycle ^ Added engine overspeed protection feature while descending long grades when towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 rpm engine redline) ^ Increased torque during hill assist operation (see owner guide for additional hill assist information) ^ PTO operation improvements - Automatic Secondary Electronic Idle Controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch is in the ON position - Minimum engine coolant temperature to operate PTO is lowered to 20°F (-7°C) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogramming concerns! errors may be caused by the following: ^ Data Link Connector (DLC) or Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) becoming disconnected. ^ Allowing the IDS to enter any type of sleep mode. ^ Using a wireless IDS to VCM connection. ^ Low voltage on the IDS lap top. ^ Low voltage in the vehicle battery (use of a battery charger is recommended). If you encounter reprogramming concerns, DO NOT DELETE the session. If the original session has accidentally been deleted, recover the original session from the IDS "TRASH CAN" (located in the lower right corner of the previous session screen) and continue to reprogram. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Make sure that all accessories (radio, interior fan, headlights, etc.) are switched off. [NEW!] 3. Verify that the IDS is updated to software release 72.01A and higher. 4. Connect the IDS to the vehicle and start a session. 5. Select the Tool Box tab and then select Module Programming. Touch the tick. 6. Select Module Reprogramming and then select PCM. Touch the tick. 7. NOTE: If the IDS states there are no updates available, either the IDS has not been updated to an appropriate software release level, or the updates have already been performed. A screen will appear stating a later PCM and TCM calibration is available. Follow the on-screen instructions to program the PCM and the TCM to the latest calibration. NOTE: Remind dealership service management that they must provide a copy of the Customer Information Sheet to the vehicle owner. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1425 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1426 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1427 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1432 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1433 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1439 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1440 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance Technical Service Bulletin # 11E02 Date: 110426 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1446 Yes, OASIS will be activated on April 26, 2011. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on April 26, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by June 30, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1447 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this repair. Attachment III - Technical Information OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) release 72.03 or higher. SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogram appropriate vehicle modules before performing diagnostics and clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) after programming. For DTCs generated after reprogramming, follow normal diagnostic service procedures. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Reprogram the PCM and TCM to the latest calibration using IDS release 72.03 and higher. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. When reprogramming the PCM on automatic transmission equipped vehicles, the TCM will also be automatically reprogrammed to the latest level. Important Information For Module Programming NOTE: When programming or reprogramming a module, use the following basic checks to ensure programming completes without errors. ^ Make sure the battery is fully charged before carrying out the programming steps and connect IDS/scan tool to a power source. ^ Inspect Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and cables for any damage. Make sure scan tool connections are not interrupted during programming. ^ A hardwired internet connection is strongly recommended. ^ Turn off all unnecessary accessories (radio, heated/cooled seats, head lamps, interior lamps, HVAC system, etc.), close doors. ^ Disconnect/depower any aftermarket accessories (remote start, alarm, power inverter, CB radio, etc.). ^ Follow all scan tool on-screen instructions carefully. ^ Disable IDS/scan tool sleep mode, screensaver, hibernation modes. ^ Create all sessions Key On Engine Off (KOEO). Starting the vehicle before creating a session will cause errors within the programming inhale process. Recovering a PCM/Smart Junction Box (SJB) when programming has resulted in a blank module: NEVER DELETE THE ORIGINAL SESSION! 1. Obtain the original IDS that was used when the programming error occurred during Module Reprogramming (MR) or Programmable Module Installation (PMI). 2. Disconnect the VCM from the data link connector (DLC) and the IDS. 3. Reconnect the VCM to IDS and then connect to the DLC. Once reconnected, the VCM icon should appear in the corner of the IDS screen. If it does not, troubleshoot the IDS to VCM connection. 4. Locate the ORIGINAL vehicle session when programming failed. This should be the last session used in most cases. If not, use the session created Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1448 on the date that the programming failed. NOTE: If the original session is not listed in the previous session list, click the "Recycle bin" icon at the lower right of the previous session screen. This will load any deleted sessions and allow you to look through them. Double-click the session to restore it. 5. Once the session is loaded, the failed process should resume automatically. 6. If programming does not resume automatically, proceed to the Module Programming menu and select the previously attempted process, Programmable Module Installation (PM I) or Module Reprogramming. 7. Follow all on-screen prompts/instructions. 8. Near the end of programming, the IDS will prompt you to select certain parameters. It is important to make a selection for ALL parameters listed. If the correct selection is already highlighted, you must still choose that selection before clicking the "Tick" mark to complete the configuration. 9. The last screen on the IDS may list additional steps required to complete the programming process. Make sure all applicable steps listed on the screen are followed in order. NOTE: AUTOMATIC VEHICLES ONLY: Please advise the customer that this vehicle is equipped with an adaptive transmission shift strategy which allows the vehicle's computer to learn the transmission's unique parameters and improve shift quality. When the adaptive strategy is reset, the computer will begin a relearning process. This relearning process may result in firmer than normal upshifts and downshifts for several days. Owner Letter None available. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration Technical Service Bulletin # 10B17S1 Date: 110408 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1453 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes, OASIS will be activated on September 2, 2010. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on September 2, 2010. Owner names and addresses will be available by September 15, 2010. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this program is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this service action. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for upgrades. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this service action. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the upgrade will not be granted. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1454 ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ PROGRAM TERMS: This program will be in effect through August 31 2011. There is no mileage limit for this program. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this upgrade. Attachment III - Technical Information [NEW!] OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) with a performance enhanced calibration using IDS release 72.01A and higher. This calibration update also contains improvements to address the following symptoms: ^ Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illumination with false engine related DTCs P132B, P0299, PO5OE, and PO6EA ^ Wrench light illumination with false transmission related DTCs P0884, P0731, P0732, P0733, P0734, P0735, and P0729 ^ Low speed, low load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ High pressure (HP) fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed diesel exhaust fluid level indication change after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between Reverse-Drive and Drive-Reverse shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation in D (drive) after descending a grade with the gear shift lever in 1 (first) ^ Delayed current gear indication when using SelectShift mode This calibration also contains the following enhancements: Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1455 ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so the SelectShift gear display will remain activated after shifting out of and back into D (drive) or after a key cycle ^ Added engine overspeed protection feature while descending long grades when towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 rpm engine redline) ^ Increased torque during hill assist operation (see owner guide for additional hill assist information) ^ PTO operation improvements - Automatic Secondary Electronic Idle Controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch is in the ON position - Minimum engine coolant temperature to operate PTO is lowered to 20°F (-7°C) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogramming concerns! errors may be caused by the following: ^ Data Link Connector (DLC) or Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) becoming disconnected. ^ Allowing the IDS to enter any type of sleep mode. ^ Using a wireless IDS to VCM connection. ^ Low voltage on the IDS lap top. ^ Low voltage in the vehicle battery (use of a battery charger is recommended). If you encounter reprogramming concerns, DO NOT DELETE the session. If the original session has accidentally been deleted, recover the original session from the IDS "TRASH CAN" (located in the lower right corner of the previous session screen) and continue to reprogram. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Make sure that all accessories (radio, interior fan, headlights, etc.) are switched off. [NEW!] 3. Verify that the IDS is updated to software release 72.01A and higher. 4. Connect the IDS to the vehicle and start a session. 5. Select the Tool Box tab and then select Module Programming. Touch the tick. 6. Select Module Reprogramming and then select PCM. Touch the tick. 7. NOTE: If the IDS states there are no updates available, either the IDS has not been updated to an appropriate software release level, or the updates have already been performed. A screen will appear stating a later PCM and TCM calibration is available. Follow the on-screen instructions to program the PCM and the TCM to the latest calibration. NOTE: Remind dealership service management that they must provide a copy of the Customer Information Sheet to the vehicle owner. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1456 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1457 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1458 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Clutch, M/T > Clutch Hydraulic System > Clutch Fluid > Component Information > Specifications Clutch Fluid: Specifications BRAKE (and clutch - if equipped) FLUID Ford Part Name - Motorcraft High Performance DOT 3 Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid Ford Part Number - PM-1-C (US) Ford Specification - WSS-M6C62-A or WSS-M6C65-A1 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Differential Assembly > Differential Lock > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Differential Lock: > 10-23-3 > Dec > 10 > Drivetrain - ELD Binding/Unable To Unlock Differential Lock: Customer Interest Drivetrain - ELD Binding/Unable To Unlock TSB 10-23-3 12/03/10 SINGLE REAR WHEEL (SRW) - ELECTRONIC LOCKING DIFFERENTIAL (ELD) - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 9/22/2010 - BINDING - UNABLE TO UNLOCK FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350 ISSUE Some 2011 F-250/350 vehicles equipped with SRW and ELD built on or before 9/22/2010 may exhibit a binding condition, unable to unlock. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Reprogram the Anti-lock Brake (ABS) Module to the latest calibration using IDS release 69.04 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2010.9 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 2. Replace the differential case if binding or unable to unlock. Refer to Workshop Manual (WSM), Section 205-05D. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 102303A 2011 F-Super Duty 0.3 Hr. 250/350: Reprogram The Antilock Brake Module (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) 102303B 2011 F-Super Duty 2.6 Hrs. 250/350: Reprogram The Antilock Brake Module, Replace The Differential Case (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 4010 04 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Differential Assembly > Differential Lock > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Differential Lock: > 10-23-3 > Dec > 10 > Drivetrain - ELD Binding/Unable To Unlock > Page 1473 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Differential Assembly > Differential Lock > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Differential Lock: > 10-23-3 > Dec > 10 > Drivetrain - ELD Binding/Unable To Unlock Differential Lock: All Technical Service Bulletins Drivetrain - ELD Binding/Unable To Unlock TSB 10-23-3 12/03/10 SINGLE REAR WHEEL (SRW) - ELECTRONIC LOCKING DIFFERENTIAL (ELD) - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 9/22/2010 - BINDING - UNABLE TO UNLOCK FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350 ISSUE Some 2011 F-250/350 vehicles equipped with SRW and ELD built on or before 9/22/2010 may exhibit a binding condition, unable to unlock. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Reprogram the Anti-lock Brake (ABS) Module to the latest calibration using IDS release 69.04 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2010.9 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 2. Replace the differential case if binding or unable to unlock. Refer to Workshop Manual (WSM), Section 205-05D. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 102303A 2011 F-Super Duty 0.3 Hr. 250/350: Reprogram The Antilock Brake Module (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) 102303B 2011 F-Super Duty 2.6 Hrs. 250/350: Reprogram The Antilock Brake Module, Replace The Differential Case (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 4010 04 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Differential Assembly > Differential Lock > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Differential Lock: > 10-23-3 > Dec > 10 > Drivetrain - ELD Binding/Unable To Unlock > Page 1479 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Differential Assembly > Fluid - Differential > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Fluid - Differential: Capacity Specifications FRONT AXLE LUBRICANT CAPACITY Front Axle ............................................................................................................................................ .................................................. 5.8 pints (2.8 Liters) REAR AXLE LUBRICANT CAPACITY F250/350 - 10.50 Inch Axle (1) ............................................................................................................................................................. 6.9 pints (3.3 Liters) F350 - DANA M80 .............................................................................................. .................................................................................. 8.5 pints (4.0 Liters) F450/550 - DANA S110/S130 ............................................................................................................................................................ 14.0 pints (6.6 Liters) (1) Add 8 oz. (236 ml) of Additive Friction Modifier XL-3 or equivalent meeting Ford Specification EST-M2C118-A for complete refill of limited slip Ford axles. Ford design rear axles contain a synthetic lubricant that does not require changing unless the axle has been submerged in water. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Differential Assembly > Fluid - Differential > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 1484 Fluid - Differential: Fluid Type Specifications FRONT AXLE LUBRICANT SPECIFICATIONS Motorcraft SAE 80W-90 Premium Rear Axle Lubricant Ford Part Number ......................................... ................................................................................................................................................ XY-80W90-QL Ford Specification ....................................................................................................... ............................................................................... WSP-M2C197-A REAR AXLE LUBRICANT SPECIFICATIONS F250/350 - Ford 10.50 Inch Axle Motorcraft SAE 75W-140 Synthetic Rear Axle Lubricant Ford Part Number ...................................... ................................................................................................................................................. XY-75W140_QL Ford Specification ..................................................................................................... ................................................................................. WSL-M2C192-A F350 - DANA 80 Motorcraft SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Rear Axle Lubricant Ford Part Number ........................................ ............................................................................................................................................... XY-75W90-QLS Ford Specification ..................................................................................................... ................................................................................. WSS-M2C918-A F450/550 - DANA S110/S130 Motorcraft SAE 75W-140 Synthetic Rear Axle Lubricant Ford Part Number ...................................... ................................................................................................................................................. XY-75W140-QL Ford Specification ..................................................................................................... ................................................................................. WSL-M2C192-A Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance Technical Service Bulletin # 11E02 Date: 110426 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1495 Yes, OASIS will be activated on April 26, 2011. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on April 26, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by June 30, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1496 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this repair. Attachment III - Technical Information OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) release 72.03 or higher. SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogram appropriate vehicle modules before performing diagnostics and clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) after programming. For DTCs generated after reprogramming, follow normal diagnostic service procedures. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Reprogram the PCM and TCM to the latest calibration using IDS release 72.03 and higher. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. When reprogramming the PCM on automatic transmission equipped vehicles, the TCM will also be automatically reprogrammed to the latest level. Important Information For Module Programming NOTE: When programming or reprogramming a module, use the following basic checks to ensure programming completes without errors. ^ Make sure the battery is fully charged before carrying out the programming steps and connect IDS/scan tool to a power source. ^ Inspect Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and cables for any damage. Make sure scan tool connections are not interrupted during programming. ^ A hardwired internet connection is strongly recommended. ^ Turn off all unnecessary accessories (radio, heated/cooled seats, head lamps, interior lamps, HVAC system, etc.), close doors. ^ Disconnect/depower any aftermarket accessories (remote start, alarm, power inverter, CB radio, etc.). ^ Follow all scan tool on-screen instructions carefully. ^ Disable IDS/scan tool sleep mode, screensaver, hibernation modes. ^ Create all sessions Key On Engine Off (KOEO). Starting the vehicle before creating a session will cause errors within the programming inhale process. Recovering a PCM/Smart Junction Box (SJB) when programming has resulted in a blank module: NEVER DELETE THE ORIGINAL SESSION! 1. Obtain the original IDS that was used when the programming error occurred during Module Reprogramming (MR) or Programmable Module Installation (PMI). 2. Disconnect the VCM from the data link connector (DLC) and the IDS. 3. Reconnect the VCM to IDS and then connect to the DLC. Once reconnected, the VCM icon should appear in the corner of the IDS screen. If it does not, troubleshoot the IDS to VCM connection. 4. Locate the ORIGINAL vehicle session when programming failed. This should be the last session used in most cases. If not, use the session created Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1497 on the date that the programming failed. NOTE: If the original session is not listed in the previous session list, click the "Recycle bin" icon at the lower right of the previous session screen. This will load any deleted sessions and allow you to look through them. Double-click the session to restore it. 5. Once the session is loaded, the failed process should resume automatically. 6. If programming does not resume automatically, proceed to the Module Programming menu and select the previously attempted process, Programmable Module Installation (PM I) or Module Reprogramming. 7. Follow all on-screen prompts/instructions. 8. Near the end of programming, the IDS will prompt you to select certain parameters. It is important to make a selection for ALL parameters listed. If the correct selection is already highlighted, you must still choose that selection before clicking the "Tick" mark to complete the configuration. 9. The last screen on the IDS may list additional steps required to complete the programming process. Make sure all applicable steps listed on the screen are followed in order. NOTE: AUTOMATIC VEHICLES ONLY: Please advise the customer that this vehicle is equipped with an adaptive transmission shift strategy which allows the vehicle's computer to learn the transmission's unique parameters and improve shift quality. When the adaptive strategy is reset, the computer will begin a relearning process. This relearning process may result in firmer than normal upshifts and downshifts for several days. Owner Letter None available. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration Technical Service Bulletin # 10B17S1 Date: 110408 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1502 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes, OASIS will be activated on September 2, 2010. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on September 2, 2010. Owner names and addresses will be available by September 15, 2010. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this program is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this service action. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for upgrades. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this service action. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the upgrade will not be granted. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1503 ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ PROGRAM TERMS: This program will be in effect through August 31 2011. There is no mileage limit for this program. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this upgrade. Attachment III - Technical Information [NEW!] OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) with a performance enhanced calibration using IDS release 72.01A and higher. This calibration update also contains improvements to address the following symptoms: ^ Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illumination with false engine related DTCs P132B, P0299, PO5OE, and PO6EA ^ Wrench light illumination with false transmission related DTCs P0884, P0731, P0732, P0733, P0734, P0735, and P0729 ^ Low speed, low load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ High pressure (HP) fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed diesel exhaust fluid level indication change after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between Reverse-Drive and Drive-Reverse shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation in D (drive) after descending a grade with the gear shift lever in 1 (first) ^ Delayed current gear indication when using SelectShift mode This calibration also contains the following enhancements: Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1504 ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so the SelectShift gear display will remain activated after shifting out of and back into D (drive) or after a key cycle ^ Added engine overspeed protection feature while descending long grades when towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 rpm engine redline) ^ Increased torque during hill assist operation (see owner guide for additional hill assist information) ^ PTO operation improvements - Automatic Secondary Electronic Idle Controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch is in the ON position - Minimum engine coolant temperature to operate PTO is lowered to 20°F (-7°C) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogramming concerns! errors may be caused by the following: ^ Data Link Connector (DLC) or Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) becoming disconnected. ^ Allowing the IDS to enter any type of sleep mode. ^ Using a wireless IDS to VCM connection. ^ Low voltage on the IDS lap top. ^ Low voltage in the vehicle battery (use of a battery charger is recommended). If you encounter reprogramming concerns, DO NOT DELETE the session. If the original session has accidentally been deleted, recover the original session from the IDS "TRASH CAN" (located in the lower right corner of the previous session screen) and continue to reprogram. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Make sure that all accessories (radio, interior fan, headlights, etc.) are switched off. [NEW!] 3. Verify that the IDS is updated to software release 72.01A and higher. 4. Connect the IDS to the vehicle and start a session. 5. Select the Tool Box tab and then select Module Programming. Touch the tick. 6. Select Module Reprogramming and then select PCM. Touch the tick. 7. NOTE: If the IDS states there are no updates available, either the IDS has not been updated to an appropriate software release level, or the updates have already been performed. A screen will appear stating a later PCM and TCM calibration is available. Follow the on-screen instructions to program the PCM and the TCM to the latest calibration. NOTE: Remind dealership service management that they must provide a copy of the Customer Information Sheet to the vehicle owner. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1505 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1506 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1507 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 Control Module: Customer Interest Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1513 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1514 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance Technical Service Bulletin # 11E02 Date: 110426 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1520 Yes, OASIS will be activated on April 26, 2011. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on April 26, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by June 30, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1521 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this repair. Attachment III - Technical Information OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) release 72.03 or higher. SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogram appropriate vehicle modules before performing diagnostics and clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) after programming. For DTCs generated after reprogramming, follow normal diagnostic service procedures. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Reprogram the PCM and TCM to the latest calibration using IDS release 72.03 and higher. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. When reprogramming the PCM on automatic transmission equipped vehicles, the TCM will also be automatically reprogrammed to the latest level. Important Information For Module Programming NOTE: When programming or reprogramming a module, use the following basic checks to ensure programming completes without errors. ^ Make sure the battery is fully charged before carrying out the programming steps and connect IDS/scan tool to a power source. ^ Inspect Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and cables for any damage. Make sure scan tool connections are not interrupted during programming. ^ A hardwired internet connection is strongly recommended. ^ Turn off all unnecessary accessories (radio, heated/cooled seats, head lamps, interior lamps, HVAC system, etc.), close doors. ^ Disconnect/depower any aftermarket accessories (remote start, alarm, power inverter, CB radio, etc.). ^ Follow all scan tool on-screen instructions carefully. ^ Disable IDS/scan tool sleep mode, screensaver, hibernation modes. ^ Create all sessions Key On Engine Off (KOEO). Starting the vehicle before creating a session will cause errors within the programming inhale process. Recovering a PCM/Smart Junction Box (SJB) when programming has resulted in a blank module: NEVER DELETE THE ORIGINAL SESSION! 1. Obtain the original IDS that was used when the programming error occurred during Module Reprogramming (MR) or Programmable Module Installation (PMI). 2. Disconnect the VCM from the data link connector (DLC) and the IDS. 3. Reconnect the VCM to IDS and then connect to the DLC. Once reconnected, the VCM icon should appear in the corner of the IDS screen. If it does not, troubleshoot the IDS to VCM connection. 4. Locate the ORIGINAL vehicle session when programming failed. This should be the last session used in most cases. If not, use the session created Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1522 on the date that the programming failed. NOTE: If the original session is not listed in the previous session list, click the "Recycle bin" icon at the lower right of the previous session screen. This will load any deleted sessions and allow you to look through them. Double-click the session to restore it. 5. Once the session is loaded, the failed process should resume automatically. 6. If programming does not resume automatically, proceed to the Module Programming menu and select the previously attempted process, Programmable Module Installation (PM I) or Module Reprogramming. 7. Follow all on-screen prompts/instructions. 8. Near the end of programming, the IDS will prompt you to select certain parameters. It is important to make a selection for ALL parameters listed. If the correct selection is already highlighted, you must still choose that selection before clicking the "Tick" mark to complete the configuration. 9. The last screen on the IDS may list additional steps required to complete the programming process. Make sure all applicable steps listed on the screen are followed in order. NOTE: AUTOMATIC VEHICLES ONLY: Please advise the customer that this vehicle is equipped with an adaptive transmission shift strategy which allows the vehicle's computer to learn the transmission's unique parameters and improve shift quality. When the adaptive strategy is reset, the computer will begin a relearning process. This relearning process may result in firmer than normal upshifts and downshifts for several days. Owner Letter None available. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration Technical Service Bulletin # 10B17S1 Date: 110408 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1527 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes, OASIS will be activated on September 2, 2010. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on September 2, 2010. Owner names and addresses will be available by September 15, 2010. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this program is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this service action. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for upgrades. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this service action. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the upgrade will not be granted. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1528 ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ PROGRAM TERMS: This program will be in effect through August 31 2011. There is no mileage limit for this program. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this upgrade. Attachment III - Technical Information [NEW!] OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) with a performance enhanced calibration using IDS release 72.01A and higher. This calibration update also contains improvements to address the following symptoms: ^ Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illumination with false engine related DTCs P132B, P0299, PO5OE, and PO6EA ^ Wrench light illumination with false transmission related DTCs P0884, P0731, P0732, P0733, P0734, P0735, and P0729 ^ Low speed, low load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ High pressure (HP) fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed diesel exhaust fluid level indication change after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between Reverse-Drive and Drive-Reverse shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation in D (drive) after descending a grade with the gear shift lever in 1 (first) ^ Delayed current gear indication when using SelectShift mode This calibration also contains the following enhancements: Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1529 ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so the SelectShift gear display will remain activated after shifting out of and back into D (drive) or after a key cycle ^ Added engine overspeed protection feature while descending long grades when towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 rpm engine redline) ^ Increased torque during hill assist operation (see owner guide for additional hill assist information) ^ PTO operation improvements - Automatic Secondary Electronic Idle Controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch is in the ON position - Minimum engine coolant temperature to operate PTO is lowered to 20°F (-7°C) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogramming concerns! errors may be caused by the following: ^ Data Link Connector (DLC) or Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) becoming disconnected. ^ Allowing the IDS to enter any type of sleep mode. ^ Using a wireless IDS to VCM connection. ^ Low voltage on the IDS lap top. ^ Low voltage in the vehicle battery (use of a battery charger is recommended). If you encounter reprogramming concerns, DO NOT DELETE the session. If the original session has accidentally been deleted, recover the original session from the IDS "TRASH CAN" (located in the lower right corner of the previous session screen) and continue to reprogram. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Make sure that all accessories (radio, interior fan, headlights, etc.) are switched off. [NEW!] 3. Verify that the IDS is updated to software release 72.01A and higher. 4. Connect the IDS to the vehicle and start a session. 5. Select the Tool Box tab and then select Module Programming. Touch the tick. 6. Select Module Reprogramming and then select PCM. Touch the tick. 7. NOTE: If the IDS states there are no updates available, either the IDS has not been updated to an appropriate software release level, or the updates have already been performed. A screen will appear stating a later PCM and TCM calibration is available. Follow the on-screen instructions to program the PCM and the TCM to the latest calibration. NOTE: Remind dealership service management that they must provide a copy of the Customer Information Sheet to the vehicle owner. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1530 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1531 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1532 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1537 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1538 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10-19-7 > Oct > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10-19-7 > Oct > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set > Page 1544 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10-19-7 > Oct > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set > Page 1545 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance Technical Service Bulletin # 11E02 Date: 110426 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1551 Yes, OASIS will be activated on April 26, 2011. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on April 26, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by June 30, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1552 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this repair. Attachment III - Technical Information OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) release 72.03 or higher. SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogram appropriate vehicle modules before performing diagnostics and clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) after programming. For DTCs generated after reprogramming, follow normal diagnostic service procedures. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Reprogram the PCM and TCM to the latest calibration using IDS release 72.03 and higher. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. When reprogramming the PCM on automatic transmission equipped vehicles, the TCM will also be automatically reprogrammed to the latest level. Important Information For Module Programming NOTE: When programming or reprogramming a module, use the following basic checks to ensure programming completes without errors. ^ Make sure the battery is fully charged before carrying out the programming steps and connect IDS/scan tool to a power source. ^ Inspect Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and cables for any damage. Make sure scan tool connections are not interrupted during programming. ^ A hardwired internet connection is strongly recommended. ^ Turn off all unnecessary accessories (radio, heated/cooled seats, head lamps, interior lamps, HVAC system, etc.), close doors. ^ Disconnect/depower any aftermarket accessories (remote start, alarm, power inverter, CB radio, etc.). ^ Follow all scan tool on-screen instructions carefully. ^ Disable IDS/scan tool sleep mode, screensaver, hibernation modes. ^ Create all sessions Key On Engine Off (KOEO). Starting the vehicle before creating a session will cause errors within the programming inhale process. Recovering a PCM/Smart Junction Box (SJB) when programming has resulted in a blank module: NEVER DELETE THE ORIGINAL SESSION! 1. Obtain the original IDS that was used when the programming error occurred during Module Reprogramming (MR) or Programmable Module Installation (PMI). 2. Disconnect the VCM from the data link connector (DLC) and the IDS. 3. Reconnect the VCM to IDS and then connect to the DLC. Once reconnected, the VCM icon should appear in the corner of the IDS screen. If it does not, troubleshoot the IDS to VCM connection. 4. Locate the ORIGINAL vehicle session when programming failed. This should be the last session used in most cases. If not, use the session created Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1553 on the date that the programming failed. NOTE: If the original session is not listed in the previous session list, click the "Recycle bin" icon at the lower right of the previous session screen. This will load any deleted sessions and allow you to look through them. Double-click the session to restore it. 5. Once the session is loaded, the failed process should resume automatically. 6. If programming does not resume automatically, proceed to the Module Programming menu and select the previously attempted process, Programmable Module Installation (PM I) or Module Reprogramming. 7. Follow all on-screen prompts/instructions. 8. Near the end of programming, the IDS will prompt you to select certain parameters. It is important to make a selection for ALL parameters listed. If the correct selection is already highlighted, you must still choose that selection before clicking the "Tick" mark to complete the configuration. 9. The last screen on the IDS may list additional steps required to complete the programming process. Make sure all applicable steps listed on the screen are followed in order. NOTE: AUTOMATIC VEHICLES ONLY: Please advise the customer that this vehicle is equipped with an adaptive transmission shift strategy which allows the vehicle's computer to learn the transmission's unique parameters and improve shift quality. When the adaptive strategy is reset, the computer will begin a relearning process. This relearning process may result in firmer than normal upshifts and downshifts for several days. Owner Letter None available. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration Technical Service Bulletin # 10B17S1 Date: 110408 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1558 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes, OASIS will be activated on September 2, 2010. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on September 2, 2010. Owner names and addresses will be available by September 15, 2010. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this program is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this service action. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for upgrades. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this service action. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the upgrade will not be granted. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1559 ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ PROGRAM TERMS: This program will be in effect through August 31 2011. There is no mileage limit for this program. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this upgrade. Attachment III - Technical Information [NEW!] OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) with a performance enhanced calibration using IDS release 72.01A and higher. This calibration update also contains improvements to address the following symptoms: ^ Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illumination with false engine related DTCs P132B, P0299, PO5OE, and PO6EA ^ Wrench light illumination with false transmission related DTCs P0884, P0731, P0732, P0733, P0734, P0735, and P0729 ^ Low speed, low load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ High pressure (HP) fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed diesel exhaust fluid level indication change after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between Reverse-Drive and Drive-Reverse shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation in D (drive) after descending a grade with the gear shift lever in 1 (first) ^ Delayed current gear indication when using SelectShift mode This calibration also contains the following enhancements: Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1560 ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so the SelectShift gear display will remain activated after shifting out of and back into D (drive) or after a key cycle ^ Added engine overspeed protection feature while descending long grades when towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 rpm engine redline) ^ Increased torque during hill assist operation (see owner guide for additional hill assist information) ^ PTO operation improvements - Automatic Secondary Electronic Idle Controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch is in the ON position - Minimum engine coolant temperature to operate PTO is lowered to 20°F (-7°C) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogramming concerns! errors may be caused by the following: ^ Data Link Connector (DLC) or Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) becoming disconnected. ^ Allowing the IDS to enter any type of sleep mode. ^ Using a wireless IDS to VCM connection. ^ Low voltage on the IDS lap top. ^ Low voltage in the vehicle battery (use of a battery charger is recommended). If you encounter reprogramming concerns, DO NOT DELETE the session. If the original session has accidentally been deleted, recover the original session from the IDS "TRASH CAN" (located in the lower right corner of the previous session screen) and continue to reprogram. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Make sure that all accessories (radio, interior fan, headlights, etc.) are switched off. [NEW!] 3. Verify that the IDS is updated to software release 72.01A and higher. 4. Connect the IDS to the vehicle and start a session. 5. Select the Tool Box tab and then select Module Programming. Touch the tick. 6. Select Module Reprogramming and then select PCM. Touch the tick. 7. NOTE: If the IDS states there are no updates available, either the IDS has not been updated to an appropriate software release level, or the updates have already been performed. A screen will appear stating a later PCM and TCM calibration is available. Follow the on-screen instructions to program the PCM and the TCM to the latest calibration. NOTE: Remind dealership service management that they must provide a copy of the Customer Information Sheet to the vehicle owner. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1561 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1562 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1563 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transfer Case > Fluid - Transfer Case > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Fluid - Transfer Case: Capacity Specifications Transfer case fluid ............................................................................................................................... ................................................ 2.0 quarts (1.9 Liters) Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transfer Case > Fluid - Transfer Case > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 1569 Fluid - Transfer Case: Fluid Type Specifications TRANSFER CASE FLUID Ford Part Name - Motorcraft Transfer Case Fluid Ford Part Number - XL-12 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance Technical Service Bulletin # 11E02 Date: 110426 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1581 Yes, OASIS will be activated on April 26, 2011. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on April 26, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by June 30, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1582 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this repair. Attachment III - Technical Information OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) release 72.03 or higher. SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogram appropriate vehicle modules before performing diagnostics and clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) after programming. For DTCs generated after reprogramming, follow normal diagnostic service procedures. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Reprogram the PCM and TCM to the latest calibration using IDS release 72.03 and higher. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. When reprogramming the PCM on automatic transmission equipped vehicles, the TCM will also be automatically reprogrammed to the latest level. Important Information For Module Programming NOTE: When programming or reprogramming a module, use the following basic checks to ensure programming completes without errors. ^ Make sure the battery is fully charged before carrying out the programming steps and connect IDS/scan tool to a power source. ^ Inspect Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and cables for any damage. Make sure scan tool connections are not interrupted during programming. ^ A hardwired internet connection is strongly recommended. ^ Turn off all unnecessary accessories (radio, heated/cooled seats, head lamps, interior lamps, HVAC system, etc.), close doors. ^ Disconnect/depower any aftermarket accessories (remote start, alarm, power inverter, CB radio, etc.). ^ Follow all scan tool on-screen instructions carefully. ^ Disable IDS/scan tool sleep mode, screensaver, hibernation modes. ^ Create all sessions Key On Engine Off (KOEO). Starting the vehicle before creating a session will cause errors within the programming inhale process. Recovering a PCM/Smart Junction Box (SJB) when programming has resulted in a blank module: NEVER DELETE THE ORIGINAL SESSION! 1. Obtain the original IDS that was used when the programming error occurred during Module Reprogramming (MR) or Programmable Module Installation (PMI). 2. Disconnect the VCM from the data link connector (DLC) and the IDS. 3. Reconnect the VCM to IDS and then connect to the DLC. Once reconnected, the VCM icon should appear in the corner of the IDS screen. If it does not, troubleshoot the IDS to VCM connection. 4. Locate the ORIGINAL vehicle session when programming failed. This should be the last session used in most cases. If not, use the session created Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1583 on the date that the programming failed. NOTE: If the original session is not listed in the previous session list, click the "Recycle bin" icon at the lower right of the previous session screen. This will load any deleted sessions and allow you to look through them. Double-click the session to restore it. 5. Once the session is loaded, the failed process should resume automatically. 6. If programming does not resume automatically, proceed to the Module Programming menu and select the previously attempted process, Programmable Module Installation (PM I) or Module Reprogramming. 7. Follow all on-screen prompts/instructions. 8. Near the end of programming, the IDS will prompt you to select certain parameters. It is important to make a selection for ALL parameters listed. If the correct selection is already highlighted, you must still choose that selection before clicking the "Tick" mark to complete the configuration. 9. The last screen on the IDS may list additional steps required to complete the programming process. Make sure all applicable steps listed on the screen are followed in order. NOTE: AUTOMATIC VEHICLES ONLY: Please advise the customer that this vehicle is equipped with an adaptive transmission shift strategy which allows the vehicle's computer to learn the transmission's unique parameters and improve shift quality. When the adaptive strategy is reset, the computer will begin a relearning process. This relearning process may result in firmer than normal upshifts and downshifts for several days. Owner Letter None available. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration Technical Service Bulletin # 10B17S1 Date: 110408 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1588 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes, OASIS will be activated on September 2, 2010. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on September 2, 2010. Owner names and addresses will be available by September 15, 2010. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this program is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this service action. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for upgrades. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this service action. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the upgrade will not be granted. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1589 ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ PROGRAM TERMS: This program will be in effect through August 31 2011. There is no mileage limit for this program. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this upgrade. Attachment III - Technical Information [NEW!] OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) with a performance enhanced calibration using IDS release 72.01A and higher. This calibration update also contains improvements to address the following symptoms: ^ Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illumination with false engine related DTCs P132B, P0299, PO5OE, and PO6EA ^ Wrench light illumination with false transmission related DTCs P0884, P0731, P0732, P0733, P0734, P0735, and P0729 ^ Low speed, low load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ High pressure (HP) fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed diesel exhaust fluid level indication change after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between Reverse-Drive and Drive-Reverse shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation in D (drive) after descending a grade with the gear shift lever in 1 (first) ^ Delayed current gear indication when using SelectShift mode This calibration also contains the following enhancements: Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1590 ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so the SelectShift gear display will remain activated after shifting out of and back into D (drive) or after a key cycle ^ Added engine overspeed protection feature while descending long grades when towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 rpm engine redline) ^ Increased torque during hill assist operation (see owner guide for additional hill assist information) ^ PTO operation improvements - Automatic Secondary Electronic Idle Controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch is in the ON position - Minimum engine coolant temperature to operate PTO is lowered to 20°F (-7°C) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogramming concerns! errors may be caused by the following: ^ Data Link Connector (DLC) or Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) becoming disconnected. ^ Allowing the IDS to enter any type of sleep mode. ^ Using a wireless IDS to VCM connection. ^ Low voltage on the IDS lap top. ^ Low voltage in the vehicle battery (use of a battery charger is recommended). If you encounter reprogramming concerns, DO NOT DELETE the session. If the original session has accidentally been deleted, recover the original session from the IDS "TRASH CAN" (located in the lower right corner of the previous session screen) and continue to reprogram. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Make sure that all accessories (radio, interior fan, headlights, etc.) are switched off. [NEW!] 3. Verify that the IDS is updated to software release 72.01A and higher. 4. Connect the IDS to the vehicle and start a session. 5. Select the Tool Box tab and then select Module Programming. Touch the tick. 6. Select Module Reprogramming and then select PCM. Touch the tick. 7. NOTE: If the IDS states there are no updates available, either the IDS has not been updated to an appropriate software release level, or the updates have already been performed. A screen will appear stating a later PCM and TCM calibration is available. Follow the on-screen instructions to program the PCM and the TCM to the latest calibration. NOTE: Remind dealership service management that they must provide a copy of the Customer Information Sheet to the vehicle owner. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1591 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1592 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1593 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 Control Module: Customer Interest Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1599 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1600 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance Technical Service Bulletin # 11E02 Date: 110426 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1606 Yes, OASIS will be activated on April 26, 2011. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on April 26, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by June 30, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1607 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this repair. Attachment III - Technical Information OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) release 72.03 or higher. SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogram appropriate vehicle modules before performing diagnostics and clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) after programming. For DTCs generated after reprogramming, follow normal diagnostic service procedures. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Reprogram the PCM and TCM to the latest calibration using IDS release 72.03 and higher. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. When reprogramming the PCM on automatic transmission equipped vehicles, the TCM will also be automatically reprogrammed to the latest level. Important Information For Module Programming NOTE: When programming or reprogramming a module, use the following basic checks to ensure programming completes without errors. ^ Make sure the battery is fully charged before carrying out the programming steps and connect IDS/scan tool to a power source. ^ Inspect Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and cables for any damage. Make sure scan tool connections are not interrupted during programming. ^ A hardwired internet connection is strongly recommended. ^ Turn off all unnecessary accessories (radio, heated/cooled seats, head lamps, interior lamps, HVAC system, etc.), close doors. ^ Disconnect/depower any aftermarket accessories (remote start, alarm, power inverter, CB radio, etc.). ^ Follow all scan tool on-screen instructions carefully. ^ Disable IDS/scan tool sleep mode, screensaver, hibernation modes. ^ Create all sessions Key On Engine Off (KOEO). Starting the vehicle before creating a session will cause errors within the programming inhale process. Recovering a PCM/Smart Junction Box (SJB) when programming has resulted in a blank module: NEVER DELETE THE ORIGINAL SESSION! 1. Obtain the original IDS that was used when the programming error occurred during Module Reprogramming (MR) or Programmable Module Installation (PMI). 2. Disconnect the VCM from the data link connector (DLC) and the IDS. 3. Reconnect the VCM to IDS and then connect to the DLC. Once reconnected, the VCM icon should appear in the corner of the IDS screen. If it does not, troubleshoot the IDS to VCM connection. 4. Locate the ORIGINAL vehicle session when programming failed. This should be the last session used in most cases. If not, use the session created Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1608 on the date that the programming failed. NOTE: If the original session is not listed in the previous session list, click the "Recycle bin" icon at the lower right of the previous session screen. This will load any deleted sessions and allow you to look through them. Double-click the session to restore it. 5. Once the session is loaded, the failed process should resume automatically. 6. If programming does not resume automatically, proceed to the Module Programming menu and select the previously attempted process, Programmable Module Installation (PM I) or Module Reprogramming. 7. Follow all on-screen prompts/instructions. 8. Near the end of programming, the IDS will prompt you to select certain parameters. It is important to make a selection for ALL parameters listed. If the correct selection is already highlighted, you must still choose that selection before clicking the "Tick" mark to complete the configuration. 9. The last screen on the IDS may list additional steps required to complete the programming process. Make sure all applicable steps listed on the screen are followed in order. NOTE: AUTOMATIC VEHICLES ONLY: Please advise the customer that this vehicle is equipped with an adaptive transmission shift strategy which allows the vehicle's computer to learn the transmission's unique parameters and improve shift quality. When the adaptive strategy is reset, the computer will begin a relearning process. This relearning process may result in firmer than normal upshifts and downshifts for several days. Owner Letter None available. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration Technical Service Bulletin # 10B17S1 Date: 110408 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1613 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes, OASIS will be activated on September 2, 2010. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on September 2, 2010. Owner names and addresses will be available by September 15, 2010. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this program is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this service action. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for upgrades. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this service action. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the upgrade will not be granted. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1614 ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ PROGRAM TERMS: This program will be in effect through August 31 2011. There is no mileage limit for this program. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this upgrade. Attachment III - Technical Information [NEW!] OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) with a performance enhanced calibration using IDS release 72.01A and higher. This calibration update also contains improvements to address the following symptoms: ^ Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illumination with false engine related DTCs P132B, P0299, PO5OE, and PO6EA ^ Wrench light illumination with false transmission related DTCs P0884, P0731, P0732, P0733, P0734, P0735, and P0729 ^ Low speed, low load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ High pressure (HP) fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed diesel exhaust fluid level indication change after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between Reverse-Drive and Drive-Reverse shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation in D (drive) after descending a grade with the gear shift lever in 1 (first) ^ Delayed current gear indication when using SelectShift mode This calibration also contains the following enhancements: Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1615 ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so the SelectShift gear display will remain activated after shifting out of and back into D (drive) or after a key cycle ^ Added engine overspeed protection feature while descending long grades when towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 rpm engine redline) ^ Increased torque during hill assist operation (see owner guide for additional hill assist information) ^ PTO operation improvements - Automatic Secondary Electronic Idle Controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch is in the ON position - Minimum engine coolant temperature to operate PTO is lowered to 20°F (-7°C) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogramming concerns! errors may be caused by the following: ^ Data Link Connector (DLC) or Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) becoming disconnected. ^ Allowing the IDS to enter any type of sleep mode. ^ Using a wireless IDS to VCM connection. ^ Low voltage on the IDS lap top. ^ Low voltage in the vehicle battery (use of a battery charger is recommended). If you encounter reprogramming concerns, DO NOT DELETE the session. If the original session has accidentally been deleted, recover the original session from the IDS "TRASH CAN" (located in the lower right corner of the previous session screen) and continue to reprogram. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Make sure that all accessories (radio, interior fan, headlights, etc.) are switched off. [NEW!] 3. Verify that the IDS is updated to software release 72.01A and higher. 4. Connect the IDS to the vehicle and start a session. 5. Select the Tool Box tab and then select Module Programming. Touch the tick. 6. Select Module Reprogramming and then select PCM. Touch the tick. 7. NOTE: If the IDS states there are no updates available, either the IDS has not been updated to an appropriate software release level, or the updates have already been performed. A screen will appear stating a later PCM and TCM calibration is available. Follow the on-screen instructions to program the PCM and the TCM to the latest calibration. NOTE: Remind dealership service management that they must provide a copy of the Customer Information Sheet to the vehicle owner. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1616 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1617 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1618 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1623 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1624 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1630 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1631 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance Technical Service Bulletin # 11E02 Date: 110426 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1637 Yes, OASIS will be activated on April 26, 2011. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on April 26, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by June 30, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1638 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this repair. Attachment III - Technical Information OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) release 72.03 or higher. SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogram appropriate vehicle modules before performing diagnostics and clear all Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) after programming. For DTCs generated after reprogramming, follow normal diagnostic service procedures. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Reprogram the PCM and TCM to the latest calibration using IDS release 72.03 and higher. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. When reprogramming the PCM on automatic transmission equipped vehicles, the TCM will also be automatically reprogrammed to the latest level. Important Information For Module Programming NOTE: When programming or reprogramming a module, use the following basic checks to ensure programming completes without errors. ^ Make sure the battery is fully charged before carrying out the programming steps and connect IDS/scan tool to a power source. ^ Inspect Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and cables for any damage. Make sure scan tool connections are not interrupted during programming. ^ A hardwired internet connection is strongly recommended. ^ Turn off all unnecessary accessories (radio, heated/cooled seats, head lamps, interior lamps, HVAC system, etc.), close doors. ^ Disconnect/depower any aftermarket accessories (remote start, alarm, power inverter, CB radio, etc.). ^ Follow all scan tool on-screen instructions carefully. ^ Disable IDS/scan tool sleep mode, screensaver, hibernation modes. ^ Create all sessions Key On Engine Off (KOEO). Starting the vehicle before creating a session will cause errors within the programming inhale process. Recovering a PCM/Smart Junction Box (SJB) when programming has resulted in a blank module: NEVER DELETE THE ORIGINAL SESSION! 1. Obtain the original IDS that was used when the programming error occurred during Module Reprogramming (MR) or Programmable Module Installation (PMI). 2. Disconnect the VCM from the data link connector (DLC) and the IDS. 3. Reconnect the VCM to IDS and then connect to the DLC. Once reconnected, the VCM icon should appear in the corner of the IDS screen. If it does not, troubleshoot the IDS to VCM connection. 4. Locate the ORIGINAL vehicle session when programming failed. This should be the last session used in most cases. If not, use the session created Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 11E02 > Apr > 11 > Recall - ECM/TCM Update For CARB Compliance > Page 1639 on the date that the programming failed. NOTE: If the original session is not listed in the previous session list, click the "Recycle bin" icon at the lower right of the previous session screen. This will load any deleted sessions and allow you to look through them. Double-click the session to restore it. 5. Once the session is loaded, the failed process should resume automatically. 6. If programming does not resume automatically, proceed to the Module Programming menu and select the previously attempted process, Programmable Module Installation (PM I) or Module Reprogramming. 7. Follow all on-screen prompts/instructions. 8. Near the end of programming, the IDS will prompt you to select certain parameters. It is important to make a selection for ALL parameters listed. If the correct selection is already highlighted, you must still choose that selection before clicking the "Tick" mark to complete the configuration. 9. The last screen on the IDS may list additional steps required to complete the programming process. Make sure all applicable steps listed on the screen are followed in order. NOTE: AUTOMATIC VEHICLES ONLY: Please advise the customer that this vehicle is equipped with an adaptive transmission shift strategy which allows the vehicle's computer to learn the transmission's unique parameters and improve shift quality. When the adaptive strategy is reset, the computer will begin a relearning process. This relearning process may result in firmer than normal upshifts and downshifts for several days. Owner Letter None available. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration Technical Service Bulletin # 10B17S1 Date: 110408 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1644 Attachment I - Administrative Information OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes, OASIS will be activated on September 2, 2010. FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes, FSA VIN list will be available through the website on September 2, 2010. Owner names and addresses will be available by September 15, 2010. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this program is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this service action. STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for upgrades. ^ Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this service action. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the upgrade will not be granted. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1645 ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the upgrade call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES The use of rental vehicles is not authorized for this program. CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ PROGRAM TERMS: This program will be in effect through August 31 2011. There is no mileage limit for this program. Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION Parts are not required to complete this upgrade. Attachment III - Technical Information [NEW!] OVERVIEW This program involves reprogramming the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and the Transmission Control Module (TCM) with a performance enhanced calibration using IDS release 72.01A and higher. This calibration update also contains improvements to address the following symptoms: ^ Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illumination with false engine related DTCs P132B, P0299, PO5OE, and PO6EA ^ Wrench light illumination with false transmission related DTCs P0884, P0731, P0732, P0733, P0734, P0735, and P0729 ^ Low speed, low load engine surge ^ Abrupt engine shutdown feel ^ High pressure (HP) fuel pump knocking noise at idle ^ Delayed diesel exhaust fluid level indication change after refill event ^ Harsh/bumpy transmission upshifts/downshifts ^ Delayed/harsh transmission engagement feel between Reverse-Drive and Drive-Reverse shifts ^ Transmission gear hunting during speed control operation when climbing grades or hills, particularly while towing ^ Erratic transmission operation in D (drive) after descending a grade with the gear shift lever in 1 (first) ^ Delayed current gear indication when using SelectShift mode This calibration also contains the following enhancements: Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1646 ^ Added SelectShift memory feature, so the SelectShift gear display will remain activated after shifting out of and back into D (drive) or after a key cycle ^ Added engine overspeed protection feature while descending long grades when towing and in manual gear ranges (forces transmission upshifts at 4000 rpm engine redline) ^ Increased torque during hill assist operation (see owner guide for additional hill assist information) ^ PTO operation improvements - Automatic Secondary Electronic Idle Controller (SEIC) turns on at engine start if the switch is in the ON position - Minimum engine coolant temperature to operate PTO is lowered to 20°F (-7°C) - Improved RPM control with SEIC controllers SERVICE PROCEDURE Module Reprogramming NOTE: Reprogramming concerns! errors may be caused by the following: ^ Data Link Connector (DLC) or Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) becoming disconnected. ^ Allowing the IDS to enter any type of sleep mode. ^ Using a wireless IDS to VCM connection. ^ Low voltage on the IDS lap top. ^ Low voltage in the vehicle battery (use of a battery charger is recommended). If you encounter reprogramming concerns, DO NOT DELETE the session. If the original session has accidentally been deleted, recover the original session from the IDS "TRASH CAN" (located in the lower right corner of the previous session screen) and continue to reprogram. 1. Connect a battery charger to maintain battery charge during this reprogramming procedure. 2. Make sure that all accessories (radio, interior fan, headlights, etc.) are switched off. [NEW!] 3. Verify that the IDS is updated to software release 72.01A and higher. 4. Connect the IDS to the vehicle and start a session. 5. Select the Tool Box tab and then select Module Programming. Touch the tick. 6. Select Module Reprogramming and then select PCM. Touch the tick. 7. NOTE: If the IDS states there are no updates available, either the IDS has not been updated to an appropriate software release level, or the updates have already been performed. A screen will appear stating a later PCM and TCM calibration is available. Follow the on-screen instructions to program the PCM and the TCM to the latest calibration. NOTE: Remind dealership service management that they must provide a copy of the Customer Information Sheet to the vehicle owner. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1647 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1648 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Control Module: > 10B17S1 > Apr > 11 > Campaign - ECM/TCM Power Increase Calibration > Page 1649 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Electronic Brake Control Module: > 10-23-3 > Dec > 10 > Drivetrain - ELD Binding/Unable To Unlock Electronic Brake Control Module: Customer Interest Drivetrain - ELD Binding/Unable To Unlock TSB 10-23-3 12/03/10 SINGLE REAR WHEEL (SRW) - ELECTRONIC LOCKING DIFFERENTIAL (ELD) - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 9/22/2010 - BINDING - UNABLE TO UNLOCK FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350 ISSUE Some 2011 F-250/350 vehicles equipped with SRW and ELD built on or before 9/22/2010 may exhibit a binding condition, unable to unlock. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Reprogram the Anti-lock Brake (ABS) Module to the latest calibration using IDS release 69.04 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2010.9 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 2. Replace the differential case if binding or unable to unlock. Refer to Workshop Manual (WSM), Section 205-05D. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 102303A 2011 F-Super Duty 0.3 Hr. 250/350: Reprogram The Antilock Brake Module (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) 102303B 2011 F-Super Duty 2.6 Hrs. 250/350: Reprogram The Antilock Brake Module, Replace The Differential Case (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 4010 04 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Electronic Brake Control Module: > 10-23-3 > Dec > 10 > Drivetrain - ELD Binding/Unable To Unlock > Page 1660 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Electronic Brake Control Module: > 10-23-3 > Dec > 10 > Drivetrain - ELD Binding/Unable To Unlock Electronic Brake Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Drivetrain - ELD Binding/Unable To Unlock TSB 10-23-3 12/03/10 SINGLE REAR WHEEL (SRW) - ELECTRONIC LOCKING DIFFERENTIAL (ELD) - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 9/22/2010 - BINDING - UNABLE TO UNLOCK FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350 ISSUE Some 2011 F-250/350 vehicles equipped with SRW and ELD built on or before 9/22/2010 may exhibit a binding condition, unable to unlock. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Reprogram the Anti-lock Brake (ABS) Module to the latest calibration using IDS release 69.04 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2010.9 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 2. Replace the differential case if binding or unable to unlock. Refer to Workshop Manual (WSM), Section 205-05D. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 102303A 2011 F-Super Duty 0.3 Hr. 250/350: Reprogram The Antilock Brake Module (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) 102303B 2011 F-Super Duty 2.6 Hrs. 250/350: Reprogram The Antilock Brake Module, Replace The Differential Case (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 4010 04 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Electronic Brake Control Module: > 10-23-3 > Dec > 10 > Drivetrain - ELD Binding/Unable To Unlock > Page 1666 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Fluid > Component Information > Specifications Brake Fluid: Specifications BRAKE (and clutch - if equipped) FLUID Ford Part Name - Motorcraft High Performance DOT 3 Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid Ford Part Number - PM-1-C (US) Ford Specification - WSS-M6C62-A or WSS-M6C65-A1 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 10-23-3 > Dec > 10 > Drivetrain - ELD Binding/Unable To Unlock Electronic Brake Control Module: Customer Interest Drivetrain - ELD Binding/Unable To Unlock TSB 10-23-3 12/03/10 SINGLE REAR WHEEL (SRW) - ELECTRONIC LOCKING DIFFERENTIAL (ELD) - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 9/22/2010 - BINDING - UNABLE TO UNLOCK FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350 ISSUE Some 2011 F-250/350 vehicles equipped with SRW and ELD built on or before 9/22/2010 may exhibit a binding condition, unable to unlock. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Reprogram the Anti-lock Brake (ABS) Module to the latest calibration using IDS release 69.04 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2010.9 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 2. Replace the differential case if binding or unable to unlock. Refer to Workshop Manual (WSM), Section 205-05D. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 102303A 2011 F-Super Duty 0.3 Hr. 250/350: Reprogram The Antilock Brake Module (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) 102303B 2011 F-Super Duty 2.6 Hrs. 250/350: Reprogram The Antilock Brake Module, Replace The Differential Case (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 4010 04 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 10-23-3 > Dec > 10 > Drivetrain - ELD Binding/Unable To Unlock > Page 1680 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins: > 10-23-3 > Dec > 10 > Drivetrain - ELD Binding/Unable To Unlock Electronic Brake Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Drivetrain - ELD Binding/Unable To Unlock TSB 10-23-3 12/03/10 SINGLE REAR WHEEL (SRW) - ELECTRONIC LOCKING DIFFERENTIAL (ELD) - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 9/22/2010 - BINDING - UNABLE TO UNLOCK FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350 ISSUE Some 2011 F-250/350 vehicles equipped with SRW and ELD built on or before 9/22/2010 may exhibit a binding condition, unable to unlock. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Reprogram the Anti-lock Brake (ABS) Module to the latest calibration using IDS release 69.04 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2010.9 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 2. Replace the differential case if binding or unable to unlock. Refer to Workshop Manual (WSM), Section 205-05D. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 102303A 2011 F-Super Duty 0.3 Hr. 250/350: Reprogram The Antilock Brake Module (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) 102303B 2011 F-Super Duty 2.6 Hrs. 250/350: Reprogram The Antilock Brake Module, Replace The Differential Case (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 4010 04 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins: > 10-23-3 > Dec > 10 > Drivetrain - ELD Binding/Unable To Unlock > Page 1686 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Electronic Brake Control Module: > 10-19-7 > Oct > 10 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set Sensors and Switches - Emission Control Systems: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/Nitrous Oxide Monitor DTC's Set TSB 10-19-7 10/11/10 6.7L DIESEL - MIL ON - DTCS P207F, P20EE, P2200 AND/OR P2201 - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 6/2/2010 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L engine and built on or before 6/2/2010 may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on with diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P207F, P20EE, P2200 or P2201 and may indicate the vehicle is operating in a derate mode and may experience a loss of power. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Perform visual inspection of Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) module wiring, NOx module and NOx sensor for damaged wire harness, connectors and/or incorrect wire harness routing. a. If no damage or wiring concerns are present, proceed to Step 2. b. If damage is found do not proceed with this article and follow normal Workshop Manual (WSM) diagnostics. 2. Replace the NOx sensor. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101907A 2011 F-Super Duty 6.7L: 0.6 Hr. Check DTCs, Inspect Wiring, And Replace The NOx Sensor (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 9D378 49 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control: > 10-18-6 > Sep > 10 > Brakes - Brake Drag Condition Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control: Customer Interest Brakes - Brake Drag Condition TSB 10-18-6 09/27/10 BRAKE DRAG DUE TO STOPLAMP SWITCH ADJUSTMENT FORD: 2010 F-150 2011 F-Super Duty ISSUE Some 2010 F-150 and 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles may exhibit a brake drag condition. This may be due to an improperly adjusted stoplamp switch. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Put vehicle on hoist and lift all four (4) tires off the ground. Confirm brake drag by rotating front and rear wheels by hand and note whether the tires rotate freely. a. No brake drag - this procedure does not apply. b. Brake drag present - proceed to Step 2. 2. Remove the stoplamp switch. Refer to Workshop Manual (WSM), Section 417-01. a. Inspect for brake drag. If no brake drag is present reinstall the stoplamp switch. The stoplamp switch must be installed with the brake pedal in the release position. b. If brake drag is still present with the stoplamp switch removed or after reinstallation, refer to WSM, Section 206-00 for normal diagnostics. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101806A 2010 F-150, 2011 F-Super 0.3 Hr. Duty: Remove And Install Stoplamp Switch Includes Time To Inspect (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 13480 42 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control: > 10-18-6 > Sep > 10 > Brakes - Brake Drag Condition Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control: All Technical Service Bulletins Brakes Brake Drag Condition TSB 10-18-6 09/27/10 BRAKE DRAG DUE TO STOPLAMP SWITCH ADJUSTMENT FORD: 2010 F-150 2011 F-Super Duty ISSUE Some 2010 F-150 and 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles may exhibit a brake drag condition. This may be due to an improperly adjusted stoplamp switch. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Put vehicle on hoist and lift all four (4) tires off the ground. Confirm brake drag by rotating front and rear wheels by hand and note whether the tires rotate freely. a. No brake drag - this procedure does not apply. b. Brake drag present - proceed to Step 2. 2. Remove the stoplamp switch. Refer to Workshop Manual (WSM), Section 417-01. a. Inspect for brake drag. If no brake drag is present reinstall the stoplamp switch. The stoplamp switch must be installed with the brake pedal in the release position. b. If brake drag is still present with the stoplamp switch removed or after reinstallation, refer to WSM, Section 206-00 for normal diagnostics. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101806A 2010 F-150, 2011 F-Super 0.3 Hr. Duty: Remove And Install Stoplamp Switch Includes Time To Inspect (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 13480 42 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control: > Page 1710 Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control: By Symptom Technical Service Bulletin # 10-18-6 Date: 100927 Brakes - Brake Drag Condition TSB 10-18-6 09/27/10 BRAKE DRAG DUE TO STOPLAMP SWITCH ADJUSTMENT FORD: 2010 F-150 2011 F-Super Duty ISSUE Some 2010 F-150 and 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles may exhibit a brake drag condition. This may be due to an improperly adjusted stoplamp switch. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Put vehicle on hoist and lift all four (4) tires off the ground. Confirm brake drag by rotating front and rear wheels by hand and note whether the tires rotate freely. a. No brake drag - this procedure does not apply. b. Brake drag present - proceed to Step 2. 2. Remove the stoplamp switch. Refer to Workshop Manual (WSM), Section 417-01. a. Inspect for brake drag. If no brake drag is present reinstall the stoplamp switch. The stoplamp switch must be installed with the brake pedal in the release position. b. If brake drag is still present with the stoplamp switch removed or after reinstallation, refer to WSM, Section 206-00 for normal diagnostics. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101806A 2010 F-150, 2011 F-Super 0.3 Hr. Duty: Remove And Install Stoplamp Switch Includes Time To Inspect (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 13480 42 Disclaimer Technical Service Bulletin # 10-18-6 Date: 100927 Brakes - Brake Drag Condition TSB 10-18-6 09/27/10 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control: > Page 1711 BRAKE DRAG DUE TO STOPLAMP SWITCH ADJUSTMENT FORD: 2010 F-150 2011 F-Super Duty ISSUE Some 2010 F-150 and 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles may exhibit a brake drag condition. This may be due to an improperly adjusted stoplamp switch. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Put vehicle on hoist and lift all four (4) tires off the ground. Confirm brake drag by rotating front and rear wheels by hand and note whether the tires rotate freely. a. No brake drag - this procedure does not apply. b. Brake drag present - proceed to Step 2. 2. Remove the stoplamp switch. Refer to Workshop Manual (WSM), Section 417-01. a. Inspect for brake drag. If no brake drag is present reinstall the stoplamp switch. The stoplamp switch must be installed with the brake pedal in the release position. b. If brake drag is still present with the stoplamp switch removed or after reinstallation, refer to WSM, Section 206-00 for normal diagnostics. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101806A 2010 F-150, 2011 F-Super 0.3 Hr. Duty: Remove And Install Stoplamp Switch Includes Time To Inspect (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 13480 42 Disclaimer Technical Service Bulletin # 10-18-6 Date: 100927 Brakes - Brake Drag Condition TSB 10-18-6 09/27/10 BRAKE DRAG DUE TO STOPLAMP SWITCH ADJUSTMENT FORD: 2010 F-150 2011 F-Super Duty ISSUE Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control: > Page 1712 Some 2010 F-150 and 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles may exhibit a brake drag condition. This may be due to an improperly adjusted stoplamp switch. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Put vehicle on hoist and lift all four (4) tires off the ground. Confirm brake drag by rotating front and rear wheels by hand and note whether the tires rotate freely. a. No brake drag - this procedure does not apply. b. Brake drag present - proceed to Step 2. 2. Remove the stoplamp switch. Refer to Workshop Manual (WSM), Section 417-01. a. Inspect for brake drag. If no brake drag is present reinstall the stoplamp switch. The stoplamp switch must be installed with the brake pedal in the release position. b. If brake drag is still present with the stoplamp switch removed or after reinstallation, refer to WSM, Section 206-00 for normal diagnostics. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101806A 2010 F-150, 2011 F-Super 0.3 Hr. Duty: Remove And Install Stoplamp Switch Includes Time To Inspect (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 13480 42 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Battery Junction Box (BJB) Fuse: Locations Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1719 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1720 Fuse: Locations Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) Fuse: Application and ID Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1723 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1724 Fuse: Application and ID Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Battery Junction Box (BJB) Fuse: Locations Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1730 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1731 Fuse: Locations Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) Fuse: Application and ID Battery Junction Box (BJB) Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1734 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Battery Junction Box (BJB) > Page 1735 Fuse: Application and ID Body Control Module (BCM) Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Specifications > Alignment Specifications Alignment: Specifications Alignment Specifications Alignment Specifications (1 Of 4) Alignment Specifications (2 Of 4) Alignment Specifications (3 Of 4) Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Specifications > Alignment Specifications > Page 1741 Alignment Specifications (4 Of 4) Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Specifications > Alignment Specifications > Page 1742 Alignment: Specifications General Specifications General Specifications (1 Of 8) General Specifications (2 Of 8) Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Specifications > Alignment Specifications > Page 1743 General Specifications (3 Of 8) General Specifications (4 Of 8) Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Specifications > Alignment Specifications > Page 1744 General Specifications (5 Of 8) General Specifications (6 Of 8) General Specifications (7 Of 8) Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Specifications > Alignment Specifications > Page 1745 General Specifications (8 Of 8) Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Specifications > Alignment Specifications > Page 1746 Alignment: Specifications Torque Specifications Torque Specifications Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Fluid > Component Information > Specifications Power Steering Fluid: Specifications POWER STEERING FLUID Ford Part Name - Motorcraft MERCON V ATF Ford Part Number - XT-5-QM Ford Specification - MERCON V Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Cross-Member > Component Information > Service and Repair Cross-Member: Service and Repair Transmission Support Crossmember Transmission Support Crossmember - Exploded View Transmission Support Crossmember - Exploded View Removal All Vehicles 1. With the vehicle in NEUTRAL, position it on a hoist. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Cross-Member > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 1756 2. NOTICE: Support the transmission with a suitable heavy duty transmission jack. - Place the jack so the fluid pan does not support the weight of the transmission. - Fasten a strap over the top of the transmission and to both sides of the jack. Failure to use a heavy duty transmission jack can result In damage to the transmission. Support the transmission. TorqShift(R) 6 Transmission 3. Disconnect the 3 wire harness retainers. All Vehicles 4. Disconnect the 3 wire harness retainers. 5. NOTE: The transmission support insulator studs may come out of the insulator while removing the nuts. Install new transmission support insulator studs if the studs come out of the insulator. Remove and discard the transmission insulator nuts. 6. Remove the nuts and bolt plate from the LH transmission support crossmember. - Discard the nuts. 7. Remove the nuts and bolt plates from RH the transmission support crossmember and gusset. - Discard the nuts. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Cross-Member > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 1757 8. Remove the transmission support crossmember. Installation All Vehicles 1. If required, install new transmission support insulator studs. - Tighten to 75 Nm (55 lb-ft). 2. Position the transmission support crossmember and loosely install the LH bolt plate and new nuts. 3. Loosely install the RH transmission support crossmember and gusset bolt plates and new nuts. 4. Loosely install new transmission insulator nuts. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Cross-Member > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 1758 5. Tighten the transmission support crossmember-to-frame nuts to 90 Nm (66 lb-ft). 6. Remove the transmission jack. TorqShift(R)6 Transmission 7. Install the 3 wiring harness retainers. All Vehicles 8. Tighten the transmission insulator nuts to 115 Nm (85 lb-ft). Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > System Information > Service and Repair > Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Sensor Training Tire Monitoring System: Service and Repair Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Sensor Training Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Sensor Training Special Tool(s) NOTE:If the vehicle has been stationary for more than 30 minutes, the sensors will go into a "sleep mode" to conserve battery power. It will be necessary to wake them up so they will transmit the latest tire pressure information to the Body Control Module (BCM). NOTE:The tire pressure sensor training procedure must be done on a single vehicle, in an area without radio frequency noise and at least 1 m (3 ft) away from other vehicles equipped with Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). Radio frequency noise is generated by electrical motors and appliance operation, cellular telephones, remote transmitters, power inverters and portable entertainment equipment. NOTE:If a sensor does not respond to the activation tool, move the vehicle to rotate the wheels at least one-fourth of a turn and attempt to activate the same sensor again. If the sensor still does not respond, attemp to activate the same sensor again using the customer activation tool (if available). If the sensor still fails to train, attemp to train the sensor with the vehicle doors open. NOTE:The BCM has a 2-minute time limit between sensor responses. If the BCM does not recognize any 1 of the 4 tire pressure sensors during this time limit, the horn will sound twice and the message center (if equipped) will display TIRE NOT TRAINED REPEAT and the entire procedure must be repeated. NOTE:For vehicles with different front and rear tire pressures (such as E-Series and certain F-Series), the tire pressure must be adjusted and the tire pressure sensors must be trained following a tire rotation. Failure to train the sensors will cause the TPMS indicator to illuminate. For vehicles with the same tire pressures for front and rear tires, tire rotation will not affect the system. 1. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position, then press and release the brake pedal. 2. Cycle the ignition switch from the OFF position to the RUN position 3 times, ending in the RUN position. 3. Press and release the brake pedal. 4. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position. 5. Turn the ignition switch from the OFF position to the RUN position 3 times, ending in the RUN position. The horn will sound once and the TPMS indicator will flash if the training mode has been entered successfully. If equipped, the message center will display TRAIN LF TIRE. 6. NOTE: It may take up to 6 seconds to activate a tire pressure sensor. During this time, the activation tool must remain in place 180 degrees from the valve stem. Place the Tire Pressure Monitor Activation Tool on the LF tire sidewall at the valve stem. Press and release the test button on the Tire Pressure Monitor Activation Tool. The horn will sound briefly to indicate that the tire pressure sensor has been recognized by the BCM. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > System Information > Service and Repair > Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Sensor Training > Page 1764 7. Within 2 minutes of the horn sounding, place the Tire Pressure Monitor Activation Tool on the RF tire sidewall at the valve stem and press and release the test button to train the RF tire pressure sensor. 8. NOTE: Do not wait more than 2 minutes between training each sensor or the BCM will time out and the entire procedure must be repeated. Repeat Step 7 for the RR and LR tires. The procedure is completed after the last tire has been trained. When the training procedure is complete, the message center (if equipped) will display TIRE TRAINING COMPLETE. For vehicles not equipped with a message center, successful completion of the training procedure will be verified by turning the ignition switch to the OFF position without the horn sounding. If the horn sounds twice when the switch is turned to the OFF position, the training procedure was not successful. 9. Using the scan tool, locate the updated TPMS sensor identifiers trained to the BCM and document them on the applicable warranty claim. 10. NOTE: This step is required to clear DTC C2780, cause the BCM to exit the manufacturing mode and to make sure there are no other concerns with a newly programmed BCM. If the sensors are being trained due to the installation of a new BCM, clear any DTCs and perform the BCM on-demand self test. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > System Information > Service and Repair > Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Sensor Training > Page 1765 Tire Monitoring System: Service and Repair Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Sensor Activation Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Sensor Activation NOTE: The tire pressure sensors will go into a "sleep mode" when a vehicle is stationary to conserve battery power. The sensors do not transmit information while in sleep mode. It will be necessary to wake them up so they will transmit the latest tire pressure information. 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. 2. Position the Tire Pressure Monitor Activation Tool against the LF tire sidewall at the tire valve stem. 3. NOTE: The Tire Pressure Monitor Activation Tool will provide feedback in the form of a flashing green light and a beep sound for each successful response from a tire pressure sensor. This feedback may not always be present, do not rely on it as a confirmation that the module heard a particular sensor. NOTE: If a sensor does not respond to the Tire Pressure Monitor Activation Tool, move the vehicle to rotate the wheels at least one-fourth of a turn and attempt to activate the same sensor again. If the sensor still does not respond, attempt to activate the same sensor again using the customer activation tool (if available). If the sensor still fails to train, attempt to train the sensor with the vehicle doors open. Press the test button on the Tire Pressure Monitor Activation Tool to activate the sensor. Activate the sensor at least 2 times. 4. Repeat Steps 2 and 3 for the remaining tires. 5. If the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) indicator remains illuminated after adjusting and activating each sensor, refer to the Symptom Chart in Diagnosis and Testing. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Hitch > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Trailer Hitch: > 10-16-5 > Aug > 10 > Trailer Towing Can't Install Gooseneck Ball Trailer Hitch: Customer Interest Trailer Towing - Can't Install Gooseneck Ball TSB 10-16-5 08/30/10 5TH WHEEL PREP PACKAGE - UNABLE TO INSTALL GOOSENECK BALL - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 6/30/2010 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles built on or before 6/30/2010 and equipped with the 5th wheel trailer hitch prep package may experience a condition during installation of a gooseneck ball, where the latch will not recede and lock the ball in place. It is not possible to attach a trailer to the gooseneck ball with this condition present. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE Replace the 5th wheel/gooseneck frame crossmember. Refer to Workshop Manual (WSM), Section 502-02. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME MT01605 Use SLIS Operations If Actual Available; Claim Additional Time Diagnosis Or Labor Performed As Actual Time DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 5L029 42 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Hitch > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Trailer Hitch: > 10-16-5 > Aug > 10 > Trailer Towing - Can't Install Gooseneck Ball Trailer Hitch: All Technical Service Bulletins Trailer Towing - Can't Install Gooseneck Ball TSB 10-16-5 08/30/10 5TH WHEEL PREP PACKAGE - UNABLE TO INSTALL GOOSENECK BALL - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 6/30/2010 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles built on or before 6/30/2010 and equipped with the 5th wheel trailer hitch prep package may experience a condition during installation of a gooseneck ball, where the latch will not recede and lock the ball in place. It is not possible to attach a trailer to the gooseneck ball with this condition present. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE Replace the 5th wheel/gooseneck frame crossmember. Refer to Workshop Manual (WSM), Section 502-02. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME MT01605 Use SLIS Operations If Actual Available; Claim Additional Time Diagnosis Or Labor Performed As Actual Time DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 5L029 42 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Hitch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trailer Hitch - Fifth Wheel Trailer Hitch: Service and Repair Trailer Hitch - Fifth Wheel Trailer Hitch - Fifth Wheel Trailer Hitch - Fifth Wheel Pickup Bed 1. Remove the tailgate. 2. Disconnect the rear lighting electrical connector and remove the pushpin retainer. 3. Disconnect the rear trailer lighting electrical connectors and remove the pushpin retainer. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Hitch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trailer Hitch - Fifth Wheel > Page 1783 4. NOTE: The pickup bed bolts are a one-time use and are replaced with new bolts whenever the pickup bed is removed. Remove and discard the pickup bed bolts. 5. NOTE: Diesel shown, gas engine similar. Remove the filler pipe retaining screws and position the filler pipe(s) aside. 6. Raise and support the pickup bed on 4 inch by 4 inch wooden blocks. Fifth Wheel Hitch Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Hitch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trailer Hitch - Fifth Wheel > Page 1784 7. NOTE: Pickup bed removed for clarity. Mark the location of the hitch-to-bracket and bracket-to-frame location to assist in alignment during installation. Remove the upper fifth wheel hitch bracket bolts and flag nuts. 8. Remove the hitch-to-frame bolts and flag nuts. 9. Slide the fifth wheel hitch from between the frame and pickup bed and remove. Fifth Wheel Hitch Brackets 10. NOTE: - Left side shown, right side similar. - Pay particular attention to each bracket as there is a slight difference in the RH and LH sides. Remove the bolts, flag nuts and the fifth wheel hitch bracket(s). Installation NOTE: If adding the fifth wheel hitch as a dealer installed accessory, follow the steps below to install the hitch on the frame. The instructions for modifying the pickup bed floor are outlined in the Fifth Wheel Hitch instruction sheet. Fifth Wheel Hitch Brackets Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Hitch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trailer Hitch - Fifth Wheel > Page 1785 1. Install fifth wheel hitch brackets (align to the locating marks) and install the fifth wheel hitch bracket-to-frame bolts and flag nuts. - Tighten to 133 NM (98 lb-ft) Fifth Wheel Hitch 2. Slide the fifth wheel hitch between the frame and pickup bed (align to the locating marks) and install the fifth wheel hitch-to-frame bolts and flag nuts. Tighten to 215 Nm (159 lb-ft) 3. Install the fifth wheel hitch-to-bracket bolts and flag nuts. - Tighten to 133 Nm (98 lb-ft) Pickup Bed 4. Remove and discard the pickup bed-to-frame j-nuts and install new fasteners. 5. NOTE: The fifth wheel hitch as well as the fifth wheel brackets are fully adjustable. Height can be adjusted at the frame-to-bracket bolts, front-to-rear can be adjusted at the hitch-to-bracket bolts and left-to-right can be adjusted at the hitch-to-frame bolts. Remove the 4 inch by 4 inch wooden blocks and install the pickup bed and new pick up bed bolts. Tighten to 63 Nm (46 lb-ft) Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Hitch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trailer Hitch - Fifth Wheel > Page 1786 6. NOTE: Diesel shown, gas engines similar. Install the filler pipe and screws. 7. Connect the rear lighting electrical connector and install the pushpin retainer. 8. Connect the rear trailer lighting electrical connectors and install the pushpin retainer. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Hitch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trailer Hitch - Fifth Wheel > Page 1787 9. Install the tailgate. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Hitch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trailer Hitch - Fifth Wheel > Page 1788 Trailer Hitch: Service and Repair Trailer Hitch Trailer Hitch Trailer Hitch 1. Remove the 2 bolts from the trailer hitch electrical connector bracket mounting bolts and position the bracket aside. - To install, tighten to 23 Nm (17 lb-ft). Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Trailer Hitch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trailer Hitch - Fifth Wheel > Page 1789 2. NOTE: The aid of an assistant is required to remove the trailer hitch. Remove the 8 trailer hitch mounting bolts (4 each side) and remove the trailer hitch. To install, tighten to 275 Nm (203 lb-ft). 3. To install, reverse the removal procedure. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > NHTSA11V128000 > Feb > 11 > Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection Body Control Module: Recalls Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: February 21, 2011 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 11V128000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Electrical System: Software POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 8,022 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 Ford F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge, and Lincoln MKX trucks manufactured from October 25, 2010, through November 20, 2010. These vehicles were inspected using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) that had a custom software routine to read the suspect Body Control Module (BCM) serial number. Based on the serial number the BCM was either not affected or replaced. The custom software routine was not reading the correct set of characters, and was not able to identify a BCM that required replacement affected BCMs may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which could result in a vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will inspect the body control module and if necessary replace it free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or about March 7, 2011. Owners may contact Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship CENTER AT 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford safety recall No. 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement Technical Service Bulletin # 10S14S3 Date: 110218 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1804 Attachment I - Administrative Information [NEW!] OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes OASIS will be activated on February 18, 2011. [NEW!] FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes FSA VIN list will be available through the website on February 18, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by March 31, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. [NEW!] STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. [NEW!] SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Previously inspected vehicles have been reactivated in OASIS for Safety Recall 10S14. Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1805 ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES If a customer's vehicle requires replacement of the BCM and it is necessary to order parts Ford will pay for up to two days of vehicle rental except for fuel insurance and tax which will be at the owner's expense. Rentals should be provided only while the vehicle is at the dealership for part replacement. The parts order must be an emergency order (unit down) if the order is placed between 3:00 PM and 7:00 PM (your local time zone) to guarantee the shortest delivery time. Prior approval for more than two rental days is required from the Special Service Support Center. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for rental dollar amounts. [NEW!] CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ Rental Expenses: Must be claimed on the same repair line as labor operation 10S14D. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for dollar amounts. - Misc. Expense Code: RENTAL - Misc. Expense Amount: Actual dollar amount (up to 2 days) Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1806 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION To manage part availability dealers must contact the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line. Dealers will receive a DOES II message when part requirements can be ordered through normal order processing channels. When calling to place an order for a BCM please be prepared to provide dealer P&A; code VIN RO # and vehicle mileage. Questions regarding parts should be directed to the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line or E-mailed. DEALER PRICE For latest prices refer to DOES II. PARTS RETENTION AND RETURN Follow the provisions of the Warranty and Policy Manual for "Parts Retention and Return Procedures." EXCESS STOCK RETURN Excess stock returned for credit must have been purchased from Ford Customer Service Division in accordance with Policy Procedure Bulletin 4000. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1807 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1808 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1809 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall - Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1810 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls for Body Control Module: > NHTSA10V659000 > Dec > 10 > Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard Body Control Module: Recalls Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: December 29, 2010 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 10V659000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Structure: Body POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 14,737 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge and Lincoln MKX vehicles. During a six-day production period, the supplier of the body control module manufactured modules that may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which can result in an unattended vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will replace the body control module if necessary free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or before January 10, 2011. owners may contact Ford at 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford's recall campaign number is 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > NHTSA11V128000 > Feb > 11 > Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection Body Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Recall 11V128000: Body Control Module Inspection VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: February 21, 2011 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 11V128000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Electrical System: Software POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 8,022 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 Ford F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge, and Lincoln MKX trucks manufactured from October 25, 2010, through November 20, 2010. These vehicles were inspected using Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) that had a custom software routine to read the suspect Body Control Module (BCM) serial number. Based on the serial number the BCM was either not affected or replaced. The custom software routine was not reading the correct set of characters, and was not able to identify a BCM that required replacement affected BCMs may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which could result in a vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will inspect the body control module and if necessary replace it free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or about March 7, 2011. Owners may contact Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship CENTER AT 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford safety recall No. 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall Body Control Module Replacement Technical Service Bulletin # 10S14S3 Date: 110218 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1824 Attachment I - Administrative Information [NEW!] OASIS ACTIVATED? Yes OASIS will be activated on February 18, 2011. [NEW!] FSA VIN LIST ACTIVATED? Yes FSA VIN list will be available through the website on February 18, 2011. Owner names and addresses will be available by March 31, 2011. NOTE: Your FSA VIN list may contain owner names and addresses obtained from motor vehicle registration records. The use of such motor vehicle registration data for any purpose other than in connection with this recall is a violation of law in several states provinces and countries. Accordingly you must limit the use of this listing to the follow-up necessary to complete this recall. [NEW!] STOCK VEHICLES Correct all affected units in your new vehicle inventory before delivery. [NEW!] SOLD VEHICLES ^ Owners of affected vehicles will be directed to dealers for repairs. ^ Previously inspected vehicles have been reactivated in OASIS for Safety Recall 10S14. Immediately contact any of your affected customers whose vehicles are not on your VIN list but are identified in OASIS. Give the customer a copy of the Owner Notification Letter (when available) and schedule a service date. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1825 ^ Correct other affected vehicles identified in OASIS which are brought to your dealership. TITLE BRANDED / SALVAGED VEHICLES Affected title branded and salvaged vehicles are eligible for this recall. RELATED DAMAGE If a related damage condition exists that you believe to be caused by the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to the repair of any related damage. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to deny coverage for related damage in cases where the vehicle owner has not had this recall performed on a timely basis. ADDITIONAL LABOR TIME ^ If a condition exists that requires additional labor to complete the repair call the Special Service Support Center to request approval prior to performing any additional labor. Requests for approval after completion of the repair will not be granted. ^ If you encounter aftermarket equipment or modifications to the vehicle which might prevent the repair of the covered condition call the Special Service Support Center. OWNER REFUNDS Refunds are not authorized for this program. RENTAL VEHICLES If a customer's vehicle requires replacement of the BCM and it is necessary to order parts Ford will pay for up to two days of vehicle rental except for fuel insurance and tax which will be at the owner's expense. Rentals should be provided only while the vehicle is at the dealership for part replacement. The parts order must be an emergency order (unit down) if the order is placed between 3:00 PM and 7:00 PM (your local time zone) to guarantee the shortest delivery time. Prior approval for more than two rental days is required from the Special Service Support Center. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for rental dollar amounts. [NEW!] CLAIMS PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION ^ Enter claims using Direct Warranty Entry (DWE). ^ Refer to ACESII manual for claims preparation and submission information. ^ Related damage must be claimed on a repair line that is separate from the repair line on which the FSA is claimed. Related damage requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ "MT" labor should be submitted on a separate repair line with the related damage flag checked. "MT" labor requires prior approval from the Special Service Support Center. ^ Rental Expenses: Must be claimed on the same repair line as labor operation 10S14D. Follow Extended Service Plan (ESP) guidelines for dollar amounts. - Misc. Expense Code: RENTAL - Misc. Expense Amount: Actual dollar amount (up to 2 days) Attachment II - Labor and Parts Information Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1826 LABOR ALLOWANCES PARTS REQUIREMENTS / ORDERING INFORMATION To manage part availability dealers must contact the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line. Dealers will receive a DOES II message when part requirements can be ordered through normal order processing channels. When calling to place an order for a BCM please be prepared to provide dealer P&A; code VIN RO # and vehicle mileage. Questions regarding parts should be directed to the Special Service Support Center Parts Order Line or E-mailed. DEALER PRICE For latest prices refer to DOES II. PARTS RETENTION AND RETURN Follow the provisions of the Warranty and Policy Manual for "Parts Retention and Return Procedures." EXCESS STOCK RETURN Excess stock returned for credit must have been purchased from Ford Customer Service Division in accordance with Policy Procedure Bulletin 4000. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1827 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1828 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1829 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > 10S14S3 > Feb > 11 > Recall Body Control Module Replacement > Page 1830 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Body Control Systems > Body Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body Control Module: > NHTSA10V659000 > Dec > 10 > Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard Body Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Recall 10V659000: Body Control Module Fire Hazard VEHICLE MAKE/MODEL: MODEL YEAR(S): Ford/Edge 2011 Ford/F-150 2011 Ford/F-250 2011 Ford/F-350 2011 Ford/F-450 2011 Ford/F-550 2011 Lincoln/MKX 2011 MANUFACTURER: Ford Motor Company MFR'S REPORT DATE: December 29, 2010 NHTSA CAMPAIGN ID NUMBER: 10V659000 NHTSA ACTION NUMBER: N/A COMPONENT: Structure: Body POTENTIAL NUMBER OF UNITS AFFECTED: 14,737 SUMMARY: Ford is recalling certain model year 2011 F-150, F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550, Edge and Lincoln MKX vehicles. During a six-day production period, the supplier of the body control module manufactured modules that may have the potential for an internal short. CONSEQUENCE: If an electrical short develops, an overheating condition may occur which can result in an unattended vehicle fire. REMEDY: Dealers will replace the body control module if necessary free of charge. The safety recall is expected to begin on or before January 10, 2011. owners may contact Ford at 1-866-436-7332. NOTES: Ford's recall campaign number is 10S14. Owners may also contact The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's Vehicle Safety Hotline at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY 1-800-424-9153), or go to http://www.safercar.gov. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Body / Frame Mount Bushing > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Body / Frame Mount Bushing: > 10-25-3 > Dec > 10 > Body/Frame - Clunk/Pop Noise Heard/Felt While Turning Body / Frame Mount Bushing: Customer Interest Body/Frame - Clunk/Pop Noise Heard/Felt While Turning TSB 10-25-3 12/23/10 CLUNK/POP NOISE HEARD/FELT UNDER FLOOR PAN WHILE TURNING - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 11/15/2010 FORD: 2008-2011 F-Super Duty This article supersedes TSB 10-7-3 to add a production fix date. ISSUE Some 2008-2011 F-Super Duty vehicles built on or before 11/15/2010 may exhibit a pop or clunk noise heard/felt under floor pan when turning, and may be more noticeable when cold. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Install Chassis Ear J5P97202 in Rotunda Technician Tool Program or equivalent to the right and left number 1 body support mounts located under the A-pillars. 2. Drive the vehicle using any of the following methods to generate the noise: a. Approximately 20 MPH (32 Km/h) with aggressive left/right steering inputs. b. Approximately 10 MPH (16 Km/h) while transitioning from a flat road surface to an inclined surface. c. Approximately 10 MPH (16 Km/h) drive in a figure eight with steering wheel going lock-to-lock, generally an event that causes some level of frame twist and then returns to normal vehicle attitude. 3. If a noise is heard from either or both of the number 1 body support mounts, proceed to Step 4. If noise is not isolated to either of the number 1 body support mounts, do not continue with this procedure. Use normal diagnostics. Refer to Workshop Manual (WSM), Section 501-00. NOTE USE OF AIR TOOLS TO LOOSEN BODY SUPPORT MOUNT BOLTS CAN CAUSE THE CAGE NUTS TO SPIN INSIDE BODY. 4. Use hand tools to loosen the number 1 body support mount bolt(s) from the affected side(s). Use air tools to complete removal of the bolt(s). 5. Use a wire wheel to clean all thread lock material from the threads of the body support mount bolt(s). 6. Apply Motorcraft® Threadlock and Sealer to the threads of the body support mount bolt(s). 7. Reinstall the number 1 body support mount bolt(s) and torque to the high end of specification, 87 lb-ft (118 N.m). 8. Repeat Step 2. 9. If noise is no longer present, remove chassis ear and return vehicle to customer. If noise is still present, loosen all body support mount bolts from the affected side using hand tools except the front end sheet mount (located behind the front bumper). Use air tools to complete removal of the bolts. 10. Use a wire wheel to clean all threadlock material from the threads of the bolts. 11. Raise vehicle cab slightly approximately 1" (25 mm). Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Body / Frame Mount Bushing > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Body / Frame Mount Bushing: > 10-25-3 > Dec > 10 > Body/Frame - Clunk/Pop Noise Heard/Felt While Turning > Page 1844 12. Install a shim between the floor pan and number 1 upper body support mount that exhibits the noise. (Figure 1) 13. Lower vehicle cab. 14. Apply Motorcraft® Threadlock and Sealer to the threads of all body support mount bolts. 15. Reinstall number 1 body support mount bolt and torque to the high end of secure specification, 87 lb-ft (118 N.m). 16. Reinstall the remaining body support mount bolts and torque to 76 lb-ft (103 N.m). Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 102503A 2008-2011 F-Super Duty: 1.1 Hrs. Remove And Install Body Mount Bolt, Includes Time For Road Tests With Chassis Ear On One (1) Side (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) 102503B 2008-2011 F-Super Duty: 1.2 Hrs. Remove And Install Body Mount Bolts, Includes Time Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Body / Frame Mount Bushing > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Body / Frame Mount Bushing: > 10-25-3 > Dec > 10 > Body/Frame - Clunk/Pop Noise Heard/Felt While Turning > Page 1845 For Road Tests With Chassis Ear On Two (2) Sides (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) 102503C 2008-2011 F-Super Duty: 1.7 Hrs. Remove And Install Body Mount Bolt, Noise Still Present, Install Shim, Includes Time For Road Tests With Chassis Ear On One (1) Side (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) 102503D 2008-2011 F-Super Duty: 2.3 Hrs. Remove And Install Body Mount Bolts, Noise Still Present, Install Shims, Includes Time For Road Tests With Chassis Ear On Two (2) Sides (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 1000155 42 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Body / Frame Mount Bushing > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body / Frame Mount Bushing: > 10-25-3 > Dec > 10 > Body/Frame Clunk/Pop Noise Heard/Felt While Turning Body / Frame Mount Bushing: All Technical Service Bulletins Body/Frame - Clunk/Pop Noise Heard/Felt While Turning TSB 10-25-3 12/23/10 CLUNK/POP NOISE HEARD/FELT UNDER FLOOR PAN WHILE TURNING - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 11/15/2010 FORD: 2008-2011 F-Super Duty This article supersedes TSB 10-7-3 to add a production fix date. ISSUE Some 2008-2011 F-Super Duty vehicles built on or before 11/15/2010 may exhibit a pop or clunk noise heard/felt under floor pan when turning, and may be more noticeable when cold. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Install Chassis Ear J5P97202 in Rotunda Technician Tool Program or equivalent to the right and left number 1 body support mounts located under the A-pillars. 2. Drive the vehicle using any of the following methods to generate the noise: a. Approximately 20 MPH (32 Km/h) with aggressive left/right steering inputs. b. Approximately 10 MPH (16 Km/h) while transitioning from a flat road surface to an inclined surface. c. Approximately 10 MPH (16 Km/h) drive in a figure eight with steering wheel going lock-to-lock, generally an event that causes some level of frame twist and then returns to normal vehicle attitude. 3. If a noise is heard from either or both of the number 1 body support mounts, proceed to Step 4. If noise is not isolated to either of the number 1 body support mounts, do not continue with this procedure. Use normal diagnostics. Refer to Workshop Manual (WSM), Section 501-00. NOTE USE OF AIR TOOLS TO LOOSEN BODY SUPPORT MOUNT BOLTS CAN CAUSE THE CAGE NUTS TO SPIN INSIDE BODY. 4. Use hand tools to loosen the number 1 body support mount bolt(s) from the affected side(s). Use air tools to complete removal of the bolt(s). 5. Use a wire wheel to clean all thread lock material from the threads of the body support mount bolt(s). 6. Apply Motorcraft® Threadlock and Sealer to the threads of the body support mount bolt(s). 7. Reinstall the number 1 body support mount bolt(s) and torque to the high end of specification, 87 lb-ft (118 N.m). 8. Repeat Step 2. 9. If noise is no longer present, remove chassis ear and return vehicle to customer. If noise is still present, loosen all body support mount bolts from the affected side using hand tools except the front end sheet mount (located behind the front bumper). Use air tools to complete removal of the bolts. 10. Use a wire wheel to clean all threadlock material from the threads of the bolts. 11. Raise vehicle cab slightly approximately 1" (25 mm). Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Body / Frame Mount Bushing > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body / Frame Mount Bushing: > 10-25-3 > Dec > 10 > Body/Frame Clunk/Pop Noise Heard/Felt While Turning > Page 1851 12. Install a shim between the floor pan and number 1 upper body support mount that exhibits the noise. (Figure 1) 13. Lower vehicle cab. 14. Apply Motorcraft® Threadlock and Sealer to the threads of all body support mount bolts. 15. Reinstall number 1 body support mount bolt and torque to the high end of secure specification, 87 lb-ft (118 N.m). 16. Reinstall the remaining body support mount bolts and torque to 76 lb-ft (103 N.m). Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 102503A 2008-2011 F-Super Duty: 1.1 Hrs. Remove And Install Body Mount Bolt, Includes Time For Road Tests With Chassis Ear On One (1) Side (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) 102503B 2008-2011 F-Super Duty: 1.2 Hrs. Remove And Install Body Mount Bolts, Includes Time Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Body / Frame Mount Bushing > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Body / Frame Mount Bushing: > 10-25-3 > Dec > 10 > Body/Frame Clunk/Pop Noise Heard/Felt While Turning > Page 1852 For Road Tests With Chassis Ear On Two (2) Sides (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) 102503C 2008-2011 F-Super Duty: 1.7 Hrs. Remove And Install Body Mount Bolt, Noise Still Present, Install Shim, Includes Time For Road Tests With Chassis Ear On One (1) Side (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) 102503D 2008-2011 F-Super Duty: 2.3 Hrs. Remove And Install Body Mount Bolts, Noise Still Present, Install Shims, Includes Time For Road Tests With Chassis Ear On Two (2) Sides (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 1000155 42 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Body / Frame Mount Bushing > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1853 Body / Frame Mount Bushing: Specifications SPECIFICATIONS Torque Specifications Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Body / Frame Mount Bushing > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1854 Body / Frame Mount Bushing: Description and Operation Frame and Body Mounting The frame is comprised of: - steel channel 2-piece rails - riveted crossmembers (except for the transmission support crossmember) - bolt-in rear crossmember (trailer hitch) - bolt-in fifth wheel trailer hitch (optional) The vehicle body sits on rubber body supports. Lower and upper body supports keep the vehicle body from sitting directly on the frame. A kit is available to repair the subframe. For diagonal or X-frame checking, refer to Specifications / Dimensions. When welding is carried out on the vehicle, refer to Specifications / Welding. Body Support Mounts The body support mounts: - secure the body to the frame. - cannot reuse body support mounting fasteners. Install new fasteners for each fastener that has been removed or loosened. - cannot be lubricated during body support mount installation. Body Support - Front End Sheet Metal (FESM) Mount Body Support Front End Sheet Metal (FESM) Mount Body Support - No. 1 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Body / Frame Mount Bushing > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1855 Body Support - No. 1 Body Support - No. 2 (Crew Cab Only) Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Body / Frame Mount Bushing > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1856 Body Support - No. 2 (crew Cab Only) Body Support - No. 3 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Body / Frame Mount Bushing > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1857 Body Support - No. 3 Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Body / Frame Mount Bushing > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1858 Body / Frame Mount Bushing: Service and Repair Body Retainer Cage Nuts Front End Sheet Metal (FESM) NOTE: The Front End Sheet Metal (FESM) body cage nut has an additional access point if needed, by removing the radiator. 1. Remove the headlamp assembly. 2. Remove the pushpins and position the splash shield aside, if equipped. 3. Bend the tabs of the damaged cage nut retainer upward to access the cage nut. 4. NOTE: Upper is 5.4L, lower is 6.4L and 6.8L. Using a suitable tool, hold the cage nut and remove the FESM mounting bolt. Discard the FESM bolt. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Body / Frame Mount Bushing > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1859 5. NOTICE: Do not use a standard nut as a replacement for the nut being removed. Failure to use the correct part number for the nut may result in damage to the vehicle. NOTE: If the cage nut is not damaged, it is not necessary to replace it with a new cage nut. The old cage nut may be used if the threads of the nut are not damaged. - Make sure that the surface of the cage nut retainer is flat prior to installing the cage nut. - Remove the new cage nut from the cage and install the cage nut into the pre-existing cage. Install the new cage nut into the location that the damaged nut was removed from. 6. Bend the tabs of the cage nut retainer back into position to secure the cage nut. 7. Install a new FESM bolt. - To install, tighten the new bolt to 103 Nm (76 lb-ft). 8. Install the splash shield and pushpins. 9. Install the headlamp assembly. Body Mount No. 1 NOTE: The No. 1 body mount has an additional access point if needed, located under the carpet. 10. With the vehicle in NEUTRAL, position it on a hoist. 11. Remove the tire and wheel. 12. Remove the fender splash shield. 13. Bend the tabs of the damaged cage nut retainer upward to access the cage nut. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Body / Frame Mount Bushing > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1860 14. Using a suitable tool, hold the cage nut and remove the body mounting bolt. - Discard the bolt. 15. NOTICE: Do not use a standard nut as a replacement for the nut being removed. Failure to use the correct part number for the nut may result in damage to the vehicle. NOTE: If the cage nut is not damaged, it is not necessary to replace it with a new cage nut. The old cage nut may be used if the threads of the nut are not damaged. - Make sure that the surface of the cage nut retainer is flat prior to installing the cage nut. - Remove the new cage nut from the cage and install the cage nut into the pre-existing cage. Install the new cage nut into the location that the damaged nut was removed from. 16. Bend the tabs of the cage nut retainer back into position to secure the cage nut. 17. Install a new body bolt. - To install, tighten the new bolt to 103 Nm (76 lb-ft). 18. Install the fender splash shield. 19. Install the tire and wheel. Body Mount No. 2 (Crew Cab Only) 20. Remove the rear seat. 21. Position the carpet aside to gain access to the plug. 22. Bend the tabs of the damaged cage nut retainer upward to access the cage nut. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Body / Frame Mount Bushing > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1861 23. Using a suitable tool, hold the cage nut and remove the body mounting bolt. - Discard the bolt. 24. NOTICE: Do not use a standard nut as a replacement for the nut being removed. Failure to use the correct part number for the nut may result in damage to the vehicle. NOTE: If the cage nut is not damaged, it is not necessary to replace it with a new cage nut. The old cage nut may be used if the threads of the nut are not damaged. - Make sure that the surface of the cage nut retainer is flat prior to installing the cage nut. - Remove the new cage nut from the cage and install the cage nut into the pre-existing cage. Install the new cage nut into the location that the damaged nut was removed from. 25. Bend the tabs of the cage nut retainer back into position to secure the cage nut. 26. Install a new body bolt. - To install, tighten the new bolt to 103 Nm (76 lb-ft). Body Mount No. 3 27. Remove the rear seat, if equipped. 28. Position the carpet aside to gain access to the plug. 29. Using a suitable socket trace a 50 mm (1.968 in) outline around the access hole. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Body / Frame Mount Bushing > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1862 30. NOTE: The finished access hole must not be larger than 50 mm (1.968 in) or the service plug (7C3Z-2500155-B) will not fit properly. - Using a suitable tool, grind the access hole to 50 mm (1.968 in). 31. Bend the tabs of the damaged cage nut retainer upward to access the cage nut. 32. Using a suitable tool, hold the cage nut and remove the body mounting bolt. - Discard the bolt. 33. NOTICE: Do not use a standard nut as a replacement for the nut being removed. Failure to use the correct part number for the nut may result in damage to the vehicle. NOTE: If the cage nut is not damaged, it is not necessary to replace it with a new cage nut. The old cage nut may be used if the threads of the nut are not damaged. - Make sure that the surface of the cage nut retainer is flat prior to installing the cage nut. - Remove the new cage nut from the cage and install the cage nut into the pre-existing cage. Install the new cage nut into the location that the damaged nut was removed from. 34. Bend the tabs of the cage nut retainer back into position to secure the cage nut. 35. Install a new body bolt. - To install, tighten the new bolt to 103 Nm (76 lb-ft). Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Body / Frame Mount Bushing > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1863 36. Install the new service plug (7C3Z-2500155-B). 37. Install the rear seat, if equipped. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Cross-Member > Component Information > Service and Repair Cross-Member: Service and Repair Transmission Support Crossmember Transmission Support Crossmember - Exploded View Transmission Support Crossmember - Exploded View Removal All Vehicles 1. With the vehicle in NEUTRAL, position it on a hoist. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Cross-Member > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 1867 2. NOTICE: Support the transmission with a suitable heavy duty transmission jack. - Place the jack so the fluid pan does not support the weight of the transmission. - Fasten a strap over the top of the transmission and to both sides of the jack. Failure to use a heavy duty transmission jack can result In damage to the transmission. Support the transmission. TorqShift(R) 6 Transmission 3. Disconnect the 3 wire harness retainers. All Vehicles 4. Disconnect the 3 wire harness retainers. 5. NOTE: The transmission support insulator studs may come out of the insulator while removing the nuts. Install new transmission support insulator studs if the studs come out of the insulator. Remove and discard the transmission insulator nuts. 6. Remove the nuts and bolt plate from the LH transmission support crossmember. - Discard the nuts. 7. Remove the nuts and bolt plates from RH the transmission support crossmember and gusset. - Discard the nuts. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Cross-Member > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 1868 8. Remove the transmission support crossmember. Installation All Vehicles 1. If required, install new transmission support insulator studs. - Tighten to 75 Nm (55 lb-ft). 2. Position the transmission support crossmember and loosely install the LH bolt plate and new nuts. 3. Loosely install the RH transmission support crossmember and gusset bolt plates and new nuts. 4. Loosely install new transmission insulator nuts. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Cross-Member > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 1869 5. Tighten the transmission support crossmember-to-frame nuts to 90 Nm (66 lb-ft). 6. Remove the transmission jack. TorqShift(R)6 Transmission 7. Install the 3 wiring harness retainers. All Vehicles 8. Tighten the transmission insulator nuts to 115 Nm (85 lb-ft). Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Trailer Hitch > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Trailer Hitch: > 10-16-5 > Aug > 10 > Trailer Towing - Can't Install Gooseneck Ball Trailer Hitch: Customer Interest Trailer Towing - Can't Install Gooseneck Ball TSB 10-16-5 08/30/10 5TH WHEEL PREP PACKAGE - UNABLE TO INSTALL GOOSENECK BALL - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 6/30/2010 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles built on or before 6/30/2010 and equipped with the 5th wheel trailer hitch prep package may experience a condition during installation of a gooseneck ball, where the latch will not recede and lock the ball in place. It is not possible to attach a trailer to the gooseneck ball with this condition present. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE Replace the 5th wheel/gooseneck frame crossmember. Refer to Workshop Manual (WSM), Section 502-02. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME MT01605 Use SLIS Operations If Actual Available; Claim Additional Time Diagnosis Or Labor Performed As Actual Time DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 5L029 42 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Trailer Hitch > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Trailer Hitch: > 10-16-5 > Aug > 10 > Trailer Towing - Can't Install Gooseneck Ball Trailer Hitch: All Technical Service Bulletins Trailer Towing - Can't Install Gooseneck Ball TSB 10-16-5 08/30/10 5TH WHEEL PREP PACKAGE - UNABLE TO INSTALL GOOSENECK BALL - BUILT ON OR BEFORE 6/30/2010 FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles built on or before 6/30/2010 and equipped with the 5th wheel trailer hitch prep package may experience a condition during installation of a gooseneck ball, where the latch will not recede and lock the ball in place. It is not possible to attach a trailer to the gooseneck ball with this condition present. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE Replace the 5th wheel/gooseneck frame crossmember. Refer to Workshop Manual (WSM), Section 502-02. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME MT01605 Use SLIS Operations If Actual Available; Claim Additional Time Diagnosis Or Labor Performed As Actual Time DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 5L029 42 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Trailer Hitch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trailer Hitch - Fifth Wheel Trailer Hitch: Service and Repair Trailer Hitch - Fifth Wheel Trailer Hitch - Fifth Wheel Trailer Hitch - Fifth Wheel Pickup Bed 1. Remove the tailgate. 2. Disconnect the rear lighting electrical connector and remove the pushpin retainer. 3. Disconnect the rear trailer lighting electrical connectors and remove the pushpin retainer. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Trailer Hitch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trailer Hitch - Fifth Wheel > Page 1885 4. NOTE: The pickup bed bolts are a one-time use and are replaced with new bolts whenever the pickup bed is removed. Remove and discard the pickup bed bolts. 5. NOTE: Diesel shown, gas engine similar. Remove the filler pipe retaining screws and position the filler pipe(s) aside. 6. Raise and support the pickup bed on 4 inch by 4 inch wooden blocks. Fifth Wheel Hitch Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Trailer Hitch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trailer Hitch - Fifth Wheel > Page 1886 7. NOTE: Pickup bed removed for clarity. Mark the location of the hitch-to-bracket and bracket-to-frame location to assist in alignment during installation. Remove the upper fifth wheel hitch bracket bolts and flag nuts. 8. Remove the hitch-to-frame bolts and flag nuts. 9. Slide the fifth wheel hitch from between the frame and pickup bed and remove. Fifth Wheel Hitch Brackets 10. NOTE: - Left side shown, right side similar. - Pay particular attention to each bracket as there is a slight difference in the RH and LH sides. Remove the bolts, flag nuts and the fifth wheel hitch bracket(s). Installation NOTE: If adding the fifth wheel hitch as a dealer installed accessory, follow the steps below to install the hitch on the frame. The instructions for modifying the pickup bed floor are outlined in the Fifth Wheel Hitch instruction sheet. Fifth Wheel Hitch Brackets Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Trailer Hitch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trailer Hitch - Fifth Wheel > Page 1887 1. Install fifth wheel hitch brackets (align to the locating marks) and install the fifth wheel hitch bracket-to-frame bolts and flag nuts. - Tighten to 133 NM (98 lb-ft) Fifth Wheel Hitch 2. Slide the fifth wheel hitch between the frame and pickup bed (align to the locating marks) and install the fifth wheel hitch-to-frame bolts and flag nuts. Tighten to 215 Nm (159 lb-ft) 3. Install the fifth wheel hitch-to-bracket bolts and flag nuts. - Tighten to 133 Nm (98 lb-ft) Pickup Bed 4. Remove and discard the pickup bed-to-frame j-nuts and install new fasteners. 5. NOTE: The fifth wheel hitch as well as the fifth wheel brackets are fully adjustable. Height can be adjusted at the frame-to-bracket bolts, front-to-rear can be adjusted at the hitch-to-bracket bolts and left-to-right can be adjusted at the hitch-to-frame bolts. Remove the 4 inch by 4 inch wooden blocks and install the pickup bed and new pick up bed bolts. Tighten to 63 Nm (46 lb-ft) Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Trailer Hitch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trailer Hitch - Fifth Wheel > Page 1888 6. NOTE: Diesel shown, gas engines similar. Install the filler pipe and screws. 7. Connect the rear lighting electrical connector and install the pushpin retainer. 8. Connect the rear trailer lighting electrical connectors and install the pushpin retainer. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Trailer Hitch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trailer Hitch - Fifth Wheel > Page 1889 9. Install the tailgate. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Trailer Hitch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trailer Hitch - Fifth Wheel > Page 1890 Trailer Hitch: Service and Repair Trailer Hitch Trailer Hitch Trailer Hitch 1. Remove the 2 bolts from the trailer hitch electrical connector bracket mounting bolts and position the bracket aside. - To install, tighten to 23 Nm (17 lb-ft). Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Trailer Hitch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trailer Hitch - Fifth Wheel > Page 1891 2. NOTE: The aid of an assistant is required to remove the trailer hitch. Remove the 8 trailer hitch mounting bolts (4 each side) and remove the trailer hitch. To install, tighten to 275 Nm (203 lb-ft). 3. To install, reverse the removal procedure. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sound Proofing / Insulation > Component Information > Description and Operation Sound Proofing / Insulation: Description and Operation Sound Deadeners and Insulators NOTICE: - Mastic is made of a combustible material and should be removed prior to carrying out welding procedures to the area. Heat zones from welding near the mastic can cause the mastic material to burn. - Corrosion protection must be restored to the area AFTER the mastic material is applied. Corrosion protection products may be wax based and loss of adhesion may occur. NOTE: - The following illustrations serve as a reference to indicate mastic patch (butyl pad) locations. Additional insulators and sound deadeners are used beyond those indicated in the illustration. - To restore the vehicle to design intent, missing or damaged sound deadeners and insulators should be replaced with the correct service replacement component. Regular Cab NOTE: Body mastic insulators (butyl pad) use the same base part number (25310A60) except as indicated in door applications. Sound Deadeners and Insulators - Regular Cab SuperCab NOTE: Body mastic insulators (butyl pad) use the same base part number (25310A60) except as indicated in door applications. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sound Proofing / Insulation > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 1895 Sound Deadeners and Insulators - SuperCab Crew Cab Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sound Proofing / Insulation > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 1896 Sound Deadeners and Insulators - Crew Cab NOTE: Body mastic insulators (butyl pad) use the same base part number (25310A60) except as indicated in door applications. 1. NOTE: In applications where mastic material is applied as a pumpable material at the factory, replacement of missing or damaged mastic is acceptable in the form of cut-to-fit butyl pad(s) or pumpable mastic material(s) when carrying out repairs. Whenever replacement of an existing mastic insulator is carried out, the surface must be thoroughly cleaned to make sure correct adhesion will occur. The surface should be 10 °C (50 °F) or greater before applying the mastic. The use of a heat gun to warm the metal surface will aid in adhesion. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Instrument Panel Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 Instrument Panel Control Module: Customer Interest Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Instrument Panel Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1907 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Instrument Panel Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1908 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Instrument Panel Control Module: > 10-23-1 > Dec > 10 > Instruments - Check Fuel Cap Mssg/Oil Pressure Warning Instrument Panel Control Module: Customer Interest Instruments - Check Fuel Cap Mssg/Oil Pressure Warning TSB 10-23-1 12/03/10 LOW OIL PRESSURE WARNING - CHECK FUEL CAP ICON DISPLAYS WHEN SPANISH OR FRENCH LANGUAGE SELECTED FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles may exhibit an intermittent, false low oil pressure warning light/message on initial start-up after an extended engine soak on 6.7L diesel engines only and/or a Check Fuel Cap icon illuminates in the instrument cluster (IC) message center when switched into 4x2 mode and cluster language is set to Spanish or French (4x4 vehicles equipped with 6.2L, 6.8L, or 6.7L engines and base IC only). ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the concern(s). SERVICE PROCEDURE This calibration update resolves the following two (2) concerns: Intermittent false low oil pressure warning light/message on first start-up after an extended engine soak. Applies to the following vehicles: ^ 2011 Super Duty ^ 6.7L engine ^ Both ICs ^ 4x2 and 4x4 ^ Any language selected Check Fuel Cap icon appears in the IC message center when vehicle is switched into 4x2 mode. Applies to the following vehicles: ^ 2011 Super Duty ^ All engines ^ Base ICs only (message centers with a 2 line by 14 character display) ^ 4x4 only, Electronic Shift-On-the-Fly (ESOF), rotary switch on dash, not manual lever on floor ^ Language set to Spanish or French only 1. For one or both concerns, reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 69.05 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2010.9 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE FOR VEHICLES WITH A CHECK FUEL CAP ICON APPEARING IN THE IC MESSAGE CENTER UNEXPECTEDLY OR WHEN SWITCHING INTO 4X2 MODE, THE IC MAY DEFAULT TO ENGLISH. USE THE SETUP MENU TO SET THE IC BACK TO ITS PREVIOUS SETTING. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 102301A 2011 F-Super Duty: 0.3 Hr. Reprogram The Instrument Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Instrument Panel Control Module: > 10-23-1 > Dec > 10 > Instruments - Check Fuel Cap Mssg/Oil Pressure Warning > Page 1913 Cluster (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE RECAL 04 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Instrument Panel Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 Instrument Panel Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Instrument Panel Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1919 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Instrument Panel Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1920 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Instrument Panel Control Module: > 10-23-1 > Dec > 10 > Instruments - Check Fuel Cap Mssg/Oil Pressure Warning Instrument Panel Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Instruments - Check Fuel Cap Mssg/Oil Pressure Warning TSB 10-23-1 12/03/10 LOW OIL PRESSURE WARNING - CHECK FUEL CAP ICON DISPLAYS WHEN SPANISH OR FRENCH LANGUAGE SELECTED FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles may exhibit an intermittent, false low oil pressure warning light/message on initial start-up after an extended engine soak on 6.7L diesel engines only and/or a Check Fuel Cap icon illuminates in the instrument cluster (IC) message center when switched into 4x2 mode and cluster language is set to Spanish or French (4x4 vehicles equipped with 6.2L, 6.8L, or 6.7L engines and base IC only). ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the concern(s). SERVICE PROCEDURE This calibration update resolves the following two (2) concerns: Intermittent false low oil pressure warning light/message on first start-up after an extended engine soak. Applies to the following vehicles: ^ 2011 Super Duty ^ 6.7L engine ^ Both ICs ^ 4x2 and 4x4 ^ Any language selected Check Fuel Cap icon appears in the IC message center when vehicle is switched into 4x2 mode. Applies to the following vehicles: ^ 2011 Super Duty ^ All engines ^ Base ICs only (message centers with a 2 line by 14 character display) ^ 4x4 only, Electronic Shift-On-the-Fly (ESOF), rotary switch on dash, not manual lever on floor ^ Language set to Spanish or French only 1. For one or both concerns, reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 69.05 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2010.9 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE FOR VEHICLES WITH A CHECK FUEL CAP ICON APPEARING IN THE IC MESSAGE CENTER UNEXPECTEDLY OR WHEN SWITCHING INTO 4X2 MODE, THE IC MAY DEFAULT TO ENGLISH. USE THE SETUP MENU TO SET THE IC BACK TO ITS PREVIOUS SETTING. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 102301A 2011 F-Super Duty: 0.3 Hr. Reprogram The Instrument Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Instrument Panel Control Module: > 10-23-1 > Dec > 10 > Instruments - Check Fuel Cap Mssg/Oil Pressure Warning > Page 1925 Cluster (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE RECAL 04 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Service and Repair Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator: Service and Repair Message Center Configuration Oil Life Reset and Start Value - Optional Instrument Cluster NOTE: The optional instrument cluster can be identified by a 5 button message center switch located on the steering wheel and a 4.2 inch LCD display located in the center of the instrument cluster. 1. Access the message center main menu screen. Using the up and down arrow buttons scroll and select the Settings tab. Press the OK button. 2. Using the up and down arrow buttons scroll and select the Vehicle tab. Press the OK button. 3. Using the up and down arrow buttons scroll and select the Oil Life Reset tab. Press the OK button. 4. The Oil Life can be reset to either New (diesel only) or to an Oil Life Start Value range of 10% to 100% (gas only). Using the up and down arrow buttons scroll and select the desired setting. Press the OK button to change the setting. A message will appear confirming the setting. To exit use the left arrow to navigate back to the main menu. Oil Life Reset and Start Value - Base Instrument Cluster NOTE: The base cluster message center can be identified by a 3 button message center switch on the steering wheel. 1. Press and release the SETUP button until the message center displays OIL LIFE XXX% HOLD RESET = NEW OIL. 2. Press and hold the RESET button for 2 seconds and release when the message center displays OIL LIFE SET TO XXX%. 3. Press and relase the RESET button to decrease the oil life start value (from 100% to 10%) for each 10% reduction until the desired oil life start value is displayed. 4. Press and release the SETUP button to exit the procedure. Fuel Filter Maintenance Reset - Optional Instrument Cluster NOTE: The optional instrument cluster can be identified by a 5 button message center switch located on the steering wheel and a 4.2 inch LCD display located in the center of the instrument cluster. 1. Access the message center main menu screen. Using the up and down arrow buttons scroll and select the Settings tab. Press the OK button. 2. Using the up and down arrow buttons scroll and select the Vehicle tab. Press the OK button. 3. Using the up and down arrow buttons scroll and select the Maintenance tab. Press the OK button. 4. Using the up and down arrow buttons scroll and select the Fuel Filter tab. Press the OK button. 5. Press and hold the OK button if the fuel filter has been replaced. A message will appear confirming the setting. To exit use the left arrow to navigate back to the main menu. Coolant Changed Maintenance Reset - Optional Instrument Cluster NOTE: The optional instrument cluster can be identified by a 5 button message center switch located on the steering wheel and a 4.2 inch LCD display located in the center of the instrument cluster. 1. Access the message center main menu screen. Using the up and down arrow buttons scroll and select the Settings tab. Press the OK button. 2. Using the up and down arrow buttons scroll and select the Vehicle tab. Press the OK button. 3. Using the up and down arrow buttons scroll and select the Maintenance tab. Press the OK button. 4. Using the up and down arrow buttons scroll and select the Coolant Changed tab. Press the OK button. 5. Press and hold the OK button if the coolant has been changed or additive checked. A message will appear confirming the setting. To exit use the left arrow to navigate back to the main menu. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Change Reminder Lamp > Component Information > Service and Repair Oil Change Reminder Lamp: Service and Repair Message Center Configuration Oil Life Reset and Start Value - Optional Instrument Cluster NOTE: The optional instrument cluster can be identified by a 5 button message center switch located on the steering wheel and a 4.2 inch LCD display located in the center of the instrument cluster. 1. Access the message center main menu screen. Using the up and down arrow buttons scroll and select the Settings tab. Press the OK button. 2. Using the up and down arrow buttons scroll and select the Vehicle tab. Press the OK button. 3. Using the up and down arrow buttons scroll and select the Oil Life Reset tab. Press the OK button. 4. The Oil Life can be reset to either New (diesel only) or to an Oil Life Start Value range of 10% to 100% (gas only). Using the up and down arrow buttons scroll and select the desired setting. Press the OK button to change the setting. A message will appear confirming the setting. To exit use the left arrow to navigate back to the main menu. Oil Life Reset and Start Value - Base Instrument Cluster NOTE: The base cluster message center can be identified by a 3 button message center switch on the steering wheel. 1. Press and release the SETUP button until the message center displays OIL LIFE XXX% HOLD RESET = NEW OIL. 2. Press and hold the RESET button for 2 seconds and release when the message center displays OIL LIFE SET TO XXX%. 3. Press and relase the RESET button to decrease the oil life start value (from 100% to 10%) for each 10% reduction until the desired oil life start value is displayed. 4. Press and release the SETUP button to exit the procedure. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Instrument Panel Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 Instrument Panel Control Module: Customer Interest Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Instrument Panel Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1941 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Instrument Panel Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1942 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Instrument Panel Control Module: > 10-23-1 > Dec > 10 > Instruments - Check Fuel Cap Mssg/Oil Pressure Warning Instrument Panel Control Module: Customer Interest Instruments - Check Fuel Cap Mssg/Oil Pressure Warning TSB 10-23-1 12/03/10 LOW OIL PRESSURE WARNING - CHECK FUEL CAP ICON DISPLAYS WHEN SPANISH OR FRENCH LANGUAGE SELECTED FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles may exhibit an intermittent, false low oil pressure warning light/message on initial start-up after an extended engine soak on 6.7L diesel engines only and/or a Check Fuel Cap icon illuminates in the instrument cluster (IC) message center when switched into 4x2 mode and cluster language is set to Spanish or French (4x4 vehicles equipped with 6.2L, 6.8L, or 6.7L engines and base IC only). ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the concern(s). SERVICE PROCEDURE This calibration update resolves the following two (2) concerns: Intermittent false low oil pressure warning light/message on first start-up after an extended engine soak. Applies to the following vehicles: ^ 2011 Super Duty ^ 6.7L engine ^ Both ICs ^ 4x2 and 4x4 ^ Any language selected Check Fuel Cap icon appears in the IC message center when vehicle is switched into 4x2 mode. Applies to the following vehicles: ^ 2011 Super Duty ^ All engines ^ Base ICs only (message centers with a 2 line by 14 character display) ^ 4x4 only, Electronic Shift-On-the-Fly (ESOF), rotary switch on dash, not manual lever on floor ^ Language set to Spanish or French only 1. For one or both concerns, reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 69.05 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2010.9 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE FOR VEHICLES WITH A CHECK FUEL CAP ICON APPEARING IN THE IC MESSAGE CENTER UNEXPECTEDLY OR WHEN SWITCHING INTO 4X2 MODE, THE IC MAY DEFAULT TO ENGLISH. USE THE SETUP MENU TO SET THE IC BACK TO ITS PREVIOUS SETTING. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 102301A 2011 F-Super Duty: 0.3 Hr. Reprogram The Instrument Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Instrument Panel Control Module: > 10-23-1 > Dec > 10 > Instruments - Check Fuel Cap Mssg/Oil Pressure Warning > Page 1947 Cluster (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE RECAL 04 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Instrument Panel Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 Instrument Panel Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 TSB 11-2-12 02/07/11 6.7L DIESEL - OPERATOR COMMANDED REGENERATION (OCR) CAPABILITY FOR VEHICLES WITH STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ONLY FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine that are primarily used in a stationary or off-highway type use may exhibit malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) P2459, P246C and/or P2463 for a restricted or plugged diesel particulate filter (DPF). The unique operational mode may not easily allow for normal DPF regeneration and may benefit from OCR capability. ACTION Refer to the Service Procedure for additional details. Pre-Qualifier Questions: NOTE THIS FEATURE WAS NOT AVAILABLE OR OFFERED ON VEHICLES BUILT BEFORE 11/5/2010 WHEN THE VEHICLE WAS ORIGINALLY ORDERED OR MANUFACTURED. REGARDLESS OF BUILT DATE, REPROGRAMMING THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC) AND POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) TO ENABLE THIS FEATURE IS NOT COVERED UNDER THE VEHICLE'S WARRANTY AND IS ONLY AVAILABLE ON VEHICLES EQUIPPED WITH THE STANDARD LEVEL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. 1. Is the vehicle equipped with standard level instrument cluster? a. Yes - proceed to question 2. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 2. Is DTC code P2459, P246C or P2463 present? a. Yes - proceed to question 3. b. No - this procedure does not apply. 3. Does the customer see drive to clean message twice or more per week? a. Yes - proceed to question 4. b. No - do not continue with this procedure. 4. Does the customer drive more than 20 miles (32 km) at 30 MPH (48 km/h) or greater each drive day? a. No - proceed to question 5. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 5. Is customer idling the vehicle less than 8 hours per day? a. No - proceed to question 6. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 6. Is customer using stationary PTO for less than 4 hours between drive cycles? a. No - proceed to question 7. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Instrument Panel Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1953 b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. 7. Is customers normal drive trip more than 15 miles (24 km)? a. No - proceed to Service Procedure. b. Yes - OCR functionality is not recommended, do not continue with this procedure. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Check the vehicles build date. a. Vehicles built before 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 2. b. Vehicles built on or after 11/5/2010, proceed to Step 4. 2. Reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. 3. Reprogram the PCM and transmission control module (TCM) to the latest calibration using IDS release 71.03 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2011.1 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE PLEASE ADVISE THE CUSTOMER THAT THIS VEHICLE IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION SHIFT STRATEGY WHICH ALLOWS THE VEHICLE'S COMPUTER TO LEARN THE TRANSMISSION'S UNIQUE PARAMETERS AND IMPROVE SHIFT QUALITY. WHEN THE ADAPTIVE STRATEGY IS RESET, THE COMPUTER WILL BEGIN A RE-LEARNING PROCESS. THIS RE-LEARNING PROCESS MAY RESULT IN FIRMER THAN NORMAL UPSHIFTS AND DOWNSHIFTS FOR SEVERAL DAYS. 4. Enable OCR by using IDS and following the procedure below: a. Select - Module Programming. b. Select - Programmable Parameters. c. Select - Personality. d. Select - Forced Regeneration Request. e. Select - Enable and follow the IDS screen prompts to complete programming. NOTE FOR VEHICLES BUILT PRIOR TO 11/5/2010, PLEASE PROVIDE THE CUSTOMER WITH A COPY OF THE CUSTOMER INFORMATION LOCATED AT THE END OF THIS ARTICLE PRIOR TO RELEASING THE VEHICLE. VEHICLES BUILT ON OR AFTER 11/5/2010 WILL HAVE THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED WITH THE ORIGINAL OWNER GUIDE PACKET INFORMATION WARRANTY STATUS: Information Only - Not Warrantable Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Instrument Panel Control Module: > 11-2-12 > Feb > 11 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/DTC P2459/P246C/P2463 > Page 1954 Customer Information Sheet Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Instrument Panel Control Module: > 10-23-1 > Dec > 10 > Instruments - Check Fuel Cap Mssg/Oil Pressure Warning Instrument Panel Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Instruments - Check Fuel Cap Mssg/Oil Pressure Warning TSB 10-23-1 12/03/10 LOW OIL PRESSURE WARNING - CHECK FUEL CAP ICON DISPLAYS WHEN SPANISH OR FRENCH LANGUAGE SELECTED FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles may exhibit an intermittent, false low oil pressure warning light/message on initial start-up after an extended engine soak on 6.7L diesel engines only and/or a Check Fuel Cap icon illuminates in the instrument cluster (IC) message center when switched into 4x2 mode and cluster language is set to Spanish or French (4x4 vehicles equipped with 6.2L, 6.8L, or 6.7L engines and base IC only). ACTION Follow the Service Procedure steps to correct the concern(s). SERVICE PROCEDURE This calibration update resolves the following two (2) concerns: Intermittent false low oil pressure warning light/message on first start-up after an extended engine soak. Applies to the following vehicles: ^ 2011 Super Duty ^ 6.7L engine ^ Both ICs ^ 4x2 and 4x4 ^ Any language selected Check Fuel Cap icon appears in the IC message center when vehicle is switched into 4x2 mode. Applies to the following vehicles: ^ 2011 Super Duty ^ All engines ^ Base ICs only (message centers with a 2 line by 14 character display) ^ 4x4 only, Electronic Shift-On-the-Fly (ESOF), rotary switch on dash, not manual lever on floor ^ Language set to Spanish or French only 1. For one or both concerns, reprogram the IC to the latest calibration using IDS release 69.05 and higher. This new calibration is not included in the VCM 2010.9 DVD. Calibration files may also be obtained at the website. NOTE FOR VEHICLES WITH A CHECK FUEL CAP ICON APPEARING IN THE IC MESSAGE CENTER UNEXPECTEDLY OR WHEN SWITCHING INTO 4X2 MODE, THE IC MAY DEFAULT TO ENGLISH. USE THE SETUP MENU TO SET THE IC BACK TO ITS PREVIOUS SETTING. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 102301A 2011 F-Super Duty: 0.3 Hr. Reprogram The Instrument Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Instrument Panel Control Module: > 10-23-1 > Dec > 10 > Instruments - Check Fuel Cap Mssg/Oil Pressure Warning > Page 1959 Cluster (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE RECAL 04 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > System Information > Service and Repair > Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Sensor Training Tire Monitoring System: Service and Repair Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Sensor Training Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Sensor Training Special Tool(s) NOTE:If the vehicle has been stationary for more than 30 minutes, the sensors will go into a "sleep mode" to conserve battery power. It will be necessary to wake them up so they will transmit the latest tire pressure information to the Body Control Module (BCM). NOTE:The tire pressure sensor training procedure must be done on a single vehicle, in an area without radio frequency noise and at least 1 m (3 ft) away from other vehicles equipped with Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). Radio frequency noise is generated by electrical motors and appliance operation, cellular telephones, remote transmitters, power inverters and portable entertainment equipment. NOTE:If a sensor does not respond to the activation tool, move the vehicle to rotate the wheels at least one-fourth of a turn and attempt to activate the same sensor again. If the sensor still does not respond, attemp to activate the same sensor again using the customer activation tool (if available). If the sensor still fails to train, attemp to train the sensor with the vehicle doors open. NOTE:The BCM has a 2-minute time limit between sensor responses. If the BCM does not recognize any 1 of the 4 tire pressure sensors during this time limit, the horn will sound twice and the message center (if equipped) will display TIRE NOT TRAINED REPEAT and the entire procedure must be repeated. NOTE:For vehicles with different front and rear tire pressures (such as E-Series and certain F-Series), the tire pressure must be adjusted and the tire pressure sensors must be trained following a tire rotation. Failure to train the sensors will cause the TPMS indicator to illuminate. For vehicles with the same tire pressures for front and rear tires, tire rotation will not affect the system. 1. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position, then press and release the brake pedal. 2. Cycle the ignition switch from the OFF position to the RUN position 3 times, ending in the RUN position. 3. Press and release the brake pedal. 4. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position. 5. Turn the ignition switch from the OFF position to the RUN position 3 times, ending in the RUN position. The horn will sound once and the TPMS indicator will flash if the training mode has been entered successfully. If equipped, the message center will display TRAIN LF TIRE. 6. NOTE: It may take up to 6 seconds to activate a tire pressure sensor. During this time, the activation tool must remain in place 180 degrees from the valve stem. Place the Tire Pressure Monitor Activation Tool on the LF tire sidewall at the valve stem. Press and release the test button on the Tire Pressure Monitor Activation Tool. The horn will sound briefly to indicate that the tire pressure sensor has been recognized by the BCM. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > System Information > Service and Repair > Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Sensor Training > Page 1964 7. Within 2 minutes of the horn sounding, place the Tire Pressure Monitor Activation Tool on the RF tire sidewall at the valve stem and press and release the test button to train the RF tire pressure sensor. 8. NOTE: Do not wait more than 2 minutes between training each sensor or the BCM will time out and the entire procedure must be repeated. Repeat Step 7 for the RR and LR tires. The procedure is completed after the last tire has been trained. When the training procedure is complete, the message center (if equipped) will display TIRE TRAINING COMPLETE. For vehicles not equipped with a message center, successful completion of the training procedure will be verified by turning the ignition switch to the OFF position without the horn sounding. If the horn sounds twice when the switch is turned to the OFF position, the training procedure was not successful. 9. Using the scan tool, locate the updated TPMS sensor identifiers trained to the BCM and document them on the applicable warranty claim. 10. NOTE: This step is required to clear DTC C2780, cause the BCM to exit the manufacturing mode and to make sure there are no other concerns with a newly programmed BCM. If the sensors are being trained due to the installation of a new BCM, clear any DTCs and perform the BCM on-demand self test. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > System Information > Service and Repair > Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Sensor Training > Page 1965 Tire Monitoring System: Service and Repair Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Sensor Activation Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Sensor Activation NOTE: The tire pressure sensors will go into a "sleep mode" when a vehicle is stationary to conserve battery power. The sensors do not transmit information while in sleep mode. It will be necessary to wake them up so they will transmit the latest tire pressure information. 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. 2. Position the Tire Pressure Monitor Activation Tool against the LF tire sidewall at the tire valve stem. 3. NOTE: The Tire Pressure Monitor Activation Tool will provide feedback in the form of a flashing green light and a beep sound for each successful response from a tire pressure sensor. This feedback may not always be present, do not rely on it as a confirmation that the module heard a particular sensor. NOTE: If a sensor does not respond to the Tire Pressure Monitor Activation Tool, move the vehicle to rotate the wheels at least one-fourth of a turn and attempt to activate the same sensor again. If the sensor still does not respond, attempt to activate the same sensor again using the customer activation tool (if available). If the sensor still fails to train, attempt to train the sensor with the vehicle doors open. Press the test button on the Tire Pressure Monitor Activation Tool to activate the sensor. Activate the sensor at least 2 times. 4. Repeat Steps 2 and 3 for the remaining tires. 5. If the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) indicator remains illuminated after adjusting and activating each sensor, refer to the Symptom Chart in Diagnosis and Testing. Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Light Switch > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Brake Light Switch: > 10-18-6 > Sep > 10 > Brakes - Brake Drag Condition Brake Light Switch: Customer Interest Brakes - Brake Drag Condition TSB 10-18-6 09/27/10 BRAKE DRAG DUE TO STOPLAMP SWITCH ADJUSTMENT FORD: 2010 F-150 2011 F-Super Duty ISSUE Some 2010 F-150 and 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles may exhibit a brake drag condition. This may be due to an improperly adjusted stoplamp switch. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Put vehicle on hoist and lift all four (4) tires off the ground. Confirm brake drag by rotating front and rear wheels by hand and note whether the tires rotate freely. a. No brake drag - this procedure does not apply. b. Brake drag present - proceed to Step 2. 2. Remove the stoplamp switch. Refer to Workshop Manual (WSM), Section 417-01. a. Inspect for brake drag. If no brake drag is present reinstall the stoplamp switch. The stoplamp switch must be installed with the brake pedal in the release position. b. If brake drag is still present with the stoplamp switch removed or after reinstallation, refer to WSM, Section 206-00 for normal diagnostics. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101806A 2010 F-150, 2011 F-Super 0.3 Hr. Duty: Remove And Install Stoplamp Switch Includes Time To Inspect (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 13480 42 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Light Switch > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Brake Light Switch: > 10-18-6 > Sep > 10 > Brakes - Brake Drag Condition Brake Light Switch: All Technical Service Bulletins Brakes - Brake Drag Condition TSB 10-18-6 09/27/10 BRAKE DRAG DUE TO STOPLAMP SWITCH ADJUSTMENT FORD: 2010 F-150 2011 F-Super Duty ISSUE Some 2010 F-150 and 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles may exhibit a brake drag condition. This may be due to an improperly adjusted stoplamp switch. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Put vehicle on hoist and lift all four (4) tires off the ground. Confirm brake drag by rotating front and rear wheels by hand and note whether the tires rotate freely. a. No brake drag - this procedure does not apply. b. Brake drag present - proceed to Step 2. 2. Remove the stoplamp switch. Refer to Workshop Manual (WSM), Section 417-01. a. Inspect for brake drag. If no brake drag is present reinstall the stoplamp switch. The stoplamp switch must be installed with the brake pedal in the release position. b. If brake drag is still present with the stoplamp switch removed or after reinstallation, refer to WSM, Section 206-00 for normal diagnostics. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101806A 2010 F-150, 2011 F-Super 0.3 Hr. Duty: Remove And Install Stoplamp Switch Includes Time To Inspect (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 13480 42 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Brake Light Switch > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 10-18-6 > Sep > 10 > Brakes - Brake Drag Condition Brake Light Switch: Customer Interest Brakes - Brake Drag Condition TSB 10-18-6 09/27/10 BRAKE DRAG DUE TO STOPLAMP SWITCH ADJUSTMENT FORD: 2010 F-150 2011 F-Super Duty ISSUE Some 2010 F-150 and 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles may exhibit a brake drag condition. This may be due to an improperly adjusted stoplamp switch. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Put vehicle on hoist and lift all four (4) tires off the ground. Confirm brake drag by rotating front and rear wheels by hand and note whether the tires rotate freely. a. No brake drag - this procedure does not apply. b. Brake drag present - proceed to Step 2. 2. Remove the stoplamp switch. Refer to Workshop Manual (WSM), Section 417-01. a. Inspect for brake drag. If no brake drag is present reinstall the stoplamp switch. The stoplamp switch must be installed with the brake pedal in the release position. b. If brake drag is still present with the stoplamp switch removed or after reinstallation, refer to WSM, Section 206-00 for normal diagnostics. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101806A 2010 F-150, 2011 F-Super 0.3 Hr. Duty: Remove And Install Stoplamp Switch Includes Time To Inspect (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 13480 42 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Brake Light Switch > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins: > 10-18-6 > Sep > 10 > Brakes Brake Drag Condition Brake Light Switch: All Technical Service Bulletins Brakes - Brake Drag Condition TSB 10-18-6 09/27/10 BRAKE DRAG DUE TO STOPLAMP SWITCH ADJUSTMENT FORD: 2010 F-150 2011 F-Super Duty ISSUE Some 2010 F-150 and 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles may exhibit a brake drag condition. This may be due to an improperly adjusted stoplamp switch. ACTION Follow the Service Procedure to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. Put vehicle on hoist and lift all four (4) tires off the ground. Confirm brake drag by rotating front and rear wheels by hand and note whether the tires rotate freely. a. No brake drag - this procedure does not apply. b. Brake drag present - proceed to Step 2. 2. Remove the stoplamp switch. Refer to Workshop Manual (WSM), Section 417-01. a. Inspect for brake drag. If no brake drag is present reinstall the stoplamp switch. The stoplamp switch must be installed with the brake pedal in the release position. b. If brake drag is still present with the stoplamp switch removed or after reinstallation, refer to WSM, Section 206-00 for normal diagnostics. WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME 101806A 2010 F-150, 2011 F-Super 0.3 Hr. Duty: Remove And Install Stoplamp Switch Includes Time To Inspect (Do Not Use With Any Other Labor Operations) DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 13480 42 Disclaimer Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Brake Light Switch > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Brake Light Switch: > 10-22-9 > Nov > 10 > Exhaust System - Exhaust Leak At EGR/MIL/DTC P0299/P132B EGR Tube: All Technical Service Bulletins Exhaust System - Exhaust Leak At EGR/MIL/DTC P0299/P132B TSB 10-22-9 11/22/10 6.7L - EXHAUST LEAK AT EGR INLET TUBE - POSSIBLE MIL ON WITH DTC P0299 OR P132B FORD: 2011 F-250, F-350, F-450, F-550 ISSUE Some 2011 F-Super Duty vehicles equipped with a 6.7L diesel engine may exhibit an exhaust leak at the EGR inlet pipe flex joint possibly accompanied by a malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) and diagnostic trouble code (DTC) P0299 or P132B. This concern is caused by a crack in the flex joint which typically results from a loose fastener between the pipe support bracket and the EGR cooler. Exhaust leaks may cause DTCs P0299 and/or P132B. In addition, leaks can result in higher under hood temperatures and may lead to potential damage of the EGR bypass vacuum actuator, EGR bypass vacuum line, RH windshield washer hose, washer nozzle or engine air induction duct. ACTION Follow the Service procedure steps to correct the condition. SERVICE PROCEDURE 1. With the engine off, inspect the EGR inlet pipe for soot deposits in and around the braided mesh at the flex joint. a. If soot deposits are present, proceed to Step 3. b. If no soot deposits are present, proceed to Step 2. 2. Using EngineEar J5P06608-D located in the Rotunda Technician Tool Program, or equivalent, and with the engine running, listen for an audible exhaust leak at the EGR inlet pipe flex joint and/or sealing gasket areas. a. If a leak is evident at the EGR inlet pipe flex joint or sealing gasket areas, proceed to Step 3. b. If no leak is evident at the EGR inlet pipe flex joint or sealing gasket areas, do not continue with this article. 3. Replace the EGR valve inlet tube. a. Remove the six (6) bolts and the EGR valve inlet tube. b. Discard the two (2) EGR valve inlet tube gaskets, EGR inlet tube and the one (1) bracket fastener. (Location A - Figure 1) c. Install a new EGR inlet pipe and gaskets, tube support bracket and six (6) bolts. d. Reuse five (5) bolts and install one (1) new fastener. (Location A - Figure 1) e. Torque bolts in the sequence shown: Ford F 250 2wd Super Duty Workshop Manual (V8-6.7L DSL Turbo (2011)) Ford Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Brake Light Switch > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Brake Light Switch: > 10-22-9 > Nov > 10 > Exhaust System - Exhaust Leak At EGR/MIL/DTC P0299/P132B > Page 1999 (1) Tighten two (2) bolts at EGR inlet pipe to exhaust manifold to 88 lb-in (10 N.m). (2) Tighten two (2) bolts at EGR inlet pipe to EGR valve housing to 88 lb-in (10 N.m). f. Apply Motorcraft(R)Threadlock 262 to the pipe bracket fastener threads. g. Torque bolt to 88 lb-in (10 N.m) + 45 degrees. (Location A - Figure 1) h. Tighten the bracket to inlet pipe bolt to 88 lb-in (10 N.m) + 45 degrees. (Location B - Figure 1) i. Proceed to Step 4. 4. Inspect the following areas, visually, for possible damage due to exhaust gas exposure: RH washer hose, washer nozzle, EGR bypass vacuum actuator, EGR bypass vacuum line, and engine air inlet duct. Repair as necessary. Parts Block WARRANTY STATUS: Eligible Under Provisions Of New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage And Emissions Warranty Coverage IMPORTANT: Warranty coverage limits/policies are not altered by a TSB. Warranty coverage limits are determined by the identified causal part. OPERATION DESCRIPTION TIME MT102209 Use SLTS Operations If Actual Available; Claim Additional Time Diagnosis Or Labor Performed As Actual Time DEALER CODING CONDITION BASIC PART NO. CODE 9E469 01 Disclaimer